The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2732 LOKER AVE WEST; ; CB930321; PermitB U I L D I N G PERMIT 2/9 3 10 : (JO Page 1 of 1 Job Address: 2732 LOKER AV WEST Suite: Permit Type: INDUSTRIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT Parcel No : 209-081-24-OU Z.ot# : Valuation: 169 ,.8:H) Construction Type : VM Occupancy Group: B2 Referenced : Description: 1800 SF WAREHOUSE, 2000 SF LAB : 4630 SF OFFICE CYPROS PHARM. 3480 08/12/93 0001 01 02 C--PRMT 15731-00 Appl/Ownr CONTRACTOR ST. CROIS CAPITAL GROUP 2720 LOKER AVENUE WEST CARLSBAD, CA 3/1009 Status: ISSUED Applied: 04/1 '.iSli'. Adjustments: Total Fees: Fee description Building Permit Plan Check Strong M o t i o ri F e e Enter Number of F. Enter "Y" to Autocal fPFF) Enter Bridge Fee * BUILDING"TOTAL Enter "Y" for Plumbing Issue Fee Each Plumbing Fixture or Trap Each Building Sewer Edch Install/Repair Water Line Each Water Heater and/or Vent Gas Piping System Each Vacuum Breaker Other * PLUMBING TOTAL Remodel/Alter Per AMP * ELECTRICAL TOTAL <:• 1 9 Credits Enter Mechanical Install Furn/Ducts Each Hood/F i rep.Lace Other * MECHANICAL TOTAL CITY OF CARLSBA 2075 Las Palmas Dr., Carlsbad, CA 92 ^r^^ 2 '3 7,00 1 15.00 1 7.00 3 7 . 0 G 1 7 . 0 0 3 7 . 0 0 0 0 >00 .25 11 y . :n J S . 5') 00 FINApm? ^w {b\9L 43£1161CLEARANCE \ 1672. :$643. 20. 203. 15. 7 . 21 . 7. 21 . 9 . 303 . 3 0 0 . 300. 15 . 99. :". '.} .• • j 1 5 3 . APPROVAL DATE^ ;.) f) :):"; <"• o y 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 GAS 00 00 0 0 0 0 Y 00 SO U( XHAS 0.) $7/fSf FANS City of Carlsbad Building Department 2075 Las Pains Dr., Carlsbad, CA 92009 (619) 438-1161 1. PKKMT1 TYPE A - U Commercial U New Building ^m Tenant Improvement B - D Industrial O New Building D Tenant Improvement C - D Residential O Apartment DCondo D Single Family Dwelling D Addition/Alteration D Duplex D Demolition D Relocation D Mobile Home D Electrical D Plumbing D Mechanical DPool D Spa D Retaining Wall D Solar D Other 2. PROJECT INFORMATION PLAN CHECK NO. EST.VAL PLAN CK DEPOSIT VALID. BY. DATE 1872 04/13/93 0001 01 C-PRMT FOR OFFICE USE ONLY 668-00 Address Nearest Cross Street Building or suite NO. LEGAL DESCRIPTION Lot No. Cff Subdivision Name/Number Phase No. CHECK BELOW IF SUBMITTED: yg Energy Calcg \(2 Structural Gales D 2 Soils Report D1 Addressed Envelope ASSESSOR'S PARCEL f\ fr/ "EXISTING USE /i JA fc*J) gffigT PROPOSED USE rtf^S I tf/f-A A DESCRIPTION OF WORK SQ.FT.# OF STORIES 3. UJfriAL.1 FKICAJH i.it cuiierem rrom applicant; NAME CITY STATE ADDRESS ZIP CODE DAY TELEPHONE 4. APPLICAN TOR U AGEN I NJR CONTRACTOR ADDRESS UUWNbR rUK UWNER ZIP CODE <?g,|c | DAY TELEPHONE CITY gftrkfeftj UUNTKALnuH STATE ZIP CODE DAY TELEPHONE fe 1' 6. CONTRACT NAME CITY STATE STATE LIC. # ADDRESS ZIP CODE LICENSE CLASS Atft.-5£fi. DAYTELEPHONE JoL?~ CITY BUSINESS LIC. ZIPCODE *352-fO I DAY TELEPHONE 2. =3 (-STATE LIC. # 7. WO Workers' Compensation Declaration: I hereby atfirm that I have a certiticate or consent to sell-insure issued by the Director of Industrial Relations, or a certiticate of Workers' Compensation Insurance by an admitted insurer, or an exact copy or duplicate thereof certified by the Director of the insurer thereof filed with the Building Inspection Department (Section 3800, Lab. C). INSURANCE COMPANY POLICY NO.EXPIRATION DATE Certiticate 01 Exemption: 1 cerury that in the performance ot the work tor which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject tvshe Workers' Compensation Laws of California. SIGNATU DATE 8. OWNEH-BUI Owner-Builder Declaration: 1 hereby affirm that I am exempt from the Contractor's License Law tor the fallowing reason; D I, as owner of the property or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work and the structure is not intended or offered for sate (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractor's License law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and who does such work himself or through his own employees, provided that such improvements are not intended or offered for sale. If, however, the building or improvement is sold within one year of completion, the owner-builder will have the burden of proving that he did not build or improve for the purpose of sale.). I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractor's License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and contracts for such projects with contractor^) licensed pursuant to the Contractor's License Law). I am exempt under Section Business and Professions Code for this reason: (Sec. 7031.5 Business and Professions Code: Any City or County which requires a permit to construct, alter, improve, demolish, or repair any structure, prior to its issuance, also requires the applicant for such permit to file a signed statement that he is licensed pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor's License Law (Chapter 9, commencing with Section 7000 of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code) or that he is exempt therefrom, and the basis for the alleged exemption. Any violation of Section 7031.5 by any applicant for a permit subjects the applicant to a civil penalty of not more than five hundred dollars [$500]). SIGNATURE DATE COMPLETE I HIS SEUTIUN fUR NON-RESlbENTJAl iblLDING PERMITS ONLY: Is the applicant or future building occupant required to submit a business plan, acutely hazardous materials registration form or risk management and prevention program under Sections 25505, 25533 or 25534 of the Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act? D YES D NO Is the applicant or future building occupant required to obtain a permit from the air pollution control district or air quality management district? D YES D NO Is the facility to be constructed within 1,000 feet of the outer boundary of a school site? D YES D NO IF ANY OF THE ANSWERS ARE YES, A FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY MAY NOT BE ISSUED AIH^R JULY 1,1989 UNLESS THE APFUCANT HAS MET OR IS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES AND THE Am POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT. 9. ULHMSTKUiriUJIM liiHiMti AUEHUT i hereby attirm that there is a construction lending agency Tor the performance ot the work tor which this permit is issued lisec auy'/UJ UvU Code). LENDER'S NAME LENDER'S ADDRESS 10. APPLICANT CERTIFICATION 1 certify that I have read the application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply with an City ordinances and State laws relating to building construction. I hereby authorize representatives of the City of Carlsbad to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. I ALSO AGREE TO SAVE INDEMNIFY AND KEEP HARMLESS THE CITY Cf (ZARI^BAD AGAINST ALL UAB1UTIES, JUDGMENTS, COSTS AND EXPENSES WHICH MAY IN ANY WAY ACCRUE AGAINST SAID CITY IN CONSEQUENCE OF THE GRANTING OF THIS PERMIT. OSHA: An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5*0" deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Expiration. Every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this Code shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 365 days from the date of such permit or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandtpnJ dl Ulij iime after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days (Section 303(d) Uniform Building Code). APPLH TURE.DATE: I YELLOW: Applicant PINK: Finance RECEIVED DEC 0 6 1993 FINAL BUILDING INSPECTION DEPT: BUILDING ENGINEERING FIRE PLANNING U/M WATER PLAN CHECK*: CB930321 DATE: 12/03/93 PERMIT*: CB930321 PERMIT TYPE: ITI PROJECT NAME: 1800 SF WAREHOUSE, 2000 SF LAB 4630 SF OFFICE CYPROS PHARM. ADDRESS: 2732 LOKER AV WEST SUITE* M CONTACT PERSON/PHONE*: MH/JERRY/929-9510 SEWER DIST: CA WATER DIST: CA INSPECTED ?)$ DATE / / / BY: vrAs*A /X) INSPECTED: C71 [ M *> APPROVED / DISAPPROVED INSPECTED ^ DATE BY: INSPECTED: APPROVED DISAPPROVED INSPECTED DATE BY: INSPECTED: APPROVED DISAPPROVED COMMENTS: x CITY OF CARLSBAD INSPECTION REQUEST PERMIT* CB930321 FOR 01/26/94 DESCRIPTION: 1800 SF WAREHOUSE, 2000 SF LAB 4630 SF OFFICE CYPROS PHARM. TYPE: ITI JOB ADDRESS:2732 LOKER AV WEST APPLICANT: CONTRACTOR: OWNER: ST. CROIS CAPITAL GROUP J.D.M. COMPANY REMARKS: MH/JERRY/929-9510 SPECIAL INSTRUCT: PHONE: PHONE: PHONE: INSPECTOR AREA TP PLANCK* CB930321 OCC GRP B2 CONSTR. TYPE VN. STE: M LOT: 619 431-7233 ° 619 929-9510 INSPECTOR TOTAL TIME: —RELATED PERMITS—PERMIT* SE930037 FA930014 TYPE SWOW FALARM AS930051 ASC FAD93015 FADD STATUS ISSUED ISSUED ISSUED ISSUED CD LVL DESCRIPTION 19 ST Final Structural 29 PL Final Plumbing 39 EL Final Electrical 49 ME Final Mechanical ACT COMMENTS INSPECTION HISTORY ***** DATE DESCRIPTION 120393 Final Combo 120293 Final Combo 112493 Rough Electric 111893 Final Electrical 111693 Rough Electric 111093 Rough Electric 110193 Rough Electric 110193 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding 110193 Rough/Ducts/Dampers 110193 Interior Lath/Drywall 102893 Final Electrical 102893 Rough Electric 102793 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding 102293 Rough/Ducts/Dampers 102293 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding 102193 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding 102193 Rough/Ducts/Dampers 101993 Interior Lath/Drywall 093093 Interior Lath/Drywall 092993 Rough/Ducts/Dampers 092893 Interior Lath/Drywall 092493 Interior Lath/Drywall 092193 Rough/Topout ACT CA PA PI NR AP NR AP AP AP AP NS AP NR PI CO PI PI AP AP NR AP AP AP INSP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP PK TP COMMENTS MINOR CORR TO COMP PANEL WALK THRU,ND PLAN REV, SERVICE GEAR CEILING T-BAR CEILING DUCTS/PLMNS CEILING COORD PENT ND SEALED T-BAR/FIRE CAULK REQ 6 PENT MECH EXT OF TUNNEL WALL LID TO WAL LAB-CORD N/INCL WALLLS, CEILINGS INC. FUSE SEAL SYSTEM *!171"1^ T FD TMS P^-TT^'i^t^^.j^^tH' .*«' v r.. , j. x « // JC3 ADCRESS TIME ATJIIVE! CO LVL DESCRIPTION TIM£ LEAVE: ACT f^ PEJUHT3 G/13/09 MIDNIGHT NOON NOTICECITY OF CARLSBAD ™ ~ ^^ ™ " ^^ - 438-3550 BUILDING DEPARTMENT 2075 LAS PALMAS DRIVE DATE x.ay.3-./*?? TIME. LOCATION^ PERMIT NO.. FOR INSPECTION CALL 438-3101. RE-INSPECTION FEE DUE? FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CONTACT „ YES PHONE BUILDING INSPECTOR CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICER r- RCU BYIXERQX TELECOPIER 7010 ; 2- 2-94 4:09PM ; 619-597-0565-* 6194330894;tt 2 _^v FEE -J3E '94 15:19 TX&GIBSON-619-597-0565»floo»«ooo° P. 2/2 Tsuchiyama, Kaino & Gibson Consulting Engineers Principals Associates Victor M, Tsuchiyama, P,E, Don M. Bernardini Kenneth K> Kaino, P.E, R. Joseph Ross, P.E. Paul D. Gibson, P,E, Michael E. Wall, P.E. Donald E. Crotty, P.E. WT. SorOO, P.E, February 2, 1994 Mr. Tim Phillips Inspector CITY OF CARLSBAD COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT 2075 Las Palmas Drive Carlsbad, California 92009-1576 SUBJECT: Cypros Tenant Improvement TK&G #93-20 Dear Mr. Phillips: The Contractor contacted our office recently regarding your comment in reference to the type of pipe connectors utilized at the neutralization tank located below the laboratory counter sink. TK&G takes no exception to the use of mechanical clamps with polypropylene seals as manufactured by Orion or equal. If you have any further questions regarding this matter, please contact our office. Sincerely, TSUCHIYAMA, KAINO & GIBSON Stephen P. Dalo, CJ.P.E. CC: Henry Codiamat- Weather Engineering Cort Clifford - Weather Engineering 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 750 * San Diego, California 92122 • 619/597-0555 • FAX 6'19/597-0561 RCU BY:XEROX TELECOPIER 7010 ; 2- 2-94 4:08PM ; v ' FEB 03 '94 15:18 TK8cGIBSON-619-597-0565o(.*oo 619-597-0565-*6194380894; t* 1 P. 1X2 Jsuchiyama, Kaino & Gibson Itecliaiiical Engineers 4370 LA JolU Vniat* Drtw, Afte 780 Son Diego. (Mforma 93122 (019) 597-4555 FAX (819) FAX TRANSMTTTAL Time: From: Subject: Trgnsmitted To: Company:(°^i c Comments: of Pqges: (Including Tronsmittaf) Original .will .will not be moiled to your office. 2^2 Immediately If there is any problem with theof tnm information, -r .*Transmitted By: CITY OF CARLSBAD NO. BUILDING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT 000022 JOB ADDRESS CENUS TRACT NO.PERMIT NUMBER PLAN FILE NUMBER CONTRACTOR OWNER OR PERMITTEE NAME MAIL ADDRESS FOR D OWNER, OR D CONTRACTOR VIOLATION NOTE: READ REVERSE SIDE i— l I— I PRESENT THIS NOTICE WHEN MAKING APPLICATION FOR PERMIT NO PERMIT - STOP WORK - REMOVE CONSTRUCTION, OR OBTAIN PERMIT AND MAKE ANY WORK COMPLY WITH BUILDING LAWS. (See comments on reverse side regarding penalty fees). CONSTRUCTION NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT - STOP WORK MAKE EXISTING WORK COMPLY WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT OR REMOVE IT. CALL PLANING DEPARTMENT AT 438-1161, CONCERNING VIOLATION OF ZONING REGULATION LISTED BELOW. STOP WORK - UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY THE INSPECTOR. • CORRECTIONS REQUIRED D CONTACT CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICER AT 438-1161. D CONTACT INSPECTOR AND ARRANGE FOR APPOINTMENT AT 438-3550. D CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. n PAY REINSPECTION FEE (See Back); THEN D CALL FOR REINSPECTlON AT 438-3101. D PARTIAL APPROVED D WORK DESCRIBED BELOW HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND IS APPROVED. .-£/*?>. /J/W. ?' • - -/Z£Y*. £(**<"£>/ //?//-;+~T7 +L *? »£.-/& THE ACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN,DAYS. THE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL CODE REQUIRES PENALTY FEES WHEN WORK HAS BEEN STARTED WITHOUT PERMIT. IN-13(Hev. 2/86) OFFICE TEL. NO. 7:00 A.M. TO 8:00 A.M. 3:00 P.M. TO 4:00 P.M. MONDAY THRU FRIDAY BUILDING ELECTRICAL HEATING PLUMBING REFRIGERATION COMBINATION ESGIL CORPORATION 9320 CHESAPEAKE DR., SUITE 208 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 (619) 560-1468 DATE: JURISDICTION: PLAN CHECK NO: PROJECT ADDRESS: PROJECT NAME: SET L-^k-^T TIT JURISDICT jPLAN UH FILE COPY jUPS "JDESIGNER D D D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficien- cies identified are resolved and checked by building department staff. The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corp. until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to return to the applicant contact person. || The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: jjppj Esgil staff did not advise the applicant contact person that plan check has been completed. II Esgil staff did advise applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Date contacted: REMARKS: Telephone f By; Kur4-fjiESGIL CORPORATION / DGA DCM Enclosures: ESGIL CORPORATION 0320 CHESAPEAKE DR., SUITE 208 SAN DIEGO. CA 92123 (619)560-1463 DATE:A 1 <H — .3 £» ^ 5 JURISDICTION: PLAN CHECK NO: PROJECT ADDRESS PROJECT NAME: T*. j . jFILS COPY UPS DESIGNER N D D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficien- cies identified are resolved and checked by building department staff. The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corp. until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to return to the applicant contact person. The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Id! | | Esgil staff did not advise the applicant contact person that plan check has been completed. •_. Ssgil staff did advise applicant that the plan check has been comleted. Person contacted : Date contacted: REMARKS:. Telephone f By: ESGIL CORPORATION 5 Enclosures: fGA D CM 'PCD J) atl ^r-^Ovx —^ ^r *^ ylrjLLtf-fTo ** * ff, • A \*,r> rtafZ SIA *?>r,+*< fi 0) MECHANICAL, PUHBHC, ENHKX FLAH CDRKBCnOfl SHEET JURISDICTION:.DATE: PLAH CHBOC mmnt;PUK CBECttR:^^m» D - J i/— 3 ft- /.?1.37 ./UoT . t 0*7**C-ttr SrftZtZ S j < if/ / *. .n^ fn v*^^y " MBOAHICAL* HnffiHG, BtERGT FLAK OQRRECIIOtl SIKKE JURISDICTION:DAZE: PLAH CBBCX romnt:PLAH CTECKER: D Z/T P ESGIL CORPORATION 9320 CHESAPEAKE DR., SUITE 208 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 (619)560-1468 DATE: JURISDICTION: PLAN CHECK NO SET: TTT- PROJECT ADDRESS: .373(3- PROJECT NAME: TU _PLAN- CHECKER IjFILS COPY QUPS QDESIGNER The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficien- cies identified are resolved and checked by building department staff. The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corp. until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to return to the applicant contact person. The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: ~7O\ & 'S'k'&eJ- <#Hti& S, XX Esgil staff did not advise the applicant contact person that olan check has been completed. II Ssgil staff did advise applicant that the plan check has — been completed. Person contacted: Date contacted: REMARKS: Telephone By:Enclosures: ESGIL CORPORATION Nt JURISDICTION:JDate plans received by plan checker; PLAN CHECK NO.: PROJECT ADDRESS: TO: Plan recheck completed: &/&if V* By:(~L U? - Lo ke>T RECHECK FLAW CORRECTION SHEET FOREWORD: PLEASE READ Plan check is limited to technical requirements contained in the Uniform Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, National Electrical Code and state laws regulating energy conservation, noise attenuation and disabled access. The plan check is based on regulations enforced by the Building Inspection Department. You may have'other corrections based on lavs and ordinances enforced by the Planning Department, Engineering Department or other departments. The items shown below need clarification, modification or change. All items have to be satisfied before the plans will be in conformance with the cited codes and regulations. Per Sec. 303(c), of the Uniform Building Code, the approval of the plans does not permit the violation of any state, county or city law. PLANS Please make all corrections on the original tracings and submit two new sets of prints, and any original plan sets that may have been returned to you by the jurisdiction, to: To facilitate rechecking, please identify, next to each item, the sheet of the plans upon which each correction on this sheet has been made and return this check sheet with the revised plans. 3.J The following items have not been resolved from previous plan reviews. The original correction number has been given for your reference. In case you did not keep a copy of the prior correction list, we have enclosed those pages containing the still outstanding corrections. Please contact me1 if you have any questions regarding these items. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located on the plans. Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please check. Yes No I'rta *>•£ J It.J -Qr Form No. RPCS.^1290 MHHANICAL, FLDMBHC, ENERGT FLAK COKKECHQN SHEET JDMSDICHOB:.DATE:-29-93 FLAN CHECK RDKBER:-2ZZT GLEK ADAKEK FLAN CHECKER: D /) OA/[/•/7 /off 2 /r iXcTcTT- T^f /S^Tcf ,4 -/ of Tisti /Vb XJ^r^r s x-S If an automatic time switch control device is installed to comply with Section 131 (d)l. it shall incorporate an override switching device that: A. B. C. D. E. Is readily accessible; and Is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the area controlled by that switch, or so that the area being lit is annunciated; and Is manually operated; and Allows the lighting to remain on for no more than two hours when an override is initiated; and Controls an area not exceeding 5,000 square feet. MEOBAHICAL, IUM&BIG, EKEBGT PLAK COKKBOIOH SHEET JURISDICnOK: CSEOC B«BER:D GUM ADAHEC ESGIL CORPORATION 932O CHESAPEAKE DR., SUITE 208 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 (619). 560-1468 DATE: JURISDICTION: PLAN CHECK NO: CARLSBAD SET:/ PROJECT ADDRESS: PROJECT NAME : . L0fcfc JURISDICTION PLAN CHECKERJFILE COPY DUPSJDESIGNER . \ , D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the .jurisdiction's building codes. D D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficien- cies identified are resolved and checked by building department staff. The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corp. until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to return to the applicant contact person. The applicant-1 s copy of the check list has been sent to: AiA HMO A. • Esgil staff did not advise the applicant contact person that plan check has been completed. II Esgil staff did advise applicant that the plan check has — been completed. Person contacted: Date contacted: REMARKS: Telephone t By: ESGIL CORPORATION Enclosures :_O iEcGA CM FLAM OOKKECnOH SHEET TEKAKI PLAN CHECK MO.; JURISDICTIOH: CARLSBAD TOs - o75l PROJECT DATA OCCUPANCY; BOHDING USE: O TXEE OF COHh'JEKUCTLOK; 17", ACTOAL AREA: *~ ALLOHABLK AREA.: HEIGHT:» *. SFRDOCLERS:=_)L OCCDPAKT LOAD: REMARKS: Date plans received by jurisdiction: Date plans received by Esgil Corporation: /t Data initial plan check completed: 4 /^ I / 4 3 _ Bv: S Applicant contact person: FUREHCTP; PLEASE REAP Plan check is limited to technical requirements contained in the Uniform Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, National Electrical Code and state laws regulating energy conservation, noise attenuation and access for the handicapped. The plan check is based on regulations enforced by the Building Inspection Department. You may have other corrections based on laws and ordinances enforced by the Planning Department, Engineering Department, Fire Department or other departments. Code sections cited are based on the 1991 UBC. The circled items listed need clarification, modification or change. All items must be satisfied before the plans will be in conformance with the cited codes and regulations. Per Sec. 303(c), 1991 Uniform Building Code, the approval of the plans does not permit the violation of any state, county or city lav. To speed UP the recheck process, note on this list (or a COPY) where each correction^.tem has been addressed, i.e.. plan sheet, specification., etc. Be sure to enclose the marked UP list when you submit the revised plans. NOTE: PAGE MUHBKKS ARE HOI XH AS PACES HA.VDIG HO ITEMS HEEDDRS CORRECTIOHS HERE DELETED. LIST NO. 41 CARLSBAD TENANT IMPROVEMENT WITHOUT SPECIFIC ENERGY ZONE DATA OR POLICY SUPPLEMENTS, 1991 UBC /• 0 / / Please make al 1 corrections on the original tracings and submit two new sets of prints, to: Esgil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite '208, San Diego, CA 92123, (619) 560-1*68. Please make all corrections on the original tracings and submit two new sets of prints, to: The jurisdiction's building department. Indicate on the Title Sheet of the plans, the name of the legal owner and name of person responsible for the preparation of the plans. Section 302(d). Each sheet of the plans must be signed by the person responsible for their preparation, even though there are no structural changes. Business and Professions Code. Plans and calculations shall be signed by the California state licensed engineer or architect where there are structural changes to existing buildings or structural additions. Please include the California license number, seal, date of license expiration and date plans are signed. Business and Professions Code. Provide the correct address and suite number of tenant space on the plans. Section 302(d). Provide a note on the site plan indicating the previous use of the tenant space or building being remodeled. Section 302. When the character of the occupancy or use changes within a building, the building must be made to comply with current Building Code requirements for the new occupancy. Please provide complete details to show the building with comply. Section 502. UBC Section 304 requires the Building Official to determine the total value of all construction work proposed under this permit. The value shall include all finish work, painting, roofing, electrical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning, elevator, fire extinguishing systems and any other permanent equipment. Please provide a signed copy of the designer's or contractor's construction cost estimate of all work proposed. Provide a plot plan showing the distance from the building to the property lines and the location of tenant space (or remodel} within the building. On the first sheet of the plans indicate; type of construction of the existing"buiidihg", present and proposed occupancy classifications of the remodel area and tJie occupant load of the remodel areas and Diefloor where the tenant improvement is located. Provide a note on the plans indicating if any hazardous materials will be stored and/or used within the building which exceed the quantities listed in UBC Tables 9-A and 9-B. A coopjete description of the activities and processes that will occur in this tenant space should be provided. A listing of all hazardous materials should be included. The materials listing should be stated in a form that would make classification in Tables 9-A and 9-B possible. The building official may require a technical report to identify and develop methods of protection from hazardous materials. Section 901(f). If control areas are used for exceeding the exempt amounts of hazardous materials from Tables 9-A and 9-B, they shall be constructed of not less that required for a one-hour occupancy separation. Section 404. The number of control areas within a building used for retail/wholesale stores shall not exceed two j the number of control areas in buildings with other uses shall not exceed four. Footnote 1, Tables 9-A and 9-B. The aggregate quantity of any hazardous materials "in use" and "in storage" shall not exceed the quantity listed in Tables 9-A and 9-B for "storage". Footnotes 1 and 3, Tables 9-A and 9-B. Provide a statement on the Title Sheet of the plans that this project shall comply with. Title 24 and 1991 UBC, UMC and UPC and 1990 NEC. Provide a fully dimensioned floor plan showing the size and use of all rooms or areas within the space being improved or altered. Draw the plans to scale and indicate the scale on the plan. Section 302(d). Indicate the use of all spaces adjacent to the area being remodeled or improved. Show any existing fire rated area separation walls, occupancy separation walls, demising walls, shafts or rated corridors. Identify and provide construction details for proposed new fire rated walls. Specify on the plans the fire ratings of assemblies to protect penetrations or proposed openings in existing or new fire walls, floor- ceiling assemblies or roof-ceiling assemblies. 8/4/92 Identify existing walls to be removed, existing walls to remain and proposed new walls. Identify bearing walls, non-bearing walls, and shear walls. Show safety glazing in the following locations, per Section 5406(d): at. Where the nearest edge of glazing is within a 24-inch arc of either side of a door in a closed postion (unless there is an intervening wall between the door and the glazing or if the glazing is 5'-0" or higher above the walking surface). Glazing greater than 9 square feet with the bottom edge less than 18" above thefloor and the top edge greater than 36"above the floor (unless the glazing is more than 36" horizontally away from walking surfaces or if a complying protective bar is installed). Glazing in shower and tub enclosures (including windows within 5 feet of tub or shower floor). » e^KVt-fcP*. <* tZ<- 3 TtSjALftc** t*^ w rrovioe at section view of al 1 new interior partitions Show: Type, size and spacing of studs. Indicategauge for metal studs. Specify manufacturer and approval number or indicate "to be ICBO approved". Method of attaching top and bottom plates to structure. (NOTE: Top of partition must be secured to roof or floor framing, unless suspended ceiling has been designed for partition lateral load). (yO Wall sheathing material and details of attachment (size and spacing of fasteners). Show height of partition and suspended ceiling, and height from floor to roof framing or floor framing. Provide notes and/or details to show that thefloor and wall finish in toilet rooms aresurfaced with a smooth hard non-absorbent material extending five inches up the wall. Similar surfacing shall be provided on the vails from the floor to a height of 4 feet around urinals and vithin water closetcompartments. Section 510(b). Note on the plans: "All interior finishes must comply vith Chapter 42 of the UBC". Specify "Class ^E" flame spread rating (mihiinum) for ^-V ." Note on plan that suspended ceilings shall comply with UBC Tables 47-A and 23-P. In buildings having floors and roofs of wood frame construction, other than dwelling or hotel occupancies, draft stop the area between the ceiling and floor above so that no concealed space exceeds 1,000 s.f. and no horizontal dimension exceeds 60 L.F. (if space has sprinklers, then 3,000 s.f. and 100 L.F.). Section 2516(f). \ei In buildings having floors and roofs of wood frame construction, other than dwelling or hotel occupancies, draft stop the area between the ceiling and roof above so that no concealed space exceeds 3 ,000 s . f . and no horizontal dimension exceeds 60 L.F. (if space has sprinklers, then 9,000 s.f, and 100 L.F.)- Section 2516(f). Storage areas exceeding 1000 sq. ft. in connection with wholesale or retail sales shall be separated from the public area by a one-hour occupancy separation. If the entire building has an automatic sprinkler system, then the occupancy separation need not be provided. Section 702(c). An automatic sprinkler systen shall be installed in rooms used by the occupants for the consumption of alcohol and in accessory uses where the total area of such unseparated rooms and assembly uses exceeds 5000 square feet. Section 3802(c). 3/. The tenant space and new and/or existing facilities serving the remodeled area must be accessible to and functional for the physically disabled. See the attached correction sheet. Title 24, Part 2. The width of the required level area on the side into which doors swing shall extend 24 inches past the strike edge for exterior doors and 18 inches past the strike edge for interior doors. Section 2-3304, Title 24. Specify lever-type hardware for passage doors on floors accessible to the disabled. Section 2-3304, Title 24. If both sexes will be employed and the number of employees exceeds four, provide separate toilet facilities for men and women. If "both sexes will be employed and the total number of employees will not exceed four", and only one restroom is provided , note the words in quotation above on the floor plan. Section 705(c). _-hour occupancy separation is _occupancy andrequired between, the ___.occupancy. Table 5-B. Ducts penetrating occupancy or area separation walls must have fire dampers. Section 4306 (J). In areas where the occupant load exceeds , two exits are required. See . Table 33-A. Provide an exit analysis plan (may be 8 1/2" x11" or any convenient size). Exits should have a minimum separation of one- half the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area served. Section 3303(c). 7/8/92 The maximum number of required exits and their required separation oust be maintained until egress is provided from the structure. Section 3303(a). Rooms with more than 10 occupants may have one exit through one adjoining room. Revise exits to comply. Section 3303(e). Exit signs are required whenever two exits are required. Show all required exit sign locations. Section 3314 (a). Show that exits are lighted with at least one foot candle at floor level. Section 3313(a). Show the locations of existing exits from the building and show the path of travel from the remodel area to the existing exits. Note on the plans: "All exits are to be openable from inside without the use of a key or special knowledge". In lieu of the above, in a Group B occupancy, you may note "Provide a sign on or near the exit doors reading THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". This signage is only allowed at the main exit. Section 3304(c). ;.«,, <g y.y 1 */•y- Exit doors should be a minimum size of 3 feet by 6 feet 8 inches with a minimum door swing of 90 degrees. Maximum leaf width is 4 feet. Section 3304(f). Exit doors should swing in the direction of egress when serving an occupant load of 50 or more or when serving any hazardous area. Section 3304(b). Applies to door(s) _ Regardless of occupant load, a floor or landing not more than 1/2 inch below the threshold is required on each sida of an exit door used for disabled access (may be 1" maximum where not used for disabled access). Section 3304(1). Doors should not project more than 7 inches into the required corridor width when fully opened, nor more than one-half of the required corridor width when in any position. Section 3305(d). Revolving, sliding and overhead doors are not permitted as exit doors if the occupant load exceeds 9 or the exit door serves a hazardous area. Section 3304(h). Provide panic hardware in Group A,E,H-l,H-2,H-3 and I occupancies. Chapter 33. Double acting doors are not allowed when serving a tributary occupant load of more than 100, or when part of a fir« assembly, or part of smoke and draft control assemblies or when equipped with panic hardware. Section t f- Corridors must provide continuous protection to the exterior of the building. Interruptions by an intervening room is not permitted. Foyers, lobbies or reception rooms constructed as required for corridors are not considered intervening rooms. Section 3305. Corridors and exterior exit balconies serving 10 or more occupants must be a minimum 44 inches wide and 7 feet high to the lowest projection. Corridors serving less than 50 occupants may be a minimum of 36 inches in width. Section 3305(b). When two exits are required, dead end corridors and exit balconies are limited to 20 feet. Section 3305(e). Corridors serving 30 or more occupants shall have walls and ceilings of one-hour construction. Show compliance or clearly show on plans which of the following exceptions has been satisfied: a. Corridors greater than 30 feet wide when the occupants have an exit independent from the corridor. b. Exterior sides of exterior exit balconies. c. Corridor walls and ceilings need not be of fire-resistive construction within office spaces having an occupant load of 100 or less when the entire story in which the space is located is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system throughout and smoke detectors are installed within the corridor in accordance with their listing. d. Within office spaces occupied by a single tenant, partial height partitions which form corridors and which do not exceed 6 feet in height need not be fire resistive, provided they are constructed in accordance with Section 1705 and are not more than three fourths of the floor- to-ceiling height. Section 3305 (g). Section 3305(g), Exception 5, cannot be used for non-rated corridors in a fully sprinklered office space if the occupant load in the space exceeds 100. Section 3305(g), Exception 5 does not apply to common corridors where the corridor serves as an exit for non-office areas (manufacturing, warehouse, etc.). *sut,^t^o& Section 3305(g), Exception 5 is applicable only for corridors on one floor; the corridors on the lower level(s) must be rated if these lower corridors have openings into them from other levels. 5/28/92 If non-rated corridors are used per Section 3305(g), Exc. 5, provide a reference to the corridors on the floor plan, noting: 1. Corridors are non-rated per Section 3305(g), Exception 5. 2. Smoke detectors shall be maximum 30' on center. 3. Power supply shall be dedicated branch circuit. Circuit disconnecting means shall be accessible only to authorized personnel and shall be clearly narked FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL, with a lock-on device. If a tenant space utilizes Section 3305(g), Exception 5, then that tenant space shall be separated from adjacent 'spaces by a demising wall constructed as for a one-hour corridor wall. ^Su**- -IF S3 " . Clearly show where the non-rated corridor system terminates and a rated corridor system commences . One-hour fire-rated corridors shall have interior door openings protected by tight- fitting smoke and draft control assemblies rated 20 minutes, except openings in interior walls of exterior exit balconies. Doors shall be maintained self-closing or be automatic- closing by action of a smoke detector per Section 4306(b). Doors shall be gasketed to provide a smoke and draft seal where the door meets the stop on sides and top . Section 3305(h). Total area of all openings, except doors, in any portion of an interior corridor, shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of the corridor vail of the room which it is separating from the corridor. Such openings shall be protected by fixed glazing listed and labeled for a fire- protection rating of at least 3/4-hour. Section 3305(h). Show rated corridors, lobbies, reception or foyers cross-hatched on the floor plans. Provide a complete architectural section of the corridor | or exterior exit balcony, showing all fire-resistive materials and details of construction for all floors, vails, ceiling and all penetrations. Section 3305(g). Show the location of fire dampers. Provide Tire dampers at duct penetrations of fire- rated occupancy and area separations , shafts and corridor ceilings. Combination fire/ smoke dampers are required at duct penetrations of\ rated colrri3or! walls^I Section 4306T i ) . If a room with an exhaust fan has a door opening into a rated corridor, show how make- up air will be provided to the room. The door cannot be undercut, nor can a louver in the door be provided. Section 3305(h)l. If building exceeds two stories and has an elevator opening into a rated corridor, show how the smoke and draft control provision of Section 3305(h) will be met. Either provide a separated elevator lobby or a second door at the elevator entry meeting the provision. Section 3305(j). If a second door is provided at the elevator entry, note that it will be readily openable from the car side without a key, tool or special knowledge or effort. Section 5106. 72.) New provisions in Chapter 43 of the 1991 UBC require special treatment of penetrations at fire-resistive assemblies. Provide typical details on the plans showing how the fire- resistive integrity will be maintained at the following conditions (Include the manufacturers' names and ICBO numbers (or equal) for any sealant): A. THROUGH-PENETRATIONS (through the entire assembly): 1. Fire-resistive bearing walls and/or walls requiring protected openings shall have penetrations protected with through- penetration fire stops having an F- rating, T-rating or complying with UBC Standard 43-1, depending on their locations, sizes and combustibility. 2. Fire resistive floor/ceiling assemblies shall have penetrations protected with through-penetration fire stops having and F-rating, T-rating or complying with UBC Standard 43-1, depending on their sizes, combustibility and whether the penetrations are in walls above. B. MEMBRANE-PENETRATIONS (through only one side of an assembly): 1. Fire-resistive walls (whether bearing or not and whether requiring fire protected openings or not) shall have penetrations protected with membrane-penetration fire stops having an F-rating or complying with UBC Standard 43-1, depending on their size and combustibility. Limited steel electrical outlet boxes (not exceeding 16 sq. in., nor more than 100 sq. in. for any 100 sq. ft. of wall) require no protection. 2. Fire-resistive ceilings shall have no penetrations, except for noncombustible sprinkler pipes and steel electrical outlet boxes as described above. NOTE: The plans should indicate the various fire-stop ratings required for alL penetrations. *"*Uiif 73. I Provide note ort Ln "Penetrations of fire-resistive walls, floor- ceilings and roof-ceilings shall be protected as required in UBC Sections 4304 and 4305". 8/W92 74.) Provide evidence of Health Department approval (for restaurants or for tenants using X-ray equipment). 75.] If nonflammable supply cylinders for medical gas systems are located inside buildings, show how they comply with UBC Section 702(c)4. X 96. Submit plan showing location of all panels. Submit panels schedules. Submit electrical load calculations Indicate existing main service size. Indicate existing total main service load. Indicate new additional loads. Indicate wiring method, i.e. EKT, metal flex. Show exit signs on the electrical lighting plan(s). As per Section 3313 and 3314 of the 1991 UBC, provide two sources of power to exit signs and exit illumination. Provide receptacle(s) within 25' of HVAC units. UMC Section 509. Provide multiple switch lighting controls per Title 24, Part 6. MECHAHICAL Provide mechanical ventilation in all rooms capable of supplying a minimum of 5 cubic feet per minute of outside air with a total circulation of not less than 15 cubic feet per minute per occupant. Section 605 and 705, UBC. Provide mechanical plans showing existing and proposed HVAC equipment, ducts and access to equipment. Detail access and working clearances to HVAC equipment. Detail disposal of main condensate drainage from air conditioning units. (UMC Section 510) Detail overflow (secondary) condensate discharge from air conditioning units that are in a ceiling space. (UMC Section 1205) Fire rated corridors are not to be used to convey air to or from rooms. UMC Section 1002. FLUMBIMG Provide gas line plans and calculations, showing pipe lengths and gas demands. UPC Section 1219. Provide drain, waste and vent plans. Provide water line sizing calculations. UPC Section 1009. Detail how floor drain trap seal is to be maintained. UPC Section 707 (floor drain trap priming). Show P & T valve on water heater and detail drain line route from P & T valve to the exterior. UPC Section 1007(e). Show 1/4" per 12" slope on drain and waste lines. UPC Section 407. Provide a drinking fountain at each floor level in assembly occupancies (except drinking and dining establishments). UBC Section 605. Note on the plans that new water closets and associated flushometer valves, if any, shall use no more than 1.6 gallons per flush and shall meet performance standards established by the American National Standards Institute Standard A112.19.2, and urinals and associated flushometer valves, if any, shall use no more than one gallon per flush and shall meet performance standards established by the American National Standards Institute Standard A112.19.2. H & S Code, Section 17921.3(b). Provide complete energy design calculations, including all existing design and new energy design for this building. See attached non- residential energy design checklist. For remodels in an existing conditioned space, show that the remodeled space will not use more energy than the existing space or show the remodeled space will conform to latest energy design standards. Floor drains must have auto-prime (City Policy). A grease interceptor is required. Show details complying with City Policy 83-34. Roof mounted equipment must be screened and roof penetrations should be minimized (City Policy 80-6). 8/10/92 Condensate drains must connect to a wet trap (dry traps are not permitted). (Memo 1/14/83). 106.) Show fans are duct type; City Policy does not permit ductless fans. 107.) No wiring is permitted on the roof of a building and wiring on the exterior of a building requires approval by the Building Official. (City Policy) ^108.)All roof-mounted equipment shall be concealed y^Xfrom view. Provide structural detailing for the screening. 109. All panel boards shall have a minimum 100 amp / rating or approved by the Building Official. "~N110.) Only tank-type water closets that use an J average of 1.6 gallons of water per flush or less, and urinals and associated flushometer valves, that use an average of 1 gallon of water per flush or less shall be installed in new construction. These provisions shall apply to existing buildings only when toilets are being replaced in existing bathrooms or installed in new bathrooms. 111.) Please see additional corrections or remarks that follow. 112.) To speed up the recheck process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calculation page, etc. 113.) Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located in the plans. Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please check. Yes No The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 619/560-1468, to perform the plan check for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan check items, please contact at Esgil Corporation Thank you. Enclosures: xl._ 2-_ 3. fl.6 L A- 8/10/92 TITLE 24 HANDICAPPED ACCESS CORRECTION LIST Jurisdiction 6t< Plan Check No.C :T) References to section numbers with prefix "2" are to Title 24, California Code of Regulations, Part 2 (California Building Code). Prefix "3" is for Part 3 (California Electrical Code). Prefix "5" is for Fart 5 (California Plumbing Code). Exemptions claimed for any item shall be requested in writing and shall include all data needed to determine "unreasonable hardship" as described in Section 2-422. SITE DEVELOPMENT HANDICAPPED PARKING SPACES If no lanaing is provided, the slope of flared sides shall not exceed I in 12. handicapped spaces.Provide 2-7102(b) b. Space shall be handicapped persons are not compelled to wheel or walk behind parked cars other than his/her own. 2-7102(c) c. Parking space shall be a minimum of 9 ft.xlS ft. with adjacent marked 5 ft. loading zone. Double space shall be 23 ft. wide. Where a single space is provided, the loading/unloading zone shall be on the passenger side of the vehicle. 2-7102(c). d. Maximum slope of parking surface in any direction shall not exceed 1/4" p« foot. 2-7102(e). e. Parking space(s) shall be identified witfi the International Symbol of Accessibility on reflectortzed sign affixed to post or wall, and also duplicated on parking surface (symbol to be 36"x36" and painted at the back of the parking stall). 2-7102(f) f. Entrance to parking area (or at each stall) shall have a sign stating that unauthorized vehicle(s) parking in handicapped space(s) may be subject to tow-away. 2-7102(f) g. If covered parking Is provided, then a reasonable portion of the total number of stalls reserved for the disabled shall also DO covered. 2-7102(a) h. Entrances to and vertical clearances within accessible levels of parking structures shall be 8 ft. 2 in. to any structural member, duct or pipe. 2-7102(g) CURB RAMPS a. Curb ramps shall be located wherever pedestrian path crosses curb. (2- 7103(a)) b. Curb ramp shall be 48" min. width (2- 7103(b)) with maximum slope of 1 in 12. 2-7103(d) c. A level 48" min. depth landing is required at top of curb ramps over entire curb ramp width. 2-7103(d) e. Surface is to contrasting be slip finish____ . 0K)T-l,sioevalk-' ' — resistant and a from adjacent f. Border markings shall be 12" wide of l/4"xl/4" grooves, 3/4" apart, located at top and sides. 2-7103(h) 3. WALKSra. Site development and grading shall be designed to provide access to primary entrances and access to normal paths of travel and where necessary to provide access shall incorporate pedestrian ramps, curb ramps, etc. 2-7101(a) b. Walks sloping greater than 5% (1 in 20) must comply with ramp requirements of Sec. 2-3307. 2-3325(c) c. Walk width shall be 48" minimum, and shall have slip-resistant surfaces. 2-3325(a) d. The maximim cross slope shall not exceed 1/4" per foot. 2-3325(a)3 e. Gratings are not possible. 2-3325(b) allowed whenever f. At each gate or door a 60"x60" level area is required when the gate swings toward the walk. 2-3325(e) g. A 48"x44" deep level area is required when the gate swings away from the walk. 2-3325(e) h. A 24" clear space is required at strike ^—- side of gate or door. 2-3325(e) ( 4.) PEDESTRIAN RAMPS *• a. A path of travel with a slope greater than 1 in 20 shall be considered a ramp. 2-3307(a) b. The maximum slope shall be 1 in 12. 2-3307(c.l) c. The width shall be 48" minimum. A minimum width of 60" is required where a ramp serves as a primary entrance to buildings having an occupant load of 300 or more. Group R Occupancies may be 36" when the occupant load is SO or less. 2- 3307(b.l) 8 d. The surface of ramps shall be slip- resistant. 2-3307(g) e. A 60" intermediate landing is required at maximum elevation change of 30" and 72" landing at each change of direction (over 30 degrees). 2-3307(d.l) f. Landings are required at top and bottom of raaips. 2-3307(4.1) g. Bottom landing shall be minimum of 72" in the direction of travel. Fig. 2-33- 11A h. Top landing 2-3307(d.l) shall be 60" x 60" minimum. i. When' door swings onto top landing, minimum depth of landing required is door width plus 42". 2-3307(4.1.) j. Top landing shall have 60" min. width when door swings onto the landing, with 24" on strike side of door at exterior ramp, or 18" at interior ramp. 2-3307(d.l) k. Ramp handrails are required on each side of ramp, when slope exceeds 1 in 15. 2- 3307(6.1) 1. Ramp handrails shall be continuous, located 30"-3V in height above rasp surface, with 12" extensions beyond top and bottom, and the ends returned. 2-3307(e.l) n. Handrails shall be 1-1/4" to 2" cross section, spaced minimum of 1-1/2" from vail. 2-3307(e.l) n. A 2" high curb or wheel guide rail centered 3" + 1" above ranp surface is required on ~ both sides where not otherwise bounded by walls when the ramp exceeds 10 feet in length. 2-3307(h.l) SPECIAL ACCESS LIFTS V - . , a. Lifts may be provided between levels, in lieu of elevator, when the vertical distance between landings, structural elevator, structural design and safeguards are as allowed by the State of California, Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health. 2-5107(a) . b. The lift platform shall be of sufficient size to accommodate a wheelchair (30"x48"). 2-5107(a) c. There shall be a level and clear floor area or landing (60"x60") at each level for access to the lift. 2-5107(a) HAZARDS a. Provide 80" headroom from walkway surface to any overhanging obstruction. 2-3326(b) b. Headroom of 80" minimum shall be maintained for walks, corridors, aisles, etc. 2-522(f) c. Protruding objects with leading edges between 27" and 80" above finished floor shall not protrude more than 4" into walks, corridors, etc. 2-522(f) 4. Free standing objects mounted on posts between 27" and 80" above the floor may project a maximum of 12". 2-522(f) e. Abrupt ' changes in. level exceeding 4" adjacent to walks, except between walks and adjacent streets or drives, shall be identified by 6" high warning curbs above walk surface. 2-3326(a) ENTRANCES AND CTRCOLAIIOK ENTRANCES, DOORS, VESTIBULES AND CORRIDORS All primary entrances to buildings shall be accessible to the handicapped. 2-3301(f) All required passage doors shall have 32" clear opening at 90 degrees (36" door). 2-3304(f) At least one of a pair of doors shall meet the minimum 32" clear entrance width requirement. 2-3304(f) i Threshold shall be no higher than 1/2" above the floor. Edge to be beveled with a slope no greater than 1 in 2, if more than 1/4". 3304(i.l) I Exterior level landing may slope up to 1/4" per - foot in any direction for surface drainage. 2-413 I Door hardware shall be of the lever or push type, mounted 30" to 44" above the floor and be operable with a maximum effort of 8.5 Ibs. for exterior doors and 5 Ibs. for interior doors. 2-3304(c), 2- 3304(1.2) lower 10" of the door shall be of smooth, plane surface (no recess or trap) except at automatic and sliding doors. 2-3304(1.3) Building entrance(s) shall be identified by sign with the International Symbol of Accessibility. Show location on plan. The symbol shall be a white figure on blue background. 2-522(b) At turnstile, provide an access gate, 32" clear width opening, within 30 feet of turnstile. 2-3304(1.4) There shall be a clear area on each side of door, 60" deep in direction of door swing and 44" deep in opposite direction of door swing. 2-3304(1.1) Width of clear area on the swing side of the door shall exteno zv past strike jamb"for exterior doors and 18" past strike jamb for interior oors. 2-3304(1.1J The space between two consecutive doors (vestibule) shall provide a minimum of 48" clear depth between the open door and a second closed door.Doors in a series at a vestibule shall swing in the same direction, or away from the space between them. 2-330fc(i.l) For corridors over 200 feet long, see special requirements of Sec. 2-3305(b)2. FLOORS a. Floors of a given story shall be a common level throughout or shall be connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators, or s pecial access lifts. 2-522(e) STAIRWAYS NOTE: Only applies where disabled access is provided or required to other levels. a. Treads shall have smooth, rounded exposed edges and be slip resistar.t. 2- 3306(s) b. Nosing shall not project more than 1-1/2 inches past face of the riser below. 2-3306(s) c. Risers shall be sufficiently solid. 2-3306(s) d. The upper approach and lower tread of each flight of stairs shall be marked with a contrasting colored strip 2" in . width. 2-3306(r) e. On exterior stairs, each tread shall be marked as noted above. . 2-3306(r) f. Handrails are required'on each, side of stairway. 2-3306 g. Handrails shall be located 30" to 34" above nosing,extend 12" beyond top riser and 12" plus tread, width beyond bottom nosing and returned to wall/newel post. 2-3306(j.l). h. Handrails shall be 1-1/4" to 2" in gripping cross section and 1-1/2" clear of wall. 2-3306(j.l) Approved stairway identification signs shall be located at each floor level in all enclosed stairways in buildings two or more stories in height. The sign shall identify the stairway, indicate whether there is roof access, the floor level, and the upper and lower terminus of the stairway. The information shall be presented using raised Arabic numerals and raised braille symbols which conform to Section 522(b)3. The sign shall be located approximately 5 feet above the floor landing immediately adjacent to the door on the strike side. Signs shall comply with requirements of U.B.C. Standard Ko. 33-2. . ELEVATORS a. Provide clear inside elevator car dimensions as required by U.B.C. Section 5103(d) 6 and Title 24 2-5103(d.l). 1. At least one elevator in buildings 4 or more stories in height: 80" by 54", with a 42-inch -side slide door. Applies only to: high-rise buildings, A/E/I occupancies, State-owned buildings, residential care homes, hotels, motels, apartments and condominiums. 2. Elevator in buildings more than two stories or buildings where disabled access is required to upper level(s): 68" by 54", with a minimum width of 36". clear door 3. Elevators other than in (b) above serving less than 50 occupants shall have a minimum inside platform of 4 feet 6 inches by 4 feet 6 inches and a minimum clear door width of 36 inches. b. Raised Braille markings and Arabic numerals are required on control buttons and door jambs. 2-5103(d.l) SAHHARX mm.i-MI*; . TOILET FACILITIES ACCESS a. When located on accessible floors, sanitary facilities shall be made accessible to physically handicapped. (2-511.l(a)) b. Doorways ' shall have 32" minimum clear opening width. 2-511.1 c. There shall be a level area with 60" clear depth in the direction of the door swing, and a level area with 44" clear depth in opposite direction of door swing. 2-511;l(a) 12.) MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET FACILITIES^* 2<*_ _^rbvide clear are! high - or clear space high. 2-511. l(a) ." diameter x 56" x 63" x 27" b. Doors (other than handicap compartment) artt not to encroach more than 12" into above mentioned clear space. 2-511.l(a) c. Provide a 28" clear space between water closet and fixture or 32" clear space between water closet and vail. 2-511.l(a) is required in A 60" clear the toilet d. A 48" long clear space front of water closet, space is required when compartment has a side door. 2-511.l(a) e. Water closet compartment door to provide 32" clear width for end entry and 3V' clear width for side entry. Door toTe self-closing. 2-511.l(a) 13.)SINGLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET FACILITIESVa. Wa f«Water closet shall be located 28" from a fixture or 32" from a wall. 2-511.l(a) b. Minimum clear space in front of water closet shall be 48". 2-511.l(a) c. In an existing building, a single accommodation toilet facility may have a space 36" wide x 48 " long in front of water closet. 2-511.l(a) 14. JGRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSET a. One at side 42" long extending 24" in front of water closet; one at rear 36" long centered on water closet; both mounted 33" above floor. Where a tank- type toilet is used, grab bar may be as high as 36". 2-511.l(a) b. Bars shall be 1-1/4" to 1-1/2" in diameter with 1-1/2" clearance to wall. 2-511.l(a) c. Bar fasteners-and mounting support shall be able to withstand ' 250 Ibs./ft. in bending, shear and tension. 2-511.l(a) IATER CLOSET Height of water closet seat shall be 17" to 19" above floor. 5-1502 b. Controls shall be ' operable with one hand, and shal 1 not require. tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. 5-1502 c. Controls for the flush valves shall be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas, no more than 44" above the floor. 5-1502 d. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 pounds force. 5-1502 f 16.JURINALS t a Where urinals are provided, the rim of at least one shall project 14" from the wall and be located 17" maximum above floor. 5-1503(a) b. The force required to activate the flush valve shall be 5 Ibs. maximum and located 44" maximum above floor. 5-1503(b) c. Provide 30" x 48" clear floor space for —-^ forward approach. 2-511.l(b) ( IT.ILAVATORIES T a. Provide 30" x 48" clear floor space for forward approach. Said clear floor space may include knee and toe space under lavatory described below. 2-511.l(b) b. Provide clear space beneath lavatories 29" high by 30" wide by 8" deep at top and 9" high by 30" wide by 17" deep at bottom from front of lavatory (toe space). The maximum counter surface height should be 34". 5-1504(a) c. Mot water and drain pipes lavatories shall be insulated. 5-1504(b) under d. Faucet controls and operating mechanisa (operable with one hand) shall be of the type not requiring tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist (such as lever-operated) and an operating force not exceeding 5 Ibs. 5-1504(c) e. If self-closing valves are used, they shall remain open for at least 10 seconds. 5-1504(c) 18.1TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIESYa. Mirror bottom edge shall be located 40" maximum above floor. 2-511.l(b) b. Toilet tissue dispensers shall be mounted within 12" from the front edge of toilet seat. 2-511.l(b) c. Operating parts of dispensing and disposal fixtures (towels, waste, coin slots, etc.) shall be within 40" of floor. 2-511.l(b) SAHITARY FACILITIES IDENTIFICATION a. On doorways leading to sanitary facilities the symbols to be provided are 12" Equilateral triangle for men, 12" diameter circle for women, and 1/4" thick, centered on door, 60" high and contrasting color. Unisex facilities shall be identified by the circle with the triangle superimposed within the ' circle. 2-511.l(a) M '. BATHING FACILITIES a. One such facility shall comply when provided for the public, clients or employees. 2-511.1(a) b. Shower compartment shall ba 42" vide, i»S" deep, with a 36" vide entrance. 2-511.l(a) c. Show on the plans that the handicapped bathing faci1ities shal1 conform to requirements of Sec. 2-511a-9, 5-1505 and 5-1506, i.e., folding seat, flexible shower hose, etc. GENERAL KEQUXWfcHEHTS 21. DRINKING FOUNTAIN * fl a. Drinking fountains shall be within alcoves. The alcove shall be not less than 32" wide by 18" deep. 2-511.l(c) b. When the enforcing agency determines that it would create an unreasonable hardship to locate the water fountain in an alcove, the water fountain may project into the path of travel, and the path of travel shall be identifiable to the blind as follows: (1.) The surface of the path of travel at the water fountain shall be textured so that it is clearly identifiable by a blind person using a cane. The nintaum textured area, shall extend from the wall supporting the water fountain to 1 foot beyond the front edge of the water fountain and shall extend 1 foot beyond each side of the water fountain, or (2.) Ming walls shall be provided on each side of the water fountain. The wing walls shall project out from the supporting wall at least as far as the water fountain to within 6 inches of the surface of the path of travel. Also, there shall be a. minimum of 32 inches clear between the wing walls. c. Note on the plans that drinking fountain shall conform to requirements of Sec. 2-Sllc and 5-1507. PUBLIC TELEPHONE i a. Provide space 30" x W" for forward or parallel approach to' telephone. 2-511.l(d) b. Note on the plans that public telephone shall conform to requirements of Sec. 2-511.l(d). ( 23.^ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS } 15, 20 and 30 amp receptacle outlets shall be installed not less than 12" above floor. 3-210-50(e) ) Center of switches shall be located not less than 36" nor more than W above the floor. 3-380-8(c) 24.)PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS r .*'"- Where kitchenettes are provided at employee break rooms, conference areas, customer lounges, etc., the faucet controls at kitchen sinks shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist (i.e., use lever- operated, push-type, etc.). If self- closing valves are used, they shall remain open for at least 10 seconds. 5-1508 GRDOP A OCCUPANCY AUDITORIUMS, ASSEMBLY HALLS, THEATRES, ETC. a. Seating and toilet facilities handicapped shall be accessible main lobby or primary entrance. 2-611(b) b. This structure requires for the from the wheelchair seating spaces. In theaters and auditoriums, the seating shall be provided in a variety of locations so as to provided a choice of admission prices. 2-611(b) c. Each wheelchair space shall be 60" x 30" and level. 2-611(b) d. When the seating capacity exceeds 300, the wheelchair spaces shall be in more than one location. 2-611(b) e. This structure requires seats for semi-ambulant persons. leg space shall be at least 24". 2-611(b) Clear f. Stages, enclosed and unenclosed platforms, orchestra pits, ticket booths, and refreshment sales facilities shall be made accessible. 2-611(b) STADIUMS, GRANDSTANDS, BLEACHERS, PAVILIONS, GYMNASIUMS a. This structure requires wheelchair seating spaces and auditoriums, the provided in In theaters seating shall be a variety of locations so as to provided a choice of admission prices. 2-611(c) b. When the seating capacity exceeds 300, the wheelchair spaces shall be in more than one location. 2-611(c) c. Ticket booths must be accessible from both sides. 2-611(c) d. Participation areas such as ball courts, exercise rooms, tracks, and clubrooms must be accessible. 2-611(c) e. Spectator and participant sanitary and locker facilities must conform to the requirements of Chapter 2-5. 2-611(c) JURISDICTION; PLAN CHECK NUMBER:9?>- FLAN CHECKER: CHUCK MENDENHALL A Submit complete electrical plans reflecting the full extent of work to be performed, includ ing but not 1imited to the following as applicable. Submit complete service and feeder one- line diagram. NEC 215-5. Show the Available Fault Current (Isc) front the Utility Co. and at equipment where the Isc exceeds 10,000 amps. Show the ampere interrupting capacity (AIC) ratings of service and subservice equipment. NEC 110-9, 230-65. Show the method used to 1 imit fault currents to 10,000 amps on branch circuits. Show fuse letters if used (i.e., JJN, AST, LPN). Show fuse/breaker size(s). NEC 240-6. Show each building disconnecting means. NEC 230-84. Show conduit and wire sizes. Specify wire type (AL or CU) and insulation (i.e. THWN). NEC ART 310. . Show the approximate length of feeders. / JIO f JJfl, Show the grounding system required for X each building, structure, or service. NEC 250-24, 80(a), 81(c). /6. . Show the "nearest electrode" used for each transformer secondary ground system (i.e., bide, steel, cold water pipe). NEC 250-26(c). . Show the grounding electrode conductor size and wire type (AL/CU). NEC 250-94. Submit load calculations.' Include long continuous loads (LCL) and largest motor loads. NEC ART 220. Show/Identify new loads proposed for the existing equipment. . Indicate main service size and totalload. Specify wiring methods (i.e., EMI, Metal Conduit). PAGE: SET: I /I DATE: 4/3.3/93 Show location of Service(s). NEC 110-16, 230-2. 19.J Specify dimensions of equipment rated 1200 amps or more. NEC 110-l6(c).Set BEJ_OLG 20.)Provide the required access and entrance to working space for equipment rated 1200 amps or more and over 6 feet wide. NEC . Show location of all panels, load centers, switchboards, and transformers. NEC 110-16, 240-24, 300-21. 22. / Provide the required working space about electrical equipment. NEC 110-16. 25. 3*. / . Submit complete panel schedule(s). Provide overcurrent protection on the secondary side of transformers. NEC 240- 21 Ex., 384-16(d). . Provide required transformer ventilation. NEC 450-9. Provide receptacle(s) within 25 feet of HVAC equipment. UMC 509. Provide the required 20 amp 1200 VA sign circuit(s) and receptacle(s). NEC 600- 6<b)(c). Provide "uniform" pattern lighting within sight of multiple switch lighting controls. CAC Title 24, 5319. When two or more exits are required, show exit signs on the lighting plan(s) at all required exits and specify them as being self-luminous or having a second power source (battery or generator). NEC 700-16/UBC 3314. In all occupancies where the exit system Serves 100 or more occupants, provide a minimum of 1 footcandle emergency i 1 lunination at the f loot level and specify a second power source (battery or generator). NEC 700-16/UBC 3313. To speed UP the recheck process, note on this list for a copv^where eachcorrection item has been addressed, i.e.. plan sheet, specification, etc. Be sure to enclose the^ marked up list when yousubmit the revised plans. <gAg<?r(-rio3Ll Any questions on electrical corrections please "contact the plan checker shown above at Esgil Corporation at (619) 560-1468. Thank you. ' 09/04/92 ' SAN DIEGO AREA ELECTRICAL NEWSLETTER THE SAN DIEGO AREA CHAPTER OF THK INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIAL* APPROVES THE CONTENT OF THIS NEWSLETTER AND RECOMMEND* ITS ADOPTION BV THE MEMBERS OF TMK CHAPTER. CHECK WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTION JURISDICTION BEFORE BEGINNING ANY INSTALLATION BASED ON THIS NEWSLETTER. CODE REFERENCE SUBJECT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS PUBLISHED-REVISED OCT 87 Jun 91 Section. 110-16(c) now uses the term "equipment" instead of "switchboards and panelboards". The intent is to include any type of equipment that contains overcurrent, switching or control devices. The local inspection jurisdictions have made the following interpretations regarding this section: 1. This section applies only to equipment individually listed and marked with a 1200A or larger rating. 2. pullsections rated 1200A or larger will be considered to be "equipment". 3. The widths of all individual sections of 1200A or larger rated equipment installed in the same room or area will be included in the six foot measurement to determine if two doors are required. 4. The clearance required in Table 110-16(a) Exception No. 2 to the nearest edge of the door is a radial measurement from the equipment. (See drawing below.) 5. Electrical equipment room doors shall open out and shall utilize "lever- operated" hardware. Lever-operated hardware is a type that permits the door to be opened from inside the room without the use of hands. Note: The utility company requires that' these doors be at least 30" wide. EQUIPMENT RATED 1200A OR MORE CONTAINING OVERCURRENT DEVICES. SWITCHING DEVICES. OR CONTROL DEVICES ANDOVER 6 FEET WIDE INCLUDING PULL SECnON(S) TABLE 110-16 (A) DIMENSION * EDGEOFTHE DOOR dOSESTTO THE EQUIPMENT MUST BE OUTSIDE OF TABLE 110-16 (A) DIMENSION MECBAKtCAL, FUHBIHG, EHRGT FLAX COKKECnOH SHEET PLAN CHECK -™«*> 93-32'FLAK CHECKER: Q -3 oo S*?. ** \ £.AjeJ 7.S0 A £.< I MKCBAHICAL, PLOKBDC, ERERGt PLAN CDRKECnoai SHEET ILAH CHBX~ BOMBER:FLAH (BECKER: Q OEX ADAKEK Q • D - 3 r !7 j r A/Of, r? / > 6<dfi,.SWtf tf/a PROPOSED MASONRY WALL ASSEMBLY ENV-3 PROJECT NAME DATE COMPONENT DESCRIPTION 1 ( A S g I 1 o ~" V J SKETCH OF ASSEMBLY WALL ASSEMBLY NAME DESCRIPTION OF ASSEMBLY WALL R-VALUE and HEAT CAPACITY WALL UNIT THICKNESS MATERIAL TYPE CORE TREATMENT WALLR-VALUE WALL HEAT CAPACITY NOMINAL INCHES (LW CMU. MW CMU. NW CMU. CLAY UNIT. CLAY BRICK, CONCRETE) (SOLID. GROUTED, EMPTY. INSULATED, NA.) Rw (FROM TABLE B-S or B-6) HC (FROM TABLE B-S or B-6) FURRING / INSULATION LAYER (INSIDE and/or OUTSIDE IF ANY) FURRING FRAMING MATERIAL FURRING FRAMING SEE FURRING SPACE INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATING LAYER FURRING ASSEMBLY EFFECTIVE R-VALUE (WOOD. METAL, NONE) NOMINAL INCHES TYPE TYPE EXTERIOR INSULATING LAYER R-VALUE INSULATION LAYER R-VALUE (FROM TABLE B-7)(FROM MANUFACTURER) WALL ASSEMBLY R-VALUE and U-VALUE INSULATION LAYER R-VALUE WALLR-VALUE WALL ASSEMBLY R-VALUE WALL ASSEMBLY U-VALUE Rt Rw Rt 1/Rt Nonnsidfntifl Compliance Form Oecembw 1991 J Table B-6: Properties of Solid Unit Masonry and Solid Concrete Walls Type LWCMU MWCMU NWCMU Clay Brick Concrete *-^S U Rt HC U Rt HC U Rt HC U Rt HC )u Rt HC Layer Thickness, inches X^^^^X 3 4 5(6 7)8 9 10 11 12 na 0.71 0.64 Nw -naT^ na na na na na na 1.4 1.6 na na na na na na na na 7.00 8.75 na na na na na na na na 0.76 0.70 na na na na na na na na 1 .3 1 .4 na na na na na . na na na 7,67 9.58 na na na na na na na 0.89 0.82 0.76 na na na na na na na 1.1 1 .2 1.3 na na na na n'a na na 6.25 8.33 10.42 na na na na na na na 0.80 0.72 0.66 na na na na na na na 1.3 1.4 1.5 na na na na na na na 6.30 8.40 10.43 >flS'-* "'• flav na na na na na 0.96 0,91 0.86 / 0.82 0.78 \ 0.74 0,71 0.68 0.65 0.63 1.0 1.1 1.2 ( 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6 7.20 9.60 12.00 \14.40 -16.80 /19.20 21.60 24.00 26.40 28.80 Nous: - ^ ' LW CMU it a Ught Weight Concrete Mas wiry Unit per ASTM C 90 or 55. CafcUtf ad at 105 PCF density MW CMU is a Medium Weight-Concrete Masonry Unit per ASTM C 90 or 55. Calculated a 115 PCF density NW CMU it a Normal Weight Concrete Masonry Unit per ASTM C DO or 55. Calculated at 125 PCF density Ctay Bride it a Clay Unit per ASTM C 62. Calculated at 130 PCF density Concrete it ttucturaf poured or precast concrete. Calculated at 144 PCF density Calculations based on Energy CateuWkms and Dala, CMACN. 1986 ' Values include air Ibr* on inner and outer surfaces. [Source: Berkeley Solar Group, Concrete Masonry Association of California and Nevada] Appendix B-33 Table B-7: Effective R-values for Interior Insulation Layers on Structural Mass Walls Type Thick Frame Any None 1 05' Wood Metal 0.75B Wood Metal 1.0' Wood Metal 15' Wood Metal r Wood Metal 25' Wood Metal 3" Wood Metal 35* Wood Metal 4" Wood Metal 45' Wood Metal 5' Wood Metal 55' Wood Metal Furr A 05 V. 1.3 0.9 1.4 1.0 13 1.0 13 1.1 1.4 1.1 1.4 12 1.4 12 1.4 12 1.4 12 1.4 12 1.4 12 1.4 1.3 JWL. 1 15 _-^ 13 05 1.4 1.0 15 1.1 15 12 15 12 15 13 15 13 15 13 1.6 13 1.6 13 1.6 1.4 1.6 1.4 ipac N 2 i.5 1.9 1.1 2.1 13 22 1.4 2.4 1.6 25 1.7 25 1.8 25 15 2.6 2.0 £6 ZO 2.6 2.1 2.6 2.1 2.6 2.1 • FM 3 35 2.4 1.1 2.7 1.4 23 1.6 3.1 1.9 33 2.1 3.4 23 35 2.4 35 25 3.6 2.6 3.6 25 3.6 2.7 3.6 2.£ ralui 4 45 2.7 12 3.1 15 3.4 1.7 35 Z1 4.0 23 42 2.6 43 25 4.4 2.9 45 3.0 45 3.1 4.6 32 4.6 3^ iwH 5 55 na na 35 15 3.9 13 4.4 22 4.7 25 4.9 25 5.1 3.1 52 32 53 3.4 5.4 35 55 3.7 55 3.1 houl 6 65 na na 3.8 1.6 43 13 4.9 23 53 2.7 55 3.0 53 33 6.0 35 6.1 3.7 62 3.9 63 4.1 6.4 42 Iran 7 75 na na na na 4.6 1.9 5.4 2.4 5.9 23 63 32 65 35 6.7 3.8 6.9 4.0 7.1 42 72 4.4 73 4.6 ilng 8 8.5 na na na na 4.9 1.9 53 25 6.4 25 63 33 72 3.7 7.4 4.0 75 42 73 45 B.O 4.7 8.1 4.< «ffec 9 95 na na na na na na 62 25 6.9 3.0 7.4 35 75 35 8.1 42 83 45 85 4.7 8.7 5.0 8.9 52 its 10 10 na na na na na na 65 2.6 73 3.1 75 3.6 83 4.0 8.7 4.3 9.0 45 92 45 9.4 52 9.6 5.' 11 115 na na na na na na 63 2.6 7.7 32 8.4 3.6 8.9 4.1 9.3 45 9.6 43 9.9 5.1 10.1 5.4 103 5.7 12 125 na na na na na na 7.1 2.7 8.1 32 83 3.7 9.4 42 95 4.6 102 5.0 105 53 103 5.6 11.0 5.< 13 135 na na na na na na na na 8.4 33 92 3£ 93 43 10.4 4.7 103 5.1 112 5.4 115 53 11.7 6.' 14 14.5 na na na na na na na na 8.7 33 9.6 34 103 4.4 10.9 4.8 11.3 52 11.7 5.6 12.1 5.9 12.4 6.: 15 155 na na na na na na na na 9.0 3.4 10.0 3.9 10.7 4.4 113 4.9 11.9 5J 123 5.7 12.7 6.1 13.0 6.« 16 16.5 na na na na na na na na 93 3.4 10.3 4.0 11.1 45 11.8 5.0 12.4 5.4 12.8 53 132 62 13.t 6.6 17 175 na na na na na na na na na na 10.6 4.0 115 4.6 122 5.1 123 55 13.3 55 13.8 63 142 6.7 18 18.5 na na na na na na na na na na 105 4.1 115 4.6 12.6 5.1 133 5.6 13.8 6.0 143 6.5 14.7 6.I 19 19.5 na na na na na na na na na na 112 4.1 122 4.7 13.0 52 13.7 5.7 143 6.1 14.8 6.6 15.3 7.i 20 205 na na na na na na na na na na 115 4.1 125 4.7 13.4 52 142 5.8 14.8 62 15.3 6.7 15.8 7.1 21 215 na na na na na na na na na na na na 125 4.8 13.8 5.3 14.6 53 152 6.3 15.8 6.8 16.3 72 Al vikm include j* gypbd on the inner writes, interior surface rastctancas not included 24* OC Fining 24 G*gt, Z - type Metal Furring Douglas-Fir Larch Wood Furring. dansity-34.9 Ibteu. ft. hsutaiion assumed to 8 the furring space [Source: Berkeley Solar Groupj Concrete Masonry Association of California and Nevada] B-34 Nonresidential Manual Date I AU\V\3 Prepared byt Jurisdiction CARLSBAD Bldg. Dept. VALUATION AND PLAN CHECK FEE PLAN CHECK NO. Ch ~ 3*1 ( I BUILDING ADDRESS J> 7.^.1 *) . U tt*r APPLICANT/CONTACT BUILDING OCCUPANCY PHONE NO. DESIGNER PHONE - TYPE 0? CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR PHONE — BUILDING PORTION TM> r^^x_ Air Conditioning Commercial Residential Res. or Comm. Fire Sprinklers Total Value BUILDING AREA foSD* • VALUATION MULTIPLIER J^ '@ •e e • • VALUE 0)16 .75^ -^ / • • -. ^0,15^ Building Pernib Fee $. Plan Check Tee $ COM HENTSt # * T I fC ^000' Uav ) 13w? iOa«, SHEET CD OF (T) 12/87 City of Carlsbad Engineering Department DATE: BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST PLANCHECK NO. BUILDING ADDRESS: PROJECT DESCRIPTION:/goo LA&s ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER:EST. VALUE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT APPROVAL The item you have submitted for review has been approved. The approval is based on plans, information and/or specifications provided in your submittal; therefore any changes to these items after this date, including field modifications, must be reviewed by this office to insure continued conformance with applicable codes. Please review carefully all comments attached, as failure to comply with instructions in this report can result in suspension of permit to build. DENIAL Please see the. attached report of deficiencies marked with^S. Make necessary corrections to plans or /specifications for compliance with applicable codes and standards. Submit corrected plans and/or specifications to this office for review. By:.Date: By:.Date: By:Date: ATTACHMENTI D Dedication Application D Dedication Checklist D Improvement Application O Improvement Checklist D Future Improvement Agreement CONTACT PERSON NAME:. ADDRESS:. PHONE: P:\docs\chktet\bp0001.frm REV 6/5/92 2O75 Las Palmas Dr. • Carlsbad, CA 92009-1576 • <619) 438-1161 • FAX (619) 438-O894 1s^ U BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST SITE PLAN 3rdv/ D D 1 . Provide a fully dimensioned site plan drawn to scale. Show: A. North Arrow D. Property Lines Easements B. Existing & Proposed Structures E. Easements C. Existing Street Improvements F. Right-of-Way Width & Adjacent Streets D D 2. Show on site plan: A. Drainage Patterns C. Existing Topography B. Existing & Proposed Slopes D D 3. Show on a section drawing or include a note stating that there is a minimum of 6" difference between the finished floor and the finished grade elevation adjacent to the structure. D D 4. Include note: "Surface water to be directed away from the building foundation at a 2% gradient for no less than 5' or 2/3 the distance to the property line (whichever is less)." On graded sites, the top of any exterior foundation shall extend above the elevation of the street gutter at point of discharge or the inlet of an approved drainage device a minimum of 12 inches plus two percent1 (per 1990 UBC 2907(d)5.). D D 5. Include on title sheet A. Site address B. Assessor's Parcel Number C. Legal Description For commercial/industrial buildings and tenant improvement projects, include: Total building square footage with the square footage for each different use, existing sewer permits showing square footage of different uses (manufacturing, warehouse, office, etc.) previously approved. EXISTING PERMIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION / P:\dooa\chlcW\bp0001.frm Page 1 Of 4 REV e/S/92 BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST DISCRETIONARY APPROVAL COMPLIANCE D 6. Project does not comply with the following Engineering Conditions of approval for Project No. Conditions were complied with by: Date: DEDICATION REQUIREMENTS D D 7. Dedication for all street Rights-of-Way adjacent to the building site and any storm .. drain or utility easements on the building site is required for all new buildings and for (/» remodels with a value at or exceeding $ -pursuant to Code Section 18.40.030. Dedication required as follows: ; Attached please find an application form and submrttal checklist for the dedication process. Provide the completed application form and the requirements on the checklist at the time of resubmittai. Dedication completed by Date: IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS D D 8a. All needed public improvements upon and adjacent to the building site must be A constructed at time of building construction whenever the value of the construction «' exceeds $ -pursuant to Code Section 18.40.040. Public improvements required as follows: Please have a registered Civil Engineer prepare appropriate Improvement plans and submit them together with the requirements on the attached checklist for a separate plancheck process through the Engineering Department. Improvement plans must be approved, appropriate securities posted and fees paid prior to issuance of permit. Attached please find an application form and submittal checklist for the public improvements requirements. Provide the completed application form and the requirements on the checklist at the time of resubmittai. Improvement Plans signed by: Date: P:\doc.SchW^bp0001.frm Page 2 Of 4 REV WS/92 BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST 1st/ 2noV 3roV D D 8b. Construction of the public improvements may be deferred pursuant to code Section 18,40. Please submit a recent property title report or current grant deed on the property and processing fee of $ so we may prepare the necessary Future Improvement Agreement. This agreement must be signed, notarized and approved by the City prior to issuance of a Building Permit. Future public improvements required as follows: D 8c. Enclosed please find your Future Improvement Agreement. Please return signed and notarized Agreement to the Engineering Department. Future Improvement Agreement completed by: Date: D 8d. No Public Improvements required. SPECIAL NOTE: Damaged or defective improvements found adjacent to building site must be repaired to the satisfaction of the Citv Inspector prior to occupancy. GRADING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS The conditions that invoke the need for a grading permit are found in Section 11.06.030 of the Municipal Code. D D D 9a. Inadequate information available on Site Plan to make a determination on grading requirements. Include accurate grading quantities (cut, fill import, export). D D D 9b. Grading Permit required. A separate grading plan prepared by a registered Civil Engineer must be Submitted together with the completed application form attached. NOTE: The Grading Permit must be Issued and rough grading approval obtained prior to issuance of a Building Permit. Grading Inspector sign off by: Date: D 9c. No Grading Permit required. BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST P:\doc9\ehktet\bp0001.fnn Page 3 Of 4 REV 6/5/92 MISCELLANEOUS PERMITS 1st/ 2ncV Srdv' D D 10. A RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT is required to do work in City Right-of-Way and/or private work adjacent to the public Right-of-Way. Types of work include, but are not limited to: street improvements, trees, driveways. A separate Right-of-Way permit issued by the Engineering Department is required for the following: _ Please complete attached Right-of-Way application form and return to the Engineering Department together with the requirements on the attached Right-of-Way checklist, at the time of resubmittal. D D D 1 1 . A SEWER PERMIT is required concurrent with the building permit issuance. The fee is noted in the fees section on the following page. / H D 12. INDUSTRIAL WASTE PERMIT is required. Applicant must complete Industrial Waste Permit Application Form and submit for City approval prior to issuance of a Permit. Industrial waste permit accepted by: _ Date: P:\doM\cMdsftbp0001 .frm Page 4 Of 4 REV 6/5/tt ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING REVIEW SECTION FEE CALCULATION WORKSHEET D Estimate based on unconfirmed information from applicant. 19 Calculation based on building plancheck plan submittal. Address: X 733 LJD frey? &t;€. u/e* / g|dg permjt NO. Prepared bv:/^w^^uy*^Date: /*^3 Checked bv: ft * \jS-^^ Date:. EDU CALCULATIONS: List types and square footages for all uses. Types of Use: qJ#S£' Sq. Ft: //?<? ~ *** ~ EDU's: * *... Total EDU's: X APT CALCULATIONS: List types and square footages for all uses. ^ f Types of Use: VtJs& Sq. Ft: //&# ^-^^/ ADTs: Total ADTs: FEES REQUIRED: PUBLIC FACILITIES FEE REQUIRED D YES NO (See Building Department for amount) WITHIN CFD: D YES (no bridge & thoroughfare fee, E3 NO reduced Traffic Impact Fee) 1 PARK-1N-UEU FEE PARK AREA: _ FEE/UNIT: X NO. UNITS: 2TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE ADTs: 7£> X FEE/ADT: 3. BRIDGE AND THOROUGHFARE FEE -?^ * ~ ^ / / **„ADTs: /& X FEE/ADT: ^U"^ ¥S /. £ 72. 4. FACILITIES MANAGEMENT FEE ZONE: CDU's; _ X FEE/EDU: D 5. SEWER FEE PERMIT No. ^£'93403'? EDU's: X 7-^ X FEE/EDU: BENEFIT AREA: EDU's: / 7V1 X FEE/EDU:i_ -S D 6. SEWER LATERAL ($2,500 DEPOSIT) =$ D 7. WATER FEE . EDU's: / 7// X FEE/EDU: TOTAL OF ABOVE FEES*: *NOTE: This calculation sheet Is NOT a comolete list of all fees which mav be due. P:\DOCS\M1SFO_RMS\BPOOOLFHM /-^^^^ /" ^/*"^^^<> <~ °//*/ZJ_ REV PLANNING CHECKLIST Plan Check No. 93- 3Z/ Address "Zr73'2 Planner VAN LYNCH _ Phone 438-1161 ext. 4325 (Name) APN: Type of Project and Use )rif)u*>7-~ Zone W Facilities Management Zone U U W i • 555 Lil Item Completes s s&.'£.'£. Item Incomplete - Needs your action 1, 2, 3 Number in circle indicates plancheck number where deficiency was identified D Environmental Review Required; YES NO K TYPE DATE OF COMPLETION: ' Compliance with conditions of approval? If not, state conditions which require action. Conditions of Approval D Discretionary Action Required: YES NO TYPE APPROVAI/RESO. NO, _ DATE: PROJECT NO. OTHER RELATED CASES: Compliance with conditions of approval? If not, state conditions which require action. Conditions of Approval California Coastal Commission Permit Required: YES NO DATE OF APPROVAL: - San Diego Coast District, 3111 Camino Del Rio North, Suite 200, San Diego, CA. 92108-1725 (619) 521-8036 Compliance with conditions of approval? If not, state conditions which require action. Conditions of Approval _^ QT]D Landscape Plan Required: YES NO HD D D D D nU See attached submittal requirements for landscape plans Site Plan: 1. Provide a fully dimensioned site plan drawn to scale. Show: North arrow, property lines, easements, existing and proposed structures, streets, existing street improvements, right-of-way width and dimensioned setbacks. 2. Show on Site Plan: Finish floor elevations, elevations of finish grade adjacent to building, existing topographical lines, existing and proposed slopes and driveway. 3. Provide legal description of property. 4. Provide assessor's parcel number. Zoning: GHZ! D -I Qra 1. Setbacks: fU'rt D D D $>' Front: Int. Side: Street Side: Rear: f^f^. 2. Lot coverage: ^A 3. Height: 4. Parking: Additional Comments jUsQQF @&> Al^rtf- //\)$7*t,Ar?wJ Required Required Required Required Required Required Spaces Required Guest Spaces Required u)D/*&sT~ fcju&^n/ /MJ 6 * Shown Shown Shown Shown Shown Shown ?^ Shown Shown Oo2r r/s&r *? &&Lt/e*s OK TO ISSUE AND ENTERED APPROVAL INTO COMPUTER *A —DATE PLNCK.FRM City of Carlsbad 93039 Fire Department • Bureau of Prevention Plan Review: Requirements Category: Building Plan Check "V Date of Report: Thursday, July 1,1993 Reviewed by:_L Contact Name Bin Prldgen Address 701 B St #440 City, State San Diego CA 92101 Bldg. Dept. No. 930321 Planning No. Job Name Cypros Pharm. Job Address 2732 Loker Ste. or Bldg. No. 53 Approved - The item you have submitted for review has been approved. The approval is based on plans; information and/or specifications provided in your submittal; therefore any changes to these items after this date, including field modifica- tions, must be reviewed by this office to insure continued conformance with applicable codes. Please review carefully all comments attached, as failure to comply with instructions in this report can result in suspension of permit to construct or install improvements. D Disapproved - Please see the attached report of deficiencies. Please make corrections to plans or specifications necessary to indicate compliance with applicable codes and standards. Submit corrected plans and/or specifications to this office for review. For Fire Department Use Only Review 1st 2nd 3rd Other Agency ID CFD Job# 93039 File* ______ 2560 Orfon Way • Carlsbad, California 92008 * (619) 931-2121 City of Carlsbad 93039 Fire Department • Bureau of Prevention Plan Review: Requirements Category: Building Plan Check Date of Report: Thursday. April 22,1993 Reviewed by Contact Name McGraw/Baldwln ^ Address 701 B st #440 _^__^_ City, State San Diego CA 92101 Bldg. Dept. No. 930321 Planning No. Job Name Cypros Pharm. i Job Address 2732 Loker Ste. or Bldg. No. Approved - The item you have submitted for review has been approved. The approval is based on plans; information and/or specifications provided in your submittal; therefore any changes to these items after this date, including field modifica- tions, must be reviewed by this office to insure continued conformance with applicable codes. Please review carefully all comments attached, as failure to comply with instructions in this report can result in suspension of permit to construct or install improvements. Disapproved - Please see the attached report of deficiencies. Please make corrections to plans or specifications necessary to indicate compliance with applicable codes and standards. Submit corrected plans and/or specifications to this office for review. For Fire Department Use Only Review 1st 2nd 3rd Other Agency ID CFD Job# 93039 File* 2560 Orion Way • Carlsbad, California 92008 • (619) 931-2121 INDUSTRIAL WASTE DISCHARGE PERMIT APPLICATION CB No. SE NO. APPL NO. INO. HJSINESS NAME HEADDRESS NTACT PERSON (at business! A. ^ Typo of Business (check all that appty) Agricultural Assembly Automotive ChemicaJ Handling Electronics Food Government boratory Laundry Manufacturing Medical Metal Work Office Photo Lab Retail Service Station Warehouse Other ^BESCWBE WASTE OTHER THAN DOMESTIC (Chemicals, Particulates, etc.) CRIBE BUSINESS ACTIVITY: DESCRIPTION OF ONSFTE WASTEWATER PROCESSING: (chemical & physical characteristics)^ siness presently in operation at site? D YES 13 NO Has Wastewater Discharge Permit been applied for through the Encina Water Authority? U YES Applicantcant's Name Phone r^TZL^ A ^L^Date I T Date SignaVre of Ofty Re^sentlflye NOT . Date forwarded to Encina P:\DOCS\NISraMt\nm00045 KEV. 2/10/9% INDUSTRIAL WASTE DISCHARGE PERMIT APPLICATION C8 No. SE No. APPL NO._ .CLASS •"tfUSINESS NAME. SlfEADDRESS ' SNTACT PERSON (at business) PHONETiUMBER_-t-55" - Type of Business (check all that apply) Agricultural J Assembly """ Automotive Chemical Handling Electronics Food ^•M c c Government iboratory U Laundry Manufacturing Medical Metal Work Office Photo Lab Retail Service Station Warehouse Other DESCRIBE WASTE OTHER THAN DOMESTIC (Chemicals, Particulates, etc.) jaefiERAL DESCRIPTION OF ONSITE WASTEWATER PROCESSING: (chemical & physical characteristics)^. )usiness presently in operation at site? D YES (2?NO _. Has Wastewater Discharge Permit been applied for through the Endna Water Authority? D YES ^ NO Applicant 's Name Title Phone 2_3t-o7S"/ Ptea»e Print Date Date Signature of City Representative BNOT ^_—j »•.-;. -suw Date forwarded to Endna P:\DQCS\HISFORm\HM00045 KV. 2/10/92 Hazardous Materials SAN DIEGO REGIONAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE Management Division mmiM aunt ronm CailitY «F IAI DIICO Business Name Contact Person Telephone Mailing Address City State 04 Zip Plan File* Site Address City State Zip Plan File* PART I: FIRE DEPARTMENT - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT DIVISION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION Indicate by circling the item, whether your business will use, process, or store any of the following hazardous materials. If any of the items are circled, applicant must contact the Fire Protection Agency with jurisdiction prior to plan submitted 1. Explosive or Blasting Agents (f> Flammable Solids <S>. Compressed Gases 5. Organic Peroxides (G? Flammable or Combustible Liquids 6. Oxidizers 7. Pyrophorics 10. Cryogenics /ffj Unstable Reactives £P. Highly Toxic or Toxic Materials c5? Water Reactives (TQ. Radioactives Corrosives Other Health Hazards PART II: COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO HEALTH DEPARTMENT - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT DIVISION: CONTINGENCY PLAN REVIEW: If the answer to any of the questions is yes, applicant must contact the County of San Diego Hazardous Materials Management Division, 1255 Imperial Avenue, 3rd Floor, San Diego, CA 92186-5261. Telephone (619) 338-2222 prior to the issuance of a building permit. FEES MAY BE REQUIRED Yes No 4.0 r~?g 1 I is your business listed on the reverse side of this form? Will your business dispose of Hazardous Substances or Medical Waste in any amount? Will your business store or handle Hazardous Substances in quantities equal to or greater than 55 gallons, 500 pounds, 200 cubic feet or carcinogens/reproductive toxins in any quantity? Will your business use an existing or install an underground storage tank? Will your business store or handle Acutely Hazardous Materials? OFFICE USE ONLY RMPP Exempt Date Initials f~| RMPP Required Date Initials r~| RMPP Completed Date Initials PART HI: SAN DIEGO COUNTY AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT If the answer to any of the questions is yes, applicant must contact the Air Pollution Control District, 9150 Chesapeake Drive, San Diego, CA 92123. Telephone (619) 694-3307 prior to the issuance of a building permit. YES NO 1. [~~1 r^Xl Will the intended occupant install or use any of the equipment listed on the Listing of Air Pollution Control District Permit Categories, on the ' reverse side of this form? 2.1—I I—I (ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 1 IS YES.) Will the subject facility be located within 1,000 feet of the outer boundary of a school (K through 12) as listed in the current Directory of School and Community College Districts, published by the San Diego County Office of Education and the current California Private School Directory, compiled in accordance with provisions of Education Code Section 33190? Briefly Name of Owner or Authorized / /^O / Signature of Owner or Authorized Agent: I declare under penalty of perjury that to the best of my knowledge and belief the responses made herein are true and correct,^-—-~7~ r <^~~~~~~~~~~\ /] Do not write below this line FIRE DEPARTMENT OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:. BY:Date: EXEMPT PROM PERMIT REQUIREMENTS COUNTY-HMMD APCD APPROVED FOR BUILDING PERMIT BUT NOT OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMMD APCD APPROVED FOR OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMMD APCD EnvironmeouJ Health Service* DHS:HM-9I7I (6792) County of San Dkjo Department of Health Servicei AUG-Q2-93 TON 09:3'BALDWIN FAX NO, 6192314396 P. 02/02 Hazardous Materials SAN DIEGO REGIONAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE tf i*t Zip Zip Plan Filfl# Plan File 9 PARTI; FIRE DEPARTMENT - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT DIVISION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION Indicate by ".'-.line *,ha item, vwhathm our business will use, process, or store any of the following hazardous materials. If any of the Irems ars circled, ap[.,._3At must --ftntact the Fire Prataction Ao«ncy with jurisdiction prior to plan submittat. 1, Explosive or Blasting Agents {$ Flamrnabl* Solids 7, Pyrophonca 10. Cryogenics <CS? Coi-rosivea C; Comp^ssBtl Gasas 5. Orflgnic P«roxfde3 <S5 Unstable Rsact/ves 45, HigWy Toxic of Toxio Matsrial* ^7^ Other Health Hazards (ED Pamm-ibie or Combustibt* liquids 8- Oxidizgrs - . Water Reactivfts jj, RadloactJves PARTJI: COUMTY OF^AN^IlEGp HEALTH pgPARTMENT - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT DIVISION: CONTINGENCY PLAN REVIEW; If th« ansWaf to any of the questions i* yas, applicant must contact th» County of San Diego Hazardouo Matarfafs Manogement , 1?55 Imperial Avenue, 3rd Floor, San Diego, CA 9218S-5261. Telephona (619) 353-2222 prior to the igsuancs of a parmit. FEES MAY BE REQUIRED YaS 1$ ycur business listed on the reverse side gf this form? Will your business disposo of Hazardous Substar'ittas or Modicat Waste in any amount? Will your busin-iss gtora or handle Hajardous Substances In quantttlas aqual to or greater than 55 gallons, 500 pounds, 20O cubic faot or oareinQgsns/rtspraductiva toxin* in any quantity? Will your business use an «jtisting or install an underground storaga tank? Will yoy business store oc handle Acutafy Hazardous OFFICE USE ONL' DRMPP r~\ RMPP Required Date Jnitiafs I RMPP Completec Data Initial's PART. Ill: SAM DiEGO COUNTY A!R POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT If the answar to any of the questions 19 yes, applicant must contact the Air Pollution Control District, 91 50 Chssapeake Drive, San Diego. CA 921 23 Telephone (619) 694-3307 prior to tha issuanca of a building permit. YES NO 1. f^J Q^j Will th* intended occupant install or use any of the equipment listed on th« Listing of A:' Pollution Control District Permit Categories, on tht ravers* side of this form? 2. CD CD (ANSWER ONLY tF QUESTION 1 IS YES.) Will the subject facility be located within 1,000 feet of the oute, boundary of a school (K througr t 2) as listsd in th-» currant Directory of School and Community College Districts, published by tha San Diego County Office of Education anc the cur'ent California Private School Directory, compiled in accordant:* with provisions of Education Coda Section 33190? •n^rft-a-fi^^"jntan(:j-™[||1(?(JSif5™I activity: " ~ ~~~ ~ rtj*«-j— - — OliOll Name of Owner or 9145 915 429K2Q OQ of Own»r or_Agth.Trizsd, Agent: Welfare under o»nafty of perjury that to the base of my know>qd!fl* and belisf th« responses made herein sf& true and correct, ^^T J/ * ft ^) // __ _ . Date: Oo not write below this line FIRE BY: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:^ Data EXEMPT FROM PSR.MIT SEQUIFIEMENTS COUNTY-HMMD APCD . -fPPROVEDiCi 3JiLOiMG PERMIT BUT NOT OCCUPANCY ' APCO AFPROVEO FOR OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMMO APCD October 11,1993 Mike Peterson City of Carlsbad Building Department 2075 Las Palmas Carlsbad, CA 92009 Re: Cypros T.I. Plan File #92-321 Dear Mike: Due to budget constraints three rooms had to be deleted from the above mentioned project. The deletion of these rooms required changes to be made on the architectural, mechanical and electrical drawings; all of which have been itemized and copied onto 8 1/2" x 11' pages. It should be noted that no structural or sprinkler lay-out changes were made to the drawings. 8 1/2*x 11' Dwq flef. No. Description 1 A1 Rooms 105,127 & 128 deleted from dwgs. 1 A1 Cyclone Fence enclosure relocated next to electric room 2 A1 Rooms 105, 127 & 128 deleted from finish schedule 3 A1 Doors 105, 127 & 128 deleted from door schedule 4 A2 Lighting lay-out revised at deleted room locations If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, McGraw/Baldwin Architects I Tim Doudna Project Architect cc: B.Birch 93479.001\SAK James McGraw, Architect, AIA Principal Kennon Baldwin. Architect. AIA Principal James Ferguson, Architect, Senior Associate Les A. Mealin, Architect, Senior Associate O) ^CDJ O Om Oi Co <D TJ oo rno O O endO 01 03 <n - CD Olm o O C/) LO mTIOX ~D > Z >r~ CO ~n 03>cnrn n O m OO dO 01 an C/)Orrno m ROOM O i LOBBY O2 RECEPTION O6 O9 O I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 i 2O I 2 I I 22 1 23 I 24 I 25 WALL OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE LUNCH RM. SUPPLY RM. TECH. RM. CHEMISTRY PHARMACOLOGY GLASSWASH HALL HALL ANIMAL RM. ANIMAL ! 2 9 _WARS iLEPHONE RM. 3 I ELECTRICAL RM DOOR SCHEDULE <O DOOR NO. DOOR TYPE DIMENSION WIDTH HEIGHT ASSEMBLY DETAILS REMARKS IO7 3'-O- 7--O'2O MIN.2/A4 A PROVIDE CLOSER >VIDEV1.O< 8/A4 FOP SIGN AGE OS 3'-0'2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER O9 A 3'-O- T-CT 2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER O A 3--O' 7'-O"2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER 3'-O- 7'-O"2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER 1 1 2 3'-O" 7'-O'2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER I ! 3 3'-O' 7'-0'2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER T-or 2O MiN PROVIDE CLOSER I 5 3'-O" 7'-O"2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSES 1 5A 2'-0- 7'-O- I 6 A 3'-CT 7'-O'2O MN PROVIDE CLOSER I I 6A 3'-O" 7'-O*MATCH STOREFRON'PROVIDE CLOSER 3'-O' T-CT 2O MIN 2/A4 PROVIDE CLOSER I 8 3'-O"2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER I 9 3'-O" 7'-O"2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER 2O 3*-O' \'-6' 7'-Q- 7'-O' 2O MIN PROVIDE CLOSER 2 1 3'-O" 7'-O- 22 3'-O" 7'-O'MATCH EXISTING 23 A 3'-O'2O MIN 2/A4 PROVIDE CLOSER ! 24 PROVIDE CLOSER NOTE' ALL RATED DOORS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH AT TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT - CONTROL OF NOT LESS THAN 2O MINUTES. DOORS SHALL BE MAINTAINED SELF-CLOSING. SEE SHEET T - I FOG NOTES REGARDING ALL DOOR HACDWAPE. GTP.BD. CEILING OCT 11 '93 08:47 TK&GIBSON-619-597-0565* «* P.2/5 Tsuchiyama, Kaino & Gibson Consulting.Mechanical Engineer* Principals • Victor M. TstjChiyamo. P.E. Don M..0ernaiOini Kenneth X, Kaino. P.E. • . R, Joseph Ross, P,E. Paul 0. Gibson. P.E Donald E. Grotty. P.E. TcddT. Sorbo. P.E. Octobers, 7993 Mr. Tim Doudna McCRAW BALDWIN ARCHITECTS 701 "B" Street, Suite 440 San Diego, California 92101 SUBJECT: Cypros Tenant Improvement TK&G #93-20 Dear Tim: The following revisions were made to the contract documents. All other conditions shall remain the same. Mechanical Sheet # Description 1 AC-11 was replaced by a gravity vent GV-1 for the warehouse room. 2 AGIO was deleted and EM was added. 3 AC-4 was downsized to a 10 ton unit (Carrier 48HJ014 to 48HJ012). 4 AC-11 was replaced by a gravity vent GV-1 for the warehouse room (floor plan shows GV-1 opening up to roof). 5 Ductwork and diffusers for AGIO were deleted. EF-4 (Greenheck C8-140) ductwork and sidewall grilles for the Electrical Room #131 and the Telephone Room #130 were added. 6 Supply air to the men's and women's restrooms increased from 60 CFM to 125 CFM. Neck sizes for these diffusers increased from 6" to 8". Ductwork to these two diffusers changed from 6" diameter to 8" diameter. The diameter of supply duct serving the restroom increased from 14" diameter to 16" diameter (portion of duct which transitions down from 18" diameter to 16" diameter to 10" diameter). Transfer air from the warehouse to the toilets decreased from 480 CFM to 350 CFM (175 CFM for each room). The 10" diameter ducts for the transfer air decreased to 8" diameter. 4370 UJolta Village Drive, Suite 750 *San Diego, California 92122 •619/597-0555 -FAX 619/597-0565 OCT 11 '93 08:47 TK&GIBSON-619-597-0565* * ««,,*„*,» P. 3/5 * -• Tsuchiyama, Kaino & Gibson Consulting Mechanical Engineers McGRAW BALDWIN ARCHITECTS Octobers, 1993 Page Two 7 Ductwork which supplied the Procedures Room #127 and the Quarantine Room #128 was removed. Remaining ductwork was downsized to a 10" duct transition ing on 8" duct. 8 EF-2 was downsized from GreenheckSWB-13 to SWB-10. The take-off duct which supplied the Procedures and Quarantine Room was removed. The main duct size was decreased from a 22" diameter to an 1 8" diameter. The exhaust fan discharge outlet changed from 14"x10" to 12"x8". 9 Deleted Procedure and Quarantine Rooms (127 and 128) and related plumbing. Revised plumbing to equipment along waifs in warehouse. 10 Deleted plumbing services to air handler units on roof. 11 Deleted air handler units on roof. If you have any questions or comments, please call myself or Steve Dalo. Sincerely, TSUCHIYAMA, KAINO & GIBSON Donna Kuge DK/jk CC: Steve Dalo - TK&G V v ft / (S J V* (g.gt—3p\g'frl~* '. FOR AC-I « AC-2J 26'x22' EADOUJN THRU ROOF'xW OA DN.THRU ROOF DUCT SUPPORT ON ROOF. 6EEWITH 6.1. THRU ROCF I6VI21 5 A WITH 6.1. THRU ROOFAC-4 POR AC-& THRU AC- 14'xW EA DOUNTHRU ROOF 22* x I61 FAN C OUTLET AT T- ROOF 12' x 0' FAN DISCHARGE. OUTLET AT T-0' ABOVC ROOF r b-i *•L-^-TN J -si^-f J OCT 11 *55 i4!"T7"kE WflLL/SflN DIEGO P.2X9 R.E.WALL& ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED October 9, 1993 Tim Doudna McGRAW BALDWIN ARCHITECTS 701 "B" Street, Suite 440 San Diego, CA 92101 RE: Cypros Changes Dear Tim: The following list is in response to your request for an itemized description of the changes for the above referenced project. The items are organized according to the 8-l/2"xir partial plans sent to us on October 8, 1993. 1. E-l; The deletion of the conference room resulted in adding two industrial chain hung fixtures and two motion sensors to the warehouse area. 2. E-2; The deletion of the two laboratories resulted in adding four industrial chain hung fixtures to the warehouse area and moving two panels to another wall. 3. E-3; The deletion of the conference room resulted in deleting two outlets and re- circuiting two outlets to the warehouse circuit. 4. E-4; The deletion of the two laboratories resulted in deletion of fumehood power, plugstrips, etc. in the labs and the relocation of equipment in the warehouse to the new perimeter walls, 5. E-5; The value engineering impact of the HVAC resulted in the deletion of AC-10. The impact on the electrical system included deletion of circuits M2-2,3 (208V 10) @ 30 amps. Registered Electrical Engineers 5530 Oberlin Drive, Suite 334 San Diego, CA 92121 Fax6]9-625-02G4 619-625-0200 o ro CO CO OJ COcn CO HOROWITZ TAYLOR ENGBVEERING ... STRUCTURAL C O N S.(I L.T'.l M G STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS PROJECT: OfPlLQS> TfeUAUT 1WSTON ASSUMPTIONS: CONCRETE STRENGTH AT TWENTY EIGHT DAYS: MASONRY: GRADE "N" CONCRETE BLOCK F ' M = MORTAR: TYPE S 1800 PSI GROUT: 2000 PSI REINFORCING STEEL: A-615 STRUCTURAL STEEL: A-36 LUMBER: DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH JOISTS BEAMS AND POSTS STUDS SEISMIC FORCE: • WIND FORCE: GRADE 40: GRADE 60: #2 #1 #5 AND LESS (UO.N.) #6 AND LARGER PSI PSI CONSTRUCTION OR BETTER REPORT BY: _ Z_ REPORT NO.: • _SOIL PRESSURE: DESIGN r/)AnS: . ROOF DFAD IjQAD SLOPING ROOFING PLYWOOD JOISTS INSUL. & CLG. MISC TOTAL = FLAT FLOOR DEAD If)AD TNT. WALL DEAD LOAD F.XT. 4.0 ?SF 1.5 z.o*-.$• 1.0 2.0 P5F FLOORING PLYWOOD JOISTS INSUL. & CLG. MISC TOTAL = INTERIOR EXTERIOR 10PSF 16PSF ROOF T JVR LOAD SLOPING FLAT FLOOR TJVE LOAD INTERIOR BALCONY EXIT WALKWAY 40 PSF 60 PSF(U.O.N.) 100 PSF These calculations are limited only to the items included herein, selected by the client and do not imply approval of any other portion of the structure by this office. These calculations are not valid if altered in any way, or not accompanied by a wet stamp and signature of the Engineer of Record • ^3-144 AlfYl .. PAY o^ on.CO, 1 e' uj^ 24 V ^5,* 20 f' X ADO txC uuir. , J2. AT EW c,e. OP CO, L6 H .1C Z- CUS *• V3 H. $ f I »' 1 gJ »' I ft- Is' 40' H-11 iso1 :-l l&C at Tlitt o m -- sen tf -L S * i e> i .&*• i tf I tf j g r OTPK.OS £T 3 CUGUt Sfo x 3C' 6,L& ASbuntL W F -f4 C- I «r 1 a1 1 tf I tf I & - . me*.. OS HOROWITZ TAYLOR ENGINEERING Title Structural consulting Scope : 3914 Murphy Canyon Rd. Suite A100 Number: San Diego, Cal. 92123 Misc : (619) 560-4383 Dsngr :Date:06-Apr-93 Page 4GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN OS DESCRIPTION » CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT » BEAM 1 BEAM DATA — BEAM WIDTH BEAM DEPTH LAMINATION THICKNESS - Fb - BENDING Fv - SHEAR Fc - BEARING ELASTIC MODULUS BEAM DENSITY • 5.125 in 28.5 in 1.5 in 2400 psi 165 psi 385 psi =1800000 psi 33 pcf DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR* 1.25 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? Y y/n REDUCE SHR BY 'd1 ? Y y/n END CONDITIONS — FIXITY CODE » 1 1-Pin/Pin, 2=Fix/Fix 3=Fix/Pin, 4=Pin/Fix SPAN DATA CENTER SPAN LEFT CANTILEVER RIGHT CANTILEVER 40 ft ft ft UNBRACED LENGTHS Lu : CENTER SPAN Lu : LEFT CANT. Lu : RIGHT CANT. ft ft ft APPLIED LOADS . Use '-' distances for left cantilever ! OS @ Center : Dead = plf Live - plf @ Left Cant: Dead = plf Live = plf @ Right Cant: Dead = plf Live - plf ..#!.. ..#2. Dead = 2304 2672 Live - 2304 2141 Dist. 5 13 ..#!.. ..#2. Dead Live Dist USING: 5.125" x 28. Max. M+@ 21.0 ft Max. M-@ 40.0 ft Max @ Left Max (a Right Max. Allow Moment fb : Max. Actual Fb : Allowable • f v : Max . Actual « Dead @ Left = @ Right* Live @ Left *= @ Right* ...X-Left ,..X-Right = . » • ffo * • .. ffT» .« • . TrO » • • • tr D " • • « Tr ' • • 3114 2672 2394 1943 2141 1223 21 29 37 50" Beam, Bending = 83.3%, Shear - 60 Dead 131.204 ft-k Left Reaction= 6.88 ft-k Rt Reaction= 7.61 ft-k Center Defl. » -1.24 ft-k . — Distance * 20.00 157.554 ft-k Left Defl. Right Defl. = 2,269 psi 2,725 psi Ck = .811(E/Fbr.5= 125.5 psi Cs - (LeD/B~2)~.5 = ..#8. ..#8. .84% Max 11.95 12.30 -2.07 20.00 22.21 plf plf plf plf ft ft • Ibs Ibs ft * in-# in-# ft * k k in ft in in •os HOROWITZ TAYLOR ENGINEERING Title Structural consulting Scope : 3914 Murphy Canyon Rd. Suite A100 Number: San Diego, Cal. 92123 Wise : (619) 560-4383 Dsngr :Date:06-Apr-93 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page 5 OS | Fv : Allowable = 206.3 psi Max. Shear @ Left = 11.9471 k Max. Shear @ Right = 12.2997 k Cf = (12/d)~.lll = 0.91 Sxx - Supplied = 693.8 in"3 Area Supplied = 146.06 in"2 REQUIRED Sxx & Area Max. Center Mom ....Sxx Req'd Max. Left Mom ....Sxx Req'd Max. Right Mom ....Sxx Req? d Design Shear @ Left ....Area Req'd Design Shear @ Right = ....Area Req'd Brg Req'd @ Left Brg Req'd @ Right Camber @ Left @ Center @ Right ;«J 131.2 577.8 0.0 0.0 17.8 86.3 18.3 88.9 6.05 6.23 -1.85 ft-k in"3 ft-k in'3 ft-k in" 3 kips in* 2 kips in"2 in in in in in ALLOWABLE STRESSES Fb Fv Center Span = 2.73 ksi Left Support = 2.73 0.21 ksi Right Support= 2.73 0.21 ksi QUERY VALUES Left Center Right Dist. = ft Shear = 11.95 k Moment= ft-k Defl = in Live Load Location @ LEFT CANT. ? Y y/n @ CENTER SPAN ? Y y/n @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n OS OS HOROWITZ TAYLOR ENGINEERING Title Structural consulting Scope : 3914 Murphy Canyon Rd. Suite A100 Number: San Diego, Cal. 92123 Misc : (619) 560-4383 Dsngr :Date:06-Apr-93 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page C OS DESCRIPTION » CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT » BEAM BEAM DATA - BEAM WIDTH BEAM DEPTH LAMINATION THICKNESS Fb - BENDING Fv - SHEAR Fc - BEARING ELASTIC MODULUS BEAM DENSITY SPAN DATA - CENTER SPAN LEFT CANTILEVER RIGHT CANTILEVER 5.125 in 33 in 1.5 in 2400 psi 165 psi 385 psi '1800000 psi 33 pcf 49.5 ft ft 10 ft DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1.25 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? Y y/n REDUCE SHR BY 'd' ? Y y/n END CONDITIONS — FIXITY CODE » 1 l=Pin/Pin, 2=Fix/Fix 3=Fix/Pin, 4=Pin/Fix UNBRACED LENGTHS Lu : CENTER SPAN Lu : LEFT CANT. Lu : RIGHT CANT. ft ft ft APPLIED LOADS . Use '-' distances for left cantilever ! OS (3 Center : Dead = plf Live = plf @ Left Cant: Dead * plf Live = plf @ Right Cant: Dead = plf Live = plf . • fr-L • • . . tt^ • Dead = 2672 3114 Live = 2141 1943 Dist. 8 16 • • TT J- • • . . TT^ • Dead Live Dist USING: 5.125" x 33. Max. M+@ 24.0 ft Max. M-@ 49.5 ft Max (3 Left Max @ Right = Max. Allow Moment f b : Max . Actual Fb : Allowable fv : Max. Actual Dead @ Left = @ Right= Live @ Left *= @ Right* ...X-Left ...X-Right = ft^ HA tfc; itft a 7* * * IT w • * • * Tf^K * * « * Tr O « • * * TT V • • • • Tr * * * 2304 2304 2304 2304 2903 2304 2304 2304 2304 2169 24 32 40 48 56 • . • if-J . . . . ft4 . * • • trO . . . . TfO • • • . TT / • ' 00" Beam, Bending = 74.3%, Shear = 74 Dead 150.440 ft-k Left Reaction* 6.01 -89.607 ft-k Rt Reaction* 21.08 ft-k Center Defl. = -0.88 -154.40 ft-k Distance * 21.66 207.824 ft-k Left Defl. Right Defl. = -0.00 1,992 psi 2,681 psi Ck = .811(E/Fb)".5= 153.4 psi Cs = (LeD/B"2)".5 = plf plf Plf plf ft ft ..#8.. 6880 Ibs 5070 Ibs 59.5 ft ..#8.. in-# in-# ft .39% Max. 11.63 k 37.31 k -2.20 in 23.56 ft in -0.78 in 22.21 OS HOROWITZ TAYLOR ENGINEERING Title Structural consulting Scope : 3914 Murphy Canyon Rd. Suite A100 Number: San Diego, Cal. 92123 Misc : (619) 560-4383 Dsngr :Date:06-Apr-93 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page OS | Fv : Allowable = 206.3 psi Max. Shear @ Left = 11.6334 k Max. Shear @ Right = 19.8961 k Cf = (12/dr.lll = 0.89 Sxx - Supplied = 930.2 in"3 Area Supplied = 169.13 in"2 REQUIRED Sxx & Area Max. Center Mom ....Sxx Req'd = Max. Left Mom ....Sxx Req'd Max. Right Mom ....Sxx Req'd - Design Shear @ Left ....Area Req? d Design Shear @ Right = .... Area Req' d *= Brg Req'd @ Left Brg Req'd @ Right Camber @ Left @ Center @ Right '•a. — — • 150.4 673.3 154.4 691.1 17.3 83.8 25.9 125.8 5.90 18.91 -1.32 -0.00 ft-k in"3 ft-k in" 3 ft-k in~3 kips in"2 kips in~2 in in in in in ALLOWABLE STRESSES Fb Fv Center Span • 2.68 ksi Left Support = 2.68 0.21 ksi Right Support-* 2.68 0.21 ksi QUERY VALUES Left Center Right Dist. = ft Shear « 10.32 10.32 k Moment= ft-k Defl - in Live Load Location , @ LEFT CANT. ? Y y/n @ CENTER SPAN ? Y y/n @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n OS OS HOROWITZ TAYLOR ENGINEERING Title Structural consulting Scope : 3914 Murphy Canyon Rd. Suite A100 Number: San Diego, Cal. 92123 Misc : (619) 560-4383 Dsngr :Date:06-Apr-93 Page BGENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN OS DESCRIPTION » CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT » BEAM BEAM DATA - BEAM WIDTH BEAM DEPTH LAMINATION THICKNESS Fb - BENDING Fv - SHEAR Fc - BEARING ELASTIC MODULUS BEAM DENSITY SPAN DATA CENTER SPAN LEFT CANTILEVER RIGHT CANTILEVER • 5.125 in 36 in 1.5 in 2400 psi 165 psi 385 psi =1800000 psi 33 pcf 49 ft ft ft DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1.25 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? Y y/n REDUCE SHR BY fdf ? Y y/n END CONDITIONS — FIXITY CODE » 1 l=Pin/Pin, 2=Fix/Fix 3=Fix/Pin, 4:=Pin/Fix UNBRACED LENGTHS Lu : CENTER SPAN Lu : LEFT CANT. Lu : RIGHT CANT. ft ft ft APPLIED LOADS ,. Use '-' distances for left cantilever ! OS @ Center : Dead = plf Live = plf @ Left Cant: Dead = plf Live - plf @ Right Cant: Dead = plf Live = plf ..#!.. . .#2. Dead = 2352 2352 Live = 2352 2352 Dist. 8 16 ..#!.. ..#2. Dead » Live Dist USING: 5.125" x 36. Max. M+@ 24.1 ft Max. M-@ ft Max @ Left Max @ Right Max. Allow Moment - f b : Max . Actual - Fb : Allowable - fv : Max. Actual - Dead @ Left = @ Right = Live @ Left = @ Right= ...X-Left . ..X-Right = ..#3.. ..#4.. ..#5.. ..#6.. ..#7.. ..#8. 2477 2727 2903 "il76* 2292 2172 2169 1176 24 32 40 48 tti titA, as UK &7 an.. t • TT*J • f • • TT^B • • • • TT ** « • ..TfU*. ..IT/.. .•TrV'. 00" Beam, Bending - 78.7%, Shear - 51.75% Dead Max 192.772 ft-k Left Reaction= 7.35 13.25 ft-k Rt Reaction= 8.70 15.32 ft-k Center Defl. = -1.28 -2.28 ft-k ....Distance = 24.70 24.50 244.948 ft-k Left Defl. Right Defl. = 2,090 psi 2,655 psi Ck - .811(E/Fbr.5= 22.21 106.7 psi Cs = (LeD/B~2)".5 = plf Plf Plf Plf ft ft m Ibs Ibs ft B in-# in-# ft * k k in ft in in OS HOROWITZ TAYLOR ENGINEERING Title : Structural consulting Scope : 3914 Murphy Canyon Rd. Suite A100 Number: San Diego, Cal. 92123 Misc : (619) 560-4383 Dsngr : Date:06-Apr-93 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page ^ OS | Fv : Allowable = 206.3 psi Cf = (12/d)~.lll = 0.89 Max. Shear @ Left = 13.2522 k Sxx - Supplied = 1107.0 in"3 Max. Shear Q Right = 15.3194 k Area Supplied = 184.50 in~2 REQUIRED Sxx & Area ALLOWABLE STRESSES Max. Center Mom = 192.8 ft-k Fb Fv ....Sxx Req'd = 871,2 in"3 Center Span = 2.66 ksi Max. Left Mom = ft-k Left Support = 2.66 0.21 ksi ....Sxx Req'd = in~3 Right Support= 2.66 0.21 ksi Max. Right Mom = 0,0 ft-k ....Sxx Req'd = 0,0 in"3 QUERY VALUES Design Shear @ Left = 19.7 kips Left Center Right .—Area Req'd = 95.5 in~2 Dist. = ft Design Shear @ Right = 19.3 kips Shear = 13.25 k Area Req'd = 93.4 in"2 Moment= ft-k Defl = in Brg Req'd @ Left = 6.72 in Live Load Location Brg Req'd @ Right = 7.76 in @ LEFT CANT. ? Y y/n Camber @ Left = in @ CENTER SPAN ? Y y/n (3 Center = -1.92 in @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n @ Right = in OS lo UAu.e uew C. ''5.3-?s « 134 >.OOOOt5 OF co :.S< /) •-S4Z7*"1 (36000)6*3^* 1. ASD 5-45 LtZ. Sucrr Use GSRTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 1 of 2 ENV-1 PROOECTNAME !ECTADDREfn32. UJ.LOOKER AVE PRINCIPAL DESIGNER • ENVELOPE :<jrRA.W fj DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR / ELEPHONE Budding PMTtftf TELEPHONE DATE OF PLANS ^-ll-^B BUILDING TYPE PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION METHOD Of ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE BUILDING CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA &300 g NONRESIQENT1AL "^ NEW CONSTRUCTION g, COMPONENT ^ HIGH RISE RESIDENTIAL >§ ADDITION (71 ALTERATION ^] OVERALL ENVELOPE D D D CLIMATE ZONE 1 HOTEUMOTEL GUEST ROOM UNCONDITIONED (He Affidavit) PERFORMANCE STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE This Certificate of Compliance lists the building features and performance specifications needed to comply with Title 24, Parts 1 and 6 of the California Code of Regulations. This certificate applies only to building envelope requirements. The Principal Envelope Designer hereby certifies that the proposed building design represented in this set of construction documents is consistent wtth the other compliance forms and worksheets, with the specifications, and with any other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed building has been designed to meet the envelope •equipments contained in sections 110,116 through 118, and 143 or 149 of Title 24, Part 6, Chapter 1. Hease check one: I hereby affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am a ctvtt engineer or architect. I affirm that I am eligible under the exemption to Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code by Section 5537.2 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am a licensed contractor preparing documents for work that I have contracted to perform. r~\ I affirm that I am eligible under the exemption to Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code by Section of the Code to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and for the following reason: PRINCIPAL ENVELOPE DESIGNER - NAME si UC. NO. ENVELOPE MANDATORY MEASURES Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measures INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT For detailed instructions on the use of this and ail Energy Efficiency Standards conpliance forms, please refer to the Nonresidential nual published by the California Energy Commission. ciW-1: Required on plans for all submfttate. Part 2 may be incorporated in schedules on plans. ENV-2: Used for all submtttals; choose appropriate version depending on method of envelope compliance. ENV-3: Optional. Use if default U-values are not used. Choose appropriate version for assembly U-value to be calculated. Nonnsktontial Compliance Form *• ! l|lf' SPECIFICATIONS For CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT For CYPROS PHARMACEUTICAL 11211-H SORRENTO VALLEY ROAD SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92121 Prepared by: McGraw/Baldwin Architects Architecture Planning Interiors 701 B Street Suite 440 /*-*v San Diego, CA 92101 Telephone: (619) 231-0751 Project No. J479 Date: April 12. 1992 SPECIFICATIONS For CYPRQS TENANT IMPROVEMENT For CYPRQS PHARMACEUTICAL 11211-H SORRENTO VALLEY ROAD SAN DIEGO. CALIFORNIA 92121 Prepared by: McGraw/Baldwin Architects Architecture Planning Interiors 701 B Street Suite 440 San Diego, CA 92101 Telephone: (619) 231-0751 Project No. J479 Date: April 12. 1992 PROJECT ARCHITECT MeGraw/Baldwin Architects Architecture Planning Interiors 701 B Street, Suite 440 San Diego, California 92101 (619) 231-0751 CONSULTANTS FOR PROJECT ARCHITECT Mechanical Engineering; Tsuchiyama Kiano/Gibson 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 750 San Diego, California 92122 (619) 597-0555 Electrical Engineering; R. E. Walls & Associates 5830 Oberlin Drive, Suite 304 San Diego, California 92121 (619) 625-0200 Structural Engineering; Horowitz Taylor Engineering 3914 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite A-100 San Diego, California 92123 (619) 560-4383 r r SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 r DIVISION 2 DIVISION 3 DIVISION 5 DIVISION 6 DIVISION 7 DIVISION 8 DIVISION 9 DIVISION 10 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00700 General Conditions 01013 Special Conditions 01300 Submittals 01700 Contract Closeout SITE WORK 02110 Demolition CONCRETE 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete (Division 4 Not Used) METALS 05500 Structural & Miscellaneous Metals CARPENTRY 06200 Finish Carpentry MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 Insulation 07900 Sealants -- Caulking DOORS AND WINDOWS 08200 Wood Doors 08800 Glass and Glazing FINISHES 09100 Metal Support Systems 09250 Gypsum Wallboard 09500 Acoustical Treatment 09650 Resilient Flooring 09680 Carpet 09900 Painting Work SPECIALTIES 10162 Laminated Plastic Toilet Partitions 10800 Toilet Accesories r DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11600 Laboratory Equipment DIVISION 12 DIVISION 15 DIVISION 16 r FURNISHINGS 12300 Plastic Laminate Laboratory Furnishings 12350 Metal Laboratory Furnishings (Divisions 13 & 14 Not Used) MECHANICAL 15050 Mechanical General Requirements 14250 Insulation 15300 Automatic Wet Pipe Sprinkler System 15400 Plumbing Systems 15450 Laboratory Specialty Systems 15800 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning ELECTRICAL 16100 Basic Materials & Methods r LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS r ACOUS. A.F.F. AL. APPROX ARCH. A.C. ADJ. BD. BTWN. BOT. C.P. C.I.P. C.I. CLG. CONC. CMU COL. CONST. CONT. COORD. CORR. CTR. D.F. DWG. D.S. DIA. DIAG. DIM. DN. DR. DRWG. DTL. EA. E.B. ELEC. ELEV. EXP. E. J. EMBED. EQ. EXT. F.D. F.F. F.O.C. F.O.M. F.O.S. FIN. FL. ACOUSTICAL ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALUMINUM APPROXIMATE ARCHITECTURAL AIR CONDITIONING ADJUSABLE/ADJACENT BOARD BETWEEN BOTTOM CONTRACTOR FURNISHED CAST-IN-PLACE CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CEILING CONCRETE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS COORDINATE CORRIDOR CENTER DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRAWING DOWNSPOUT DIAMETER DIAGONAL DIMENSION DOWN DOOR DRAWING DETAIL EACH EXSPANSION BOLT ELECTRICAL ELEVATION EXPANSION EXPANSION JOINT EMBEDMENT EQUAL EXTERIOR FLOOR DRAIN FINISH FLOOR FACE OF CONCRETE FACE OF MASONRY FACE OF STUD FINISH FLOOR r r r GA. GALV. GYP. H.V.A.C H.W. I.D. INSUL. INT. LAM. M.O. MAX. MECH. MIN. MISC. MTL. NAFCP N.I.C. N.S.F. N.T.S. o.c. O.D. O.F. O.I. OPP. PLYWD. P.O.C. PR. PROP. PVC. REF. REQ. R.D. RM. SCHED. SHT. SPEC. S.ST. SIM. SQ. STD. STL. STRUCT. SUSP. GAUGE GALVANIZED GYPSUM HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING HOT WATER INSIDE DIAMETER INSULATION INTERIOR LAMINATE MASONRY OPENING MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS METAL NONASBESTOS FIBER CEMENT PANEL NOT IN CONTRACT NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER (DIMENSION) OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED OPPOSITE PLYWOOD POINT OF CONNECTION PAIR PROPERTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE REFERENCE REQUIRE/REQUIREMENT ROOF DRAIN ROOM SCHEDULE SHEET SPECIFICATION STAINLESS STEEL SIMILAR SQUARE STANDARD STEEL STRUCTURE SUSPENDED T.O.M. TOP OF MASONRY T.O.P. TOP OF PARAPET TYP. TYPICAL U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED U/S UNDERSIDE W/ WITH W/0 WITHOUT W.P. WATER PROOF WD. WOOD ANGLE AT DIAMETER r r SECTION 0070 GENERAL CONDITIONS "General Conditions for the Contract for Construction", American Institute of Architects Document A 201, 1987 edition, pages 1 through 19 inclusive, as amended for this Contract, are hereby made a part of this Specification to the extent as if bound herein, and are on file for inspection at the Office of the Architect. r r April 1993 General Conditions Cypros Pharmaceutical 00700-1 SECTION 01013 01. GENERAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Contract includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing all of the work indicated on the Drawings and described in the Specifications for construction of: Cypros Tenant Improvement at 2732 Loker Avenue West Carlsbad, California 92008 Including furnishing everything necessary for and incidental to execution and completion of said construction, in strict confonnance with the Drawings and Specifications prepared by: McGraw/Baldwin Architects Architecture and Planning 701 B Street, Suite 440 San Diego, CA 92101 03. SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS a. This Contract consists of the execution and completion of all work called for in the Contract Documents, which consist of the following: (1) The Drawings include all those sheets titled and numbered on the sheet Index attached to these specifications. The drawings also include abbreviations which are referenced in the List of Abbreviations attached to these specifications. (2) The Specifications include those Divisions and Sections titled and numbered in the Table of Contents of these documents. b. With exceptions as specified and/or indicated on the Drawings, apply, install, connect, erect, use, clean and condition manufactured articles, materials, and equipment per manufacturer's printed installation instructions. c. Clarification drawings (service sheets), shop drawings, and samples are hereby made a part of this Contract, but only after approval by the Architect. r April 1993 Cypros Pharmacuetical Special Conditions 01013-1 04. CODES, PERMITS, REGULATIONS AND LICENSES f~^ a. Contractor shall secure and maintain at the project site at least one copy of all Codes, Laws and Ordinances as specified herein and within other Sections of these Specifications. b. All work pertaining to, and all materials supplied for, executing and completing this Contract shall comply with the provisions specified in these Specifications and with the currently adopted editions of all applicable requirements, laws, regulations and ordinances, including any and all amendments and addenda thereto, as adopted by legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction and governing the Work, including but not necessarily limited to those of: (1) Uniform Building Code (2) Uniform Plumbing Code (3) Uniform Mechanical Code (4) National Electrical Code (5) Uniform Fire Code /^F (6) Title 8, Industrial Relations, California Code of Regulations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Safety Orders. (7) Title 19, Public Safety, California Code of Regulations, State Fire Marshal. (8) Title 24, California Code of Regulations. (9) All other Codes, laws, regulations, and ordinances called for within applicable sections of these specifications. 05. The General Contractor and the Sub-contractors shall examine drawings, schedules and specifications (Bid Document Package) and will notify the Architect of any conflicts, errors or omissions prior to submission of bids. No additional charges by the Contractor shall be allowed where conflicts, errors or omissions on bid documents were not identified in writing at the time of bid to the Architect and the Owner. 06. Prior to the start of construction, the General Contractor shall verify location of transformers and underground utilities with appropriate utility companies. —. 07. The General Contractor and his Sub-contractors shall be - responsible for coordination of their work with the work of April 1993 Special Conditions 01013-2 Cypros Phannacuetical others. Sub-contrators shall verify that any work related to them, which must be provided by others, has been completed and is adequate prior to commencing their work. 08. The Contractor shall examine the site and portions thereof which affect the Contractor's work. The Contractor shall verify existing conditions and dimensions including but not limited to, walls, floors, mechanical construction, existing construction to remain, and existing construction to be demolished. The Architect shall be notified in writing of any conflicts, errors or omissions prior to submission of bids. No additional charges by Contractor shall be allowed for discrepancies between existing conditions and new construction that could have been identified during examination. 09. The Contractor shall arrange for the premises to be maintained in an orderly manner throughout the course of the work. Provide and maintain barricades and facilities as required to protect the public during the period of construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing structure or equipment. Such damage shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and to the satifaction of the Owner. END OF SECTION r r April 1993 Cypros Pharmacuetical Special Conditions 01013-3 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS f^' SAMPLES Furnish for review samples of the various materials, together with the finish thereon, as specified for and intended to be used on or in the work. Samples shall be sent to the office of the Architect, carriage prepaid. Submit all samples for review before purchasing, fabricating, applying, or installing such materials and finishes. The Architect will review or ask for resubmission of samples within 10 days of the Contractor's submission. All reviews will be in writing. Submit two samples, other than field samples. The sample shall be assigned a submittal number. A covering letter shall accompany the sample and shall list all items being transmitted, designating their particular usage and location in the project and shall be identified as to manufacturer, trade name, style, model, etc. One reviewed sample shall be returned to the Contractor. Review of a sample shall not be taken in itself to change or modify any contract requirement. All materials, finishes, and workmanship in the complete building shall be equal in every respect to that of the reviewed sample. ^ All samples where applicable shall be 8" x 10" in size and shall be1 limited in thickness to a minimum consistent with sample analysis. In lieu thereof, the actual full size item shall be submitted. Samples of value may be returned to the Contractor for use in the project after review, analysis, comparison and/or testing as may be required by the Architect. Field samples shall be prepared at the site by the Contractor as specified in the various sections of these Specifications. Affected finished work shall not be commenced until the Architect has given a written review for the field samples. SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall check and verify all field measurements and shall submit for review, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other contractor or subcontrac- tor. Provide all shop or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades. The Contractor shall stamp all shop drawings with the following information: Submittal numbers, statement of review, date and initials of the Contractor, and specification section that the submittal applies to. Statement of review shall be affixed to all drawings of each submit tal and shall clearly state that the Contractor has reviewed the submittal for conformity to the contract documents. This statement may be in the form of a stamp bearing the Contractor's signature. Shop drawings April 1993 Submittals 01300-1 Cypros Pharmaceutical shall be prepared at the Contractor's expense and shall be sent to the office of the Architect, carriage prepaid.r The term "shop drawings" as used herein includes fabrication, erection and installation, layout, and setting drawings, manufac- turers' standard drawings, descriptive literature, catalogs and brochures, performance and test data, wiring and control diagrams, all other drawings and descriptive data pertaining to materials, equipment, piping, duct and conduit systems, methods of construc- tion as may be required to show that the materials, equipment or systems, and the positions thereof conform to the Contract Documents. As used herein, the term "manufactured" applies to standard units usually mass-produced; and "fabricated" means items specifcally assembled or made out of selected materials to meet individual design requirements. Shop drawings shall establish the actual detail of all manufactured or fabricated items, indicate proper relation of adjoining work, amplify design details of mechanical and electrical equipment in proper relation to physical spaces in the structure, and incorpo- rate minor changes of design or construction to suit actual conditions. Shop drawings shall be drawn to scale and shall be completely dimensioned. Shop Drawings shall be submitted as follows: s~^ Six blue line prints. Four will be returned (two or which will be kept on file for Owner and Tenant until contract closeout). Brochures, schedules, material lists, etc., six copies. Submittals stamped "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN", requires no further action by the Architect and fabrication and/or construction may proceed. The Architect shall return the Contractor, the stamped drawing and/or one stamped copy of brochures, sched- ules, materials lists, etc., except where required otherwise. Submittals stamped "HAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" requires no further action by the Architect and fabrication and/or construction may proceed contingent upon all corrections being made as noted. Quantities returned to be as specified. Submittals stamped "REJECTED" or "REVISE AND RESUBMIT", requires the Contractor to resubmit them with reasonable promptness and no fabrication or construction may begin. The Architect shall return to the Contractor; the stamped and reviewed drawing and/or the brochures, schedules, materials lists, etc., attached to the Submittal Review Form. Resubmittals: If first or subsequent submittal is stamped "REJECTED" or "REVISE AND RESUBMIT", corrective action shall be taken and resubmittal procedure shall be same as for first submittal. A resubmittal shall be assigned a new number with April 1993 Submittals 01300-2 Cypros Pharmaceutical reference made to the original submittal number. The Contrac- tor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmit- ted shop drawing to revisions other than the correction requested by the Architect or previous submissions. Distribution Copies: Four copies of drawing and four copies of brochures, schedules, material lists, etc., shall be returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be respon- sible for distributing to Subcontractors. All distribution copies shall be made from the copy bearing the Architect's stamp. The Architect will check and review, with reasonable promptness, such drawings and schedules only for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with information given in the contract documents. When so directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall make any and all corrections required by the Architect. The shop drawings and all supporting data, catalogs, etc., shall be prepared by the Contractor or his suppliers and subcontractors, but shall be submitted as the instruments of the Contractor. The Contractor shall check the drawings of his suppliers and subcontractors as well as his own drawings before submitting them to the Architect. In particular, the Contractor shall ascertain that the drawings meet all requirements of the contract drawings and specifications and conform to the structural and space conditions. If such shop drawings show variations from contract documents, whether because of standard shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall make special mention thereof in his letter of transmittal. The Architect's review of shop drawings shall be general only and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort, for deviations from drawings or specifications, or for conflict with the work of others that may result from such deviations. Architect's review of a separate item does not indicate a review of an assembly in which the item functions. SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS Contractor shall provide to the Architect a list of submittals of those items to be reviewed prior to commencement of construction. The Architect will review and amend such list as necessary to conform with the contract documents. END OF SECTION April 1993 Submittals 01300-3 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT GENERAL Closeout Procedures: When Contractor considers Work has reached final completion, notify Owner, Tenant and Architect to perform final inspection. Give notice at least seven (7) days in advance of the time final inspection is to be performed. The Architect and/or Owner will be accompanied on the final inspection by the Contractor, as well as any subcontractors that the Architect may request to be present, the Architect and his consultants. The Owner will accept the project and will file for the Notice of Completion provided the work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and no further measures are required. If the work has been substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and only minor corrective measures are required, the Architect will prepare a punch list, supplemental to the punch list prepared by the Contractor, of work to be corrected and the Owner will conditionally accept the Project and will file for the Notice of Completion based upon the Contractor's assurance that the corrective measures will be completed within the shortest practicable time period. The Owner will not accept the Project or file for the Notice of Completion if the work has not been substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and several or many corrective measures are required. A punch list will be prepared, based on the information gathered from the final inspection, and the Contractor will be required to complete the work and then call for another final inspection. Contractor shall submit his request for the final and acceptance payment upon acceptance of the Project by the Owner. Final payment will be made by the Owner per Contract for Construction Document A 201. In addition to submit tals required by the conditions of the Contract, provide submittals required by governing authorities. Final Cleaning; Execute prior to final inspection. Clean exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition, clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. April 1993 Contract Closeout 01700-1 Cypros Pharmaceutical Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the Project and from the site.C Project Record Documents; Maintain at the site one record copy of: Drawings Specifications Addenda Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. Field Orders or written instructions. Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. Field Test records. Maintenance of Documents and Samples: Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspec- tion by the Architect. Drawings; Legibly mark to record actual construction: Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. x^• Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. Field changes of dimension and detail. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. Details not on original contract drawings. Final Record Documents; At a time near completion of the Work, secure from the Architect one complete set of sepia transparencies of all drawings included in the Contract, contractor shall pay the cost of the sepias. Transfer of Data: Carefully transfer all change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to corresponding sepias, coordinating the changes as required, and clearly indicating at each affected detail and drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. Make all change entries on the sepias neatly, consistently, and in ink or crisp black pencil. Specifications and Addenda; Legibly mark each Section to record: Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each -^ Product and item of equipment actually installed. April 1993 Contract Closeout 01700-2 Cypros Pharmaceutical Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. f^ At Contract close-out, deliver Record Documents to the Architect. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, con- taining: Date Project title and number. Contractor's name and address. Title and number of each Record Document. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. Operation and Maintenance Data; Refer to individual sections for operation and maintenance manuals to be submitted. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch (216 x 279 mm) three-ring side binders with durable plastic covers. Provide a separate volume for each system, with a table of contents and index tabs for each volume. s~^' Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of: Architect and Contractor. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by Specification division or system. For each Specification division or system, give names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. List: Appropriate design criteria. List of equipment. Parts list Operating instructions. Maintenance instructions, equipment. Maintenance instructions, finishes. Shop Drawings and Product Data. Warranties. April 1993 Contract Closeout 01700-3 Cypros Pharmaceutical Systems Demonstration; f~^ Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Architect and Owner. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and mainte- nance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction. Warranties and Bonds; Provide duplicate, notarized copies. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, supplies, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction, submit within 10 days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Notice of Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. END OF SECTION r April 1993 Contract Closeout 01700-4 Cypros Pharmaceutical WARRANTY FOR WORK We, the undersigned, hereby warrant that Work described above which we have furnished and/or installed for the following project: is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that said Work as installed will fulfill or exceed all of the Warranty requirements. We agree to repair or replace our Work, together with any adjacent Work which is displaced or damaged by so doing, that proves defective in workmanship, material, or operation within a period of ( ) year(s) from date of final acceptance of the project by the Owner or from the Date of Certificate of Substantial Completion, whichever is earlier, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above-mentioned conditions within a reasonable period of time, as determined by the Owner, after being notified in writing, we, the understanded, collectively and separately do hereby authorize the Owner to have said defects repaired and/or replaced and made good, and to pay in discharging said Work, including all collection costs and reasonable attorney fees. Date: (Subcontractor, Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier) By Title State License No.. Date: (Contractor) By Title State License No. Local Representative to be contacted for maintenance, repair and/or replacement service: Name: Address: Phone No. SECTION 02110 DEMOLITION 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this section. 02. The work includes the demolition, removal and disposal of all existing materials and installations as indicated on the demolition plans and as required receive the new work. In general, the work of this section shall include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Saw cutting, core drilling, demolition and removal of existing concrete floor slabs as required for installation of new utilities, footings and slabs. Repair of associated vapor barrier/waterproofing. b. Demolition and/or capping of existing mechanical, plumbing and electrical services to be abandoned and/or modified by the work. c. Providing penetrations through existing construction for the proper installations of new work. 03. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS /^' a. Verification of Condition: Prior to commencing demolition work, contractor shall inspect and confirm all work that is to be demolished. Verify roof and wall penetrations will not conflict with structural framing. If so, consult Achitect for direction. b. Protection; Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work of this section. Protect adjacent surfaces and areas until all demolition work is complete and accepted by the Architect. Repair or replace all surfaces and areas damaged by demolition work to original condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. Protect existing work that is to remain in place with temporary covers, shoring, bracing and supports as required. Protect all new roof openings until new assemblies are installed and weathertight. c. Clean-up: Contractor shall keep his own work and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear of all debris caused by the work of this section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from building and site all debris, scrap materials and equipment caused by work of this section, and leave work in a clean condition, ready to receive new installation. r April 1993 Demolition 02110-1 Cypros Pharmaceutical 04. EXECUTION a. When existing material to be removed abut work to remain, provide a clean break between the two. Provide a straight cut between finish material; remove to a break point (change of plane, material, joint, etc.). Leave surfaces ready to receive patches, filling, and repairs to achieve like-new conditions. Repair associated vapor barrier/sealant to achieve continuous weathertightness. b. Cap all mechanical and plumbing utilities to be abandoned flush or within finish surfaces. Seal abandoned roof penetrations and prepare to receive roof patching. Cut new roof penetrations cleanly, provide blocking in roof structure to receive new equipment. Cut back existing roofing to receive new curbs and prepare to receive new flashing and roof repairs. END OF SECTION April 1993 Demolition 02110-2 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work includes the furnishing and installing of reinforcing steel for all cast-in-place concrete. 03. QUALITY ASSURANCE Review architectural, mechanical, and electrical drawings for anchor bolt schedules and locations/ anchors, inserts, conduits, sleeves, and other items which are required to be cast in concrete, and make necessary provisions are required so that reinforcing steel will not interfere with the placement of such embedded items. 04. CODES AND STANDARDS Except as modified by the requirements specified herein or the details on the drawings, all work included in this section shall conform to the applicable provisions of the /— following codes and standards: a. Uniform Building Code: current adopted edition. Chapter 26, Concrete. b. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): "Recommended Practiced for Placing Reinforcing Bars," latest edition. c. American Concrete Institute: Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 05. STORAGE Reinforcing steel shall be transported to the building site, stored and covered in a manner which will ensure that no damage shall occur to it from moisture, dirt, grease, or other cause that might impair bond to concrete. A sufficient supply of approved reinforcing steel shall be stored on the building site at all times to ensure that there will be no delay of the work. Identification of steel shall be maintained after bundles are broken. 06. MATERIALS a. Welded Wire Fabric; New, welded steel wire fabric, conforming to ASTM A1850. Gauge and center-to-center spacing shall be 6 X 6 W1.4/W1.4. April 1993 Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical b. Accessories; Reinforcement accessories, consisting of spacers, chairs, ties, and similar items shall be provided as required for spacing, assembling, and supporting reinforcement in place. All metal accessories shall be galvanized steel or approved plastic accessories, conforming to the applicable requirement of the CRSI Standards hereinbefore specified. c* Tie Wire; Tie Wire for reinforcement shall be #16 gauge or heavier, where noted or specified, black or galvanized steel wire, conforming to ASTM A82. 07. FABRICATION Fabrication of steel reinforcement shall comply with the applicable requirements of the "Codes and Standards" hereinbefore specified. 10. PLACING Reinforcing steel shall be placed in accordance with the applicable requirements of the references herein specified. Install reinforcement accurately and secure against movement, particularly under the weight of workmen and the placement of concrete. a. Reinforcing Supports; Support reinforcing bars above earth and on forms by concrete blocks or other approved non-corrodible supports. Support legs of accessories in forms without embedding in form surface. Spacing of chairs and accessories shall conform with CRSI's "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports." No wood will be permitted inside forms. b. Placing and Tying; Reinforcing shall be set in place, spaced, and rigidly and securely tied or wired with #16 gauge steel tie wire in the position shown, or as directed. Point ends of wire away from forms. c. Spacing; Minimum center to center distance between parallel bars shall be in accordance with the details on the drawings or, where not shown, the clear spacing shall be two times the bar diameter in no case less than 1-1/2" or less than 1-1/3" times the maximum size aggregate. d. Cleaning; Reinforcement, at time of pour, shall be free of coatings that would impair bond to concrete. END OF SECTION r April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 2 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE f^ Ol. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this section. 02. SCOPE The work includes the furnishings and installing of all cast-in-place concrete work as shown and noted on the drawings and specified herein. 03. CODES AND STANDARDS Except as modified by the requirements specified herein or the details on the drawings, all work included in this section shall conform to the applicable provisions of the following codes and standards: a. Uniform Building Code, current adopted edition. Chapter 26, Concrete. b. American Concrete Institute: ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. .—- c. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Specifications and standards hereinafter referred to. 04. SUBMITTALS a. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's product data in conformance with Division 1, with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, such as admixtures, curing materials. b. Concrete Mix Design: Submit mix designs in conformance with Division 1. 05. TESTING OF CONCRETE Slump tests shall be taken as required to certify compliance with Contract Documents. Slump shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C143. 06. MATERIALS a. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, at the Contractor's option. Type I cement shall meet the strength requirements of Type I cement. Use only one brand of cement on the project. -^ b. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33, graded from 1/4" to fine. April 1993 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical c. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, graded from 1/4" to Maximum sizes specified. d. Admixture: ASTM C494, of a type that increases workability and reduces water demand, but will not increase shrinkage. Admixtures shall be free of chlorides. e. Water: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental to concrete. f. Curing Materials; Waterproof paper shall conform to ASTM C 171, type 1 or 2. Burlap shall conform to Federal Specification CCC-C467b. g. Expansion Joint Filler; Pre-molded, conforming to ASTM D1751. h. Expansion Joint Sealing Compound; Cold-applied poured latex rubber type sealant, conforming to ASTM D 1850. i. Curing Compound; ASTM C 309, liquid membrane forming, with fugitive dye for identification equal to W.J. Burke Co., "REZ-X" compound shall be compatible with finish to be applied thereto. 07. MIX DESIGNS a. Design of concrete mixes, including recommended amount of admixture and water to be used in the mixes, shall be obtained by the Contractor from a recognized independent testing laboratory. b. Costs of obtaining the mix designs shall be paid for by the Contractor. c. In addition to original mix designs, new mix designs shall be provided if change in brand or type of cement or change in source or gradation of aggregate is permitted, or if defective concrete occurs. d. Contractor shall be responsible for incorporating in to the structure, concrete of the minimum strengths specified. 08. CONCRETE STRENGTHS AND PROPORTIONS Concrete shall have the following minimum compressive strengths at 28 days and shall be proportioned within the following limits. April 1993 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical Location of Concrete Footing, and interior slabs on grade Minimum psi at 28 days 3000 Maximum size of Aggregate 1" Minimum Sacks Cement per cu.vd. 6.0 Maximum Slumps 4" The exact proportions of the mix, including amounts of admixture (if any) and water, shall be determined by the Testing Laboratory or Mill, based on cement and aggregate submitted by the Contractor. 09. MIXING Concrete shall be ready-mixed concrete and shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94, and U.B.C. Standard No. 26-13. In the event concrete is mixed at a central batching plant, the delivery shall be arranged so that intervals between batches are kept at a minimum, and in any event not more than 30 minutes. Trucks shall be in first class condition and kept in constant rotation during delivery. No water shall be added during transit or at the job without specific approval of the Architect. Concrete shall be placed within 90 minutes after addition of water and admixtures. 10. CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE a. Notification! The Architect shall be notified at least one working day in advance of the placing of any concrete. b. Soil bottoms for slabs shall be approved before placing concrete. c. Forms: Before placing concrete, forms shall be thoroughly inspected. Wood chips, dirt, other objectionable materials shall be removed, temporary bracing and cleats taken out, openings for pipes, other devices, properly boxed, forms properly secured in their correct position and made tight, reinforcement, anchors, and embedded items secured in their proper places. Concrete which may be on the forms or reinforcement, and which is set and dry, shall be cleaned off and the forms and steel washed off before proceeding. Remove water and foreign matter from forms and excavations. d. Subgrades shall be sand or fine gravel, minimum 6" thick, covered by minimum 6 mil plastic membrane, overlap minimum 12" at edges. r April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 3 e. Handling and Depositing: ^ (1) Concreting, once started, shall be carried on as a continuous operation until the section of approved size and shape is completed. (2) Concrete shall be handled as rapidly as practicable from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which prevent the separation and loss of ingredients. It shall be deposited as neatly as practicable, in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. (3) Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely more than four feet. Concrete shall be deposited to maintain a plastic surface approximately horizontal. (4) Concrete that has partially hardened shall not be deposited in the work. £. Vibrating and Compacting: (1) Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated and compacted by suitable means during the operation s~ of placing and depositing, and shall be thoroughly worked around reinforcement embedded items, and into the corners of the forms. Concrete against forms shall be thoroughly spaded. Internal vibrators shall be used under experienced supervision, and shall be kept out of contact with reinforcement and wood frames. Vibrators shall not be used in a manner that forces mortar between individual form members. (2) Vibration shall be close to the forms but shall not be continued at one spot to the extent that large areas of grout are formed or the heavier aggregates are caused to settle. Care shall be taken not to disturb concrete which has its initial set. 11. TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS Hot Weather Requirements: The maximum placing temperature of the concrete when deposited, shall be 80 degrees F. If the weather causes the placing temperature to exceed 80 degrees F., the mix shall be cooled by wetting the aggregate or other appropriate method if approved by the Architect. April 1993 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 4 Cypros Pharmaceutical 12. PATCHING Immediately after stripping forms, patch minor defects, honey-combed areas, before concrete is thoroughly dry. Remove ledges and bulges. Repair gravel pockets by cutting out to solid surface, form key, and thoroughly wet before placing patching mortar consisting of 1 part cement to 2 parts fine sand; compact into place and neatly finish to match surfaces. Grind or fill surfaces to produce level, true planes. 13. PROTECTION AND CURING a. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and defacement during construction operations. b. Keep concrete in a thoroughly moist condition from the time it is placed until it has cured for at least 7 days. c. Keep forms sufficiently wet to prevent drying out of the concrete. d. Carefully protect exposed concrete corners from traffic or use which will damage them in any way. e. For spray freshly placed slabs continuously until finishing operations commence. Allow no slabs to become dry until curing operations are complete. Slabs shall be cured with non-staining curing paper, wet burlap, fog sprays, or curing compound. Protect fresh concrete from drying wind, rain, damage, or soiling. Cover exposed interior and exterior finished slabs with curing paper lapped 4" minimum at joints and sealed with waterproof adhesive or masking tape. 14. SAW CUTTING OF EXISTING SLAB FOR NEW PIPING Provide saw cutting, core drilling, demolition and removal of portions of existing concrete slab for installation of new piping. Cut through concrete using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or core drill to ensure a neat hole. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with a minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use to prevent accidents or injuries. END OF SECTION April 1993 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 5 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 05500 STRUCTURAL & MISCELLANEOUS METALS 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work includes the furnishing and installing of all mis- cellaneous metal work and related connections complete as shown and noted on the drawings and as specified. 03. CODES AND STANDARDS The editions referenced herein and of the other standards and specifications published by the following organization, apply to the work only to the extent specified by the refer- ence. a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). b. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). c. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). /— d. American Welding Society (AWS) . e. Uniform Building Code, current adopted edition. 04. SUBMITTALS a. Shop Drawings: (1) Submit fully detailed shop drawings, in compliance with Division 1, of all miscellaneous metal work giving sizes; details of fabrication and construc- tion; methods of assembly and bracing; and loca- tions of hardware, anchors, and all accessories. (2) Drawings shall include all shop and erection de- tails, including cuts, copes, connections, holes, bolts, and welds. All welds, both shop and field shall be indicated by standard welding symbol in AWS Dl.l. Drawings shall show the size, length and type of each weld. All materials to be brazed or soldered shall have connections indicated by symbols which are industry standards. (3) Contractor shall be responsible for all fabrica- tion and for correct fitting of metal members shown on shop drawings. No materials shall be _ fabricated or delivered to the site until the shop April 1993 Structural & Miscellaneous Metals 05500 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical drawings have been approved and returned to the Contractor.r b. Field Measurements and Templates: Secure all field measurements required for proper and adequate fabrica- tion and installation of the work. Furnish templates for exact location of items to be embedded in concrete and masonry and setting instructions required for all installation work. c. Delivery and Storage of materials: Deliver material in time to ensure uninterrupted progress of the work. Materials shall be stored in a manner to preclude damage and permit ready access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Steel materials, either plain or fabricated, shall be stored above the ground upon platforms, pallets, skids, or other sup- ports. Materials shall be kept free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter, and shall be protected from corrosion. Material showing evidence of damage will be rejected and shall be immediately removed from the work. 05. MATERIALS a. Steel, Rolled Shapes, Bars and Plates: All miscella- -~ neous steel shall be standard structural sections, ' conforming to ASTM A36. b. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Shall conform to ASTM A446, grade D. c. Anchors, Bolts, and Fastenings: Bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade A and ASTM A563. d. Electrodes: All arc-welding electrodes shall conform to AWS A5.1 or AS.5 E60XX or E70XX. e. Shop primer for steel, other than galvanized, shall meet Federal Specification TT-P-86G, Type III (red lead). f. Treatment for damaged galvanized surfaces shall be Galvaloy, Galvicon, Drygalv, or equal. g. Pipe Sleeves: Pipe sleeves through concrete walls and footings shall be standard weight, wrought iron, mild steel, or cast iron sleeves with no less than 1/2 inch space all around between the sleeve and pipe. h. Galvanizing: Zinc coating shall conform to ASTM A123. Zinc coating for threaded products shall conform to ASTM 158. April 1993 Structural & Miscellaneous Metals 05500 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical 06. FABRICATION a. Materials shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Shearing, flame cutting, and chipping shall be done carefully and accurately. Coordinate all connection details to concrete or masonry. Verify all lines, levels, and dimensions, where possible, just prior to commencing fabrication of connection details. Correct any work that does not fit. Schedule and coordinate work under this section with that specified elsewhere in order to produce a workmanlike installation. When not otherwise shown or specified, comply with all applicable require- ments of AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings." Finished surfaces of all exposed members shall be smooth and free of any markings, burrs, or other de- fects. b. Connections shall be bolted, brazed or welded. One- sided or other types of eccentric connections will not be permitted unless shown in detail and approved on the shop drawings. c. Holes shall be cut, drilled, or punched at right angles to the surface of the metal and shall not be made or enlarged by burning. Holes in base or bearing plate shall be drilled. Holes shall be provided in members to permit connecting the work of other trades. d. Miscellaneous rolled steel plates and shapes shall be provided for corner guards, sills, mechanical equipment supports and other locations indicated or required to complete the work. 07. EXECUTION a. General: All steel and miscellaneous metal work shall conform with the applicable requirements of the herein- before referenced "Codes and Standards." All details shown are typical. Similar details apply to similar conditions. Drawings shall be checked with the archi- tectural drawings for dimensions, elevation, size, and locations of all installations. All miscellaneous metal items shall be supplied in ample time for incor- poration in the work. Include all reinforcing angles, plates, straps, brackets, hangers, clips, lugs, holes, sleeves, shims, etc., as shown or required for erection of steel and miscellaneous metal work and as required to complete the work as shown on the drawings. r April 1993 Structural & Miscellaneous Metals 05500 - 3 Cypros Pharmaceutical r b. Welded Connections: (1) All welders shall be certified qualified welders. All welders welding light gauge metal shall be qualified for light gauge metal welding. (2) Welded connections shall be made in strict accor- dance with AWS Dl.l. (3) All welds and other connections exposed in the finished work shall be ground and dressed smooth and so that the shape and profile of the item welded is preserved. c. Installation: (1) Miscellaneous metal items shall be installed as rapidly as the progress or other work will permit. Splices and field connections shall be made with bolts, except where welding or brazing is indicat- ed or approved on the shop drawings. Fasteners shall be installed as specified hereinafter. (2) Metal work shall be set accurately at the estab- lished lines and levels. Installation shall be in strict accordance with approved drawings and actu- al conditions, true and horizontal or perpendicu- lar as the case may be, level and square with angles and edges parallel with related lines of the building. (3) Anchor bolts, anchors, block-outs and sleeves shall be properly located and built into connect- ing work. Bolts and anchors shall be preset by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately. (4) After assembly, the various members forming parts of a completed frame shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before being fastened. Tolerances shall conform to the applicable requirements of AISC "Code of Standard Practice." Contact shall be cleaned before the members are assembled. Poor matching of holes shall be corrected by drilling to the next larger size. (5) Dissimilar metals: All dissimilar metals must be separated from contacting each other by asphalt - saturated fiberglass reinforced felts, neoprene tape or other approved material. April 1993 Structural & Miscellaneous Metals 05500 - 4 Cypros Pharmaceutical d. Galvanized Finish: Touch up all damaged galvanized finish due to installation, welding, threading or other work with treatment specified herein. e. All new structural welding shall be approved by build- ing inspector prior to being covered. END OF SECTION April 1993 Structural & Miscellaneous Metals 05500 - 5 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing FINISH CARPENTRY WORK, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this section shall include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Interior finish carpentry and millwork. b. High pressure plastic laminates. c. All related items shown on drawing except where noted otherwise. d. Installation of wood doors 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION a. Glass and glazing. b. Furnishing wood doors. c. Laboratory furnishings. 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Verification of Conditions; Prior to installation of finish Carpentry work. Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. Installation of any finish carpentry work or materials on any surface shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of surfaces as being in proper condition to receive herein specified materials. b. Protection; Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as result of work of this Section. Protect work performed herounder until completion of and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or replace all damaged or defective work to original specified condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. April 1993 Finish Carpentry 06200 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical c. Standard! Except as otherwise indicated on drawings or herein specified, manufacture mi11work and casework in accordance with standards as established in Manual of Millwork of Woodwork Institute of California, latest edition and revisions to date, referred to hereinafter as "WIG", in the grade or grades hereinafter specified. d. Clean-Up: Contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all de- bris, caused by the work of this Section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from building and site all debris, unused materials, and equipment caused by work of this Section, and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. e. Guarantee: Contractor shall provide to the Owner a written guarantee in compliance with Division 1 against defects in materials in workmanship for one (1) year, upon final acceptance of project by Owner. 05. SUBMITTALS a. Shop Drawings; Submit for all items of work of this section, showing in large scale, methods of construc- tion, joining, dimensions, materials, thicknesses, finishes of materials, installation, relation to ad- joining work, and all other details to fully illustrate the work. 06. MATERIALS a. Grades and General Use: all materials used shall be subject to Architect's approval. In addition to speci- fied grading of lumber, all such materials which will be exposed to view in the finished work shall be care- fully selected and have a finished appearance equal to the best standard finishes of the manufacturer. Lumber which has been scratched, gouged, or which otherwise marred in shipping, handling, storing, and erection, or which bears watermarks or other stains which would be noticeable in the finished work, will not be accept- able. Exterior and interior finishing lumber shall be thoroughly seasoned and kiln-dried. b. Nails for Finish Woodwork: (1) Interior finish work - wire finishing nails, or gun nails. April 1993 Finish Carpentry 06200 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical 07. EXECUTION OF WORK a. General: (1) All work shall be performed in accordance with the best standards of practice relating to the trade and under the constant supervision of a competent foreman, who shall carefully plan and lay out the work as required to carry out the intent of the drawings and to properly accommodate the work of the various trades. (2) All finished work shall be accurately saw-cut and fitted into its respective locations, true to lines, grades and levels as indicated or required. The work shall be permanently secured in proper position with nails, lag screws, bolts and other fastenings and fittings as detailed, specified herein, or directed. (3) Due allowances shall be made for such shrinkage as may develop after the work is in place. (4) All finish woodwork shall be manufactured by skilled mechanics, using standard methods of manu- facture and workmanship. The moldings shall be true to details, clean, and sharply defined. Panels shall be set to allow for free movement in case of swelling or shrinkage. (5) Particle board substrate for laminate cabinetry shall be sealed in all areas subject to exposure to moisture. (6) All interior wood finish, doors and frames, or fixed wooden equipment shall be properly in- stalled, level, plumb and true. All trim shall be put on in full lengths without piecing, except where the use of single length would be impracti- cal or impossible and then if jointed, butt joints shall be beveled. All nails shall be set for putty. In all instances where wood finish adjoins other finished materials, a neat, tight joint shall be made. b. Interior Finish; (1) Hill, fabricate, and erect interior finish from specified materials. Where smooth surface is specified, machine-sand at the mill and hand-sand smooth at the job when necessary. r April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Finish Carpentry 06200 - 3 c. Fitting and Hanging Wood Doors; (1) Accurately fit each wood door to its frame and hardware, with due allowance for painter's finish and possible swelling and shrinking. Clearance at lock and hanging stiles and at top not to exceed 1/8 inch and not to exceed 1/4 inch at bottom. (2) Round all arises to 1/16 inch radius and slightly bevel lock stiles of wood doors. (3) All doors shall operate freely, but not loosely, without sticking or binding. d. Priming. Backpaintino, and Staining: Thoroughly prime, backpaint, and/or stain all finish carpentry as specified in Section 09900, "Painting". In any case. Contractor shall coordinate work of prim- ing and backpainting whether performed in shop or on site. e. Storage and Protection: (1) Protect wood against dampness during and after delivery. Store in well-ventilated building and where not exposed to extreme changes of tempera- ture and humidity. (2) Do not bring interior finish, including doors, into building until interior finishes are thor- oughly dry. (3) Protect finished woodwork from injury after it has been set in place, until completion and acceptance of the buildings. END OF SECTION April 1993 Finish Carpentry 06200 - 4 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 07200 INSULATION f^ 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing INSULATION work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this Section shall include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Acoustic insulation in walls, ceilings or other areas as indicated on drawings. b. Thermal insulation in walls and roof as indicated on drawings. 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION Duct Insulation 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS s~^.a. Verification of Conditions; Prior to installation of Insulation work. Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contrac- tor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaf f ect the work specified herein. Installation of any Insulation work or materials on any surface shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of such surfaces as being in proper condition to receive herein specified materials. b. Protection; Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work in this Section. Protect work performed hereunder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or replace all damaged or defective work to original specified condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. c. Clean-Up; Contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all debris caused by the work of this Section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, removed from building and site all debris, unused materials and equipment caused by work of this Section and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. April 1993 Insulation 07200 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical 05. MATERIALS a. Thermal R-30 Batts: Use batt insulation with a thermal resistance of R-30 equal to Fiberglass Building Insula- tion as manufactured by Manville corporation, throughout roof of designated areas. Provide foil faced batts at ceiling/roof areas. b. Fastening; As recommended by manufacturer. 06. EXECUTION a. Batt insulation shall be properly sized to fit between metal studs. Install batts so that no sagging results after wall finish materials are applied. Where required, reinforce batts to prevent sagging and distortion. Insulation shall be installed with the vapor barrier positioned to be adjacent to the side that is warm in winter. b. Following installation of insulation, the General Contractor shall not allow any finish work to proceed in insulated roof areas until the Architect has inspected and approved all insulation work. Areas in need of correctional work discovered during the Architect's inspection shall be repaired, replaced with all new materials, or otherwise made good at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION r April 1993 Insulation 07200 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 07900 01. GENERAL SEALANTS - CAULKING All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing SEALANTS AND CAULKING work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this Section shall in- clude, but is not limited to, the following: a. Sealing, or sealing and caulking, of openings and joints, as indicated, specified, and required to make the entire structure weather and watertight. b. Examination of all Drawings and details by all trades whose work requires weathersealing or caulking, to become familiar with extent of work involved. c. Coordination of additional information pertaining to weathersealing and caulking, as specified in various trade Sections throughout the Specifications, with requirements of this Section. d. Sealing at bottom joints of all door frames. 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION Sealants and caulking specifically included in other Sec- tions. 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Verification of Conditions; Prior to installation of Sealant and Caulking work. Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. b. Protection: Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work of this Section. Protect work performed herounder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or re- place all damaged or defective work to original speci- fied condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. r April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Sealants - Caulking 07900 - 1 (1) Provide masking tape on both sides of joints where surface is subject to staining and remove tape when joint is completed. c. Clean-Up; contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all debris caused by the work of this Section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from build- ing and site all debris, unused materials and equipment caused by work of this Section, and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. d. Guarantee: Contractor shall provide to the Owner a written guarantee in compliance with Division 1, against defects in materials and workmanship for five (5) years, upon final acceptance of project by Owner. (1) Guarantee shall include coverage for loss of adhe- sion or cohesion, deterioration, color change and leaking. 05. MATERIALS AMD INSTALLATION a. Sealant and caulking compounds are required to estab- lish and maintain airtight and waterproof continous seals on a permanent basis, within recognized limita- tions of wear and aging. Sealant and caulking com- pounds shall be type specifically intended for each condition shown on the drawing. Sealant and caulking compounds shall be Dow-Corning silicone or approved equal. b. Primer shall be that recommended by the manufacturer's printed Specifications for the application. c. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications and in compliance with Section T20- 1495(e) of Title 24, California Code of Regulations. d. Gypsum wallboard joints abutting other materials (top and bottom edges) must be continuously sealed along both the inside and outside faces of wallboard. END OF SECTION April 1993 Sealants - Caulking 07900 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 08200 WOOD DOORS 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing WOOD DOOR work, except as otherwise herein specifically excluded. In gener- al, the work of this section shall include, but is not limited to the following: a. Solid core paint grade slab doors. 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION a. Installing wood doors b. Furnishing and installing finish hardware on doors. c. Finish on work of this Section d. Metal door frames • 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Shop Drawings and Samples; Submit show drawings and samples in compliance with Division 1. b. Guarantee: Manufacturer shall provide to the Owner a written guarantee, subject to provisions of the "Stan- dard Door Guarantee" of the National Woodwork Manufac- turers Association, against defects in materials for the life of original installation upon final acceptance of project by Owner. During the first two (2) years of guarantee period. Contractor shall install and finish replacement doors, thereafter replacement doors shall be delivered to the Owner. 1) Certification; Manufacturer shall certify that all doors delivered to the project site conform to or exceed all specification requirements herein. 2) Grade Marking and Labeling; Each door shall be marked with a stamp, brand, or label in accordance with the requirements of the applicable referenced publication or standard. All doors indicated requiring fire rating shall conform to ASTM EI52 and shall bear a UL-certification label. April 1993 Wood Doors 08200 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical c. Delivery; All doors shall be delivered to the site, unfinished in the "white," ready to fit, hang and finish, wrapped individually in opaque Kraft-type paper, labeled with the manufacturer's name, door size, type, and/or number, as listed on Door Schedule on the Drawings, The General Contractor shall receive said doors and accept full responsibility for protection thereof until final acceptance of the building by Owner. Doors damaged in shipment shall be replaced with all-new material, as specified herein, at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Boring; door manufacturer to provide electric raceway boring for all doors with electrified hardware coordi- nate with electrical subcontractor. Maintain fire ratings of all rated doors. 05. SOLID CORE WOOD DOORS a. Furnish flush panel hardboard-veneered solid core wood doors conforming to Commercial Standard CS 171 and National Woodwork Manufacturers Association (NWMA) I.S. 1, and to the additional requirements herein, as manu- factured by Weyerhauser Company, Tacoma, Washington or equal using products of single manufacturer throughout project. ' 1) Cores; Particle board conforming to ANSI A208.1 and CS236-66 for non-rated doors and mineral core for rated doors. 2) Adhesives; Conforming to CS 35, Type I. 3) Face Veneers; All solid core doors to be hard- board. 4) Rails: Provide 5" x 18" lock blocks and 5" top rails as required. 5) Fabrication: By factory hot-plate process. 6) Sealing; At factory or mill, seal top and bottom edges of doors with two coats of clear sealer. 7) Finishing; Deliver unfinished, ready to fit, hang and finish. 8) Thickness; Overall thickness to be 1 3/4" at all swing doors. END OF SECTION April 1993 Wood Doors 08200 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing GLASS AND GLAZING work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the following: a. Glazing in hollow metal frames 03. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Verification of Conditions: Prior to installation of Glass and Glazing work. Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. Installation of any glazing work or materials on any surface shall --, constitute acceptance by the Contractor of such surfac- r es as being in proper condition to receive herein specified materials. b. Shop Drawings and Samples: Submit shop drawings and samples in compliance with Division 1. c. Protection; Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work of this Section. Protect work performed hereunder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or re- place all damaged or defective work to original speci- fied condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. (1) Damaged or defective glass includes that which cannot be properly cleaned. (2) Where hazardous construction conditions prevail. Architect or General Contractor may order instal- lation of identifying strips of masking tape, minimum 2" x full width of glass, across glass surfaces and glazed openings. Identification shall remain in place until final clean-up, or April 1993 Glass and Glazing 08800 - 1 I Cypros Pharmaceutical until final removal thereof is ordered by Archi- tect. d. Clean-Up; Contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all debris caused by the work of this Section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from build- ing and site all debris, unused materials and equipment caused by work of this Section, and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. (1) Immediately prior to final acceptance of building all glass shall be cleaned as specified under Division 1. e. Guarantee; Contractor shall provide to the Owner a written guarantee in compliance with Division 1, against defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year, upon final acceptance of project by Owner. 04. MATERIALS Glass shall be of domestic manufacture conforming to appli- cable requirements of ASTH C 1036, "Standard Specification for Flat Glass", and ASTM C 1048, "Specification for Heat- Treated Flat Glass", and shall be as manufactured by PPG Industries, Inc., Libby-Owens Ford or ASG Industries Inc., unless otherwise noted. Factory-cut glass lights shall be labeled and labels shall not be removed until directed by Architect. Job-cut glass, delivered unlabeled as "stock to cut" shall be accompanied by manufacturer's affidavit stat- ing quality, thickness, type and manufacture; no such glass shall be cut until Architect's approval of material is obtained. a. Clear Glass Interior; 1/4" and 1/2" thick clear glass, type 1, class 1. 06. EXECUTION Glazing shall be performed by skilled and experienced glaz- ers. Glass shall be set tight and true. Sloppy and defec- tive workmanship will not be acceptable. All glazing shall be performed in strict accordance with applicable provisions of the "Glazing Manual" published by Flat Glass Marketing Association, and with PPG Technical Service Report #104. END OF SECTION April 1993 Glass and Glazing 08800 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 09100 METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02 . SCOPE The work of this section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this section shall include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Lightgage steel framing, tracks, and connectors. b. All anchors for fastening metal work to structure. 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION a. Structural and miscellaneous metal items. b. Suspension system for acoustical tile ceilings. 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Verification of Conditions ; Prior to installation of Lightgage Metal Framing, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. Installation of any Lightgage Metal Framing work or materials on any surface shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of such surfaces as being in proper condition to receive herein specified materials. b. Protection; Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work in this section. Protect work performed hereunder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or replace all damaged or defective work to original specified condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. c . Clean-Up; Contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all debris caused by the work of this section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from building and site all debris, unused materials and equipment caused by work of this section, and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. April 1993 Metal Support Systems 09100 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical d. Design Criteria; Design of lightgage steel framing shall conform to American Iron and Steel Institute "Lightgage Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual". Interior non-load bearing partitions shall be designed to withstand a lateral load of 10 psf applied perpendicular to the wall plane. Deflection shall be limited to 1/120 of the span when surfacing material is gypsum wallboard. 05. MATERIALS a. Metal Studs and Track: Cold rolled steel channels or prefabricated sheet metal channel type, galvanized, conforming to ANSI A42.4 and the latest edition of the Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association Publication: "Specification for Metal Lathing and Furring". Interior partitions are to be 20 gage 3-5/8" steel studs unless otherwise indicated. b. Framing for Suspended Ceilings; USG metal furring system or USG metal furring channel system or equal with 1-1/2" runner channels attached to furring channels with USG channel clips or equal. c. Fasteners; Bugle head screws annd other fasteners as specified in the ML/SFA publication above. 06. INSTALLATION The work shall be built plumb and true, without waves or buckles, shall be rigid, and all members shall be fastened securely together and to walls, floors, and other structural members. a. Studs: Partitions are to be braced with jack studs as detailed, or full height to the floor structure above. At door jambs and at free ends of partitions, provide full height 16 gage studs. Above and below openings, provide cut 16 gage studs as necessary to maintain the specified stud spacing. b. Horizontal Bracing (Non-Load Bearing Studs): Provide bracing consisting of hot or cold rolled channels inserted through cut outs in the web of each stud and secured to each stud with tie wire. Provide one row or channels at mid-height for partitions up to 10 feet between runners and two rows at one-third points for partitions over 10 feet between runners. Use 1-1/2 inch channels for partitions higher than 14 feet between runners and longer than 1-1/2 times the height. Use 3/4 inch channels for all other partitions. In addition, provide a bracing channel above the header of doors and other large openings. Extend bracing to engage first stud beyond each jamb stud. April 1993 Metal Support Systems 09100 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical c . Blocking and Reinforcing for Wall Hung Items; Provide cut sections of runner channel or zinc coated 12 gage steel backing plates and other items for the support of wall hung fixtures, cabinets, shelving tracks, door stops, fire extinguishers and all other wall-mounted items indicated on the drawings. Cut ends of runner and backing plates to each stud. Double screw backing plate to each stud. Coordinate location of backing plates for laboratory furniture with laboratory furnishing subcon- tractor. d. Suspended Framing for raypgmn Board Ceilings: Provide USG metal furring channels or equal "Hat Shaped" furring channels spaced 16" o.c. Attach furring channels to 1- 1/2" runner channels spaced 3'-0" on center with USG metal furring channel clips or equal at every channel intersection. Suspend channels on 8 ga. galvanized hanger wires spaced 4'-0" o.c. each way. Provide seismic restraint as specified in Section 09500. e. Miscellaneous Framing; Provide aXl framing necessary to achieve intent of drawings regarding finished surfaces. END OF SECTION r April 1993 Metal Support Systems 09100 - 3 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing GYPSUM DRYWALL work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this Section shall include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Complete Drywall work indicated on the drawings, sched- uled and/or specified in this Section. b. Finishing of joints, edges, corners, and screw heads. c. Install access panels furnished by other trades in drywall surfaces as required. 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION a. Metal Support Systems 1 b. Special Coatings 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Verification of Conditions: Prior to installation of work of this Section, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. Installation of any Drywall work or materials on any surface shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of such surfac- es as being in proper condition to receive herein specified materials. b. Shop Drawings and Samples; Submit shop drawings and samples in compliance with Division 1. (1) Submit complete list of materials for all gypsum wallboard work, including furring, accessories, finishing and manufacturer's written installation requirements. c. Cooperation: Arrange and install work of this Section in a finished manner when and as required to conceal -^ and/or connect with work of other trades. Assure that f all work of other trades, including framing and insula- April 1993 Gypsum Wallboard 09250 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical tion and required inspections thereof, have been accom- plished before proceeding with this work. Any work covered before inspections have been made shall be uncovered when and as directed, at the expense of this Subcontractor. Coordinate work with installation of access panels by mechanical trades. d. Delivery and Handling: Deliver all materials in origi- nal unbroken packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and name of manufacturer or supplier for whom product is manufactured. Keep materials dry and protected from weather and damage. Take care to avoid damage to edges, ends and surfaces of gypsum wallboard and protect metal items and finishes thereon. Store drywall flat, off ground, under cover, on strong level surface with board edges, ends and surfaces protected from damage. e. Protection; Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work of his Section. Protect work performed hereunder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or re- place all damaged or defective work to original speci- fied condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. f. Clean-Up; Contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all debris caused by work of this Section. During and upon com- pletion of work specified herein, remove from building and site all debris, unused materials, and equipment caused by work of this Section, and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. g. Guarantee: Contractor shall provide to the Owner a written guarantee, in compliance with Division 1, against defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year, upon final acceptance of project by Owner. 05. MATERIALS a. Gvpsum Wallboard: All gypsum wallboard shall conform to ASTH C-36. Face side of wallboard to remain exposed and shall have taped edges. All wallboard shall be 48" wide, 5/8" thick for wall and ceiling applications: (1) Provide fire resistant wallboard (type "X") and water resistant (W.R.) in areas indicated. b. Metal Trim and Corner Beads; Electro galvanized steel, as manufactured or recommended by drywall manufacturer, with corner beads at all outside corners and "J" shaped trim members where abutting work of other trades. April 1993 Gypsum Wallboard 09250 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical c. Taping and Finishing Accessories: Manufactured or recommended by wallboard manufacturer. Provide perfo- rated tape, bedding, taping and finishing compounds. Coordinate materials with bonding requirements of special coatings in Division 9. d. For Securing Gypsum Wallboard; Screws per manufac- turer' s recommendations. 06. WALLBOARD INSTALLATION a. General: Perform all drywall work, including materi- als, handling, storing, cutting, installation, taping and furnishing, in accordance with USASI "Specifica- tions for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard" and with manufacturer's requirements. Do not install drywall work until building is weather- tight. Completed installation shall conform to all applicable fire-rating requirements, and with gypsum wallboard manufacturer's requirements. (1) Temperature within Building; While drywall is being installed, maintain at not less than 60 degrees fahrenheit. Provide ventilation to elimi- nate excessive moisture. (2) Sequence; Gypsum wallboard shall be applied first to ceiling, then to walls. Wallboards shall butt each other, but not be forced into place. (3) Cutting: Gypsum wallboard shall be cut by scoring and breaking or by sawing, working from the face side. All cuts shall be accurately cut and square, smoothed as required to obtain neat joint- ing when wallboard is erected. Wallboard shall be scribed to projecting surfaces. b. Features: Install fasteners (screws) so that head of fastener is just below the wallboard surface, and without breaking the surface paper of the wallboard or stripping the framing member around the fastener. c- Ceilings: Install wallboard with long dimension at right angles to furring or framing and end joints staggered. Secure same as single layer walls except space all screws at 8" centers. 07. TAPING AND FINISHING a. Apply joint cement, tape and finishing cement over all exposed joints. Fire rated assemblies shall utilize fire rated tape. April 1993 Gypsum Wallboard 09250 - 3 Cypros Pharmaceutical b. Apply joint cement and two or more layers of finishing cement over screwheads. Finish inside corners with gypsum drywall tape and outside corners with gypsum drywall metal corner reinforcement, and each with finishing cement. c. Provide "J" shape metal casing bead at all edges of gypsum wallboard which abutt ceiling, wall or column finish, and elsewhere as noted or required, such as opening, offsets, etc. d. Joints and attachments shall be non-apparent following application of paint and other specified finishes. (1) In the event joints and fasteners are apparent after application of specified finishes, this Contractor shall correct all defects to Archi- tect's satisfaction. The cost of removal and replacing of specified finishes on the wallboard shall be borne by this Contractor, and at no ex- pense to the Owner. e. Insure air and light tight fit at partitions and access panels. 08. PATCHING AMD REPAIR Whenever paper facing is broken or gypsum wallboard is not integral or has indentations, small holes, or other face imperfections, work shall be repaired with finishing treat- ment to bring to a true plane. Wherever damage has caused fractures or holes in gypsum wallboard, damaged portions shall be cut out and filled with neatly fitted plugs cement- ed in place and finished flush with tape and finishing compounds. END OF SECTION April 1993 Gypsum Wallboard 09250 - 4 Cypros Pharmaceutical r SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT 01. GENERAL All Requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing ACOUSTICAL TREAT- MENT work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following. a. Furnish and install acoustical ceilings, including suspension systems, necessary equipment, and appliances required to finish ceilings as indicated and specified herein. (1) Lay-in acoustic tile suspension system, complete. (2) Acoustic tile units. (3) Any required trim for acoustic ceiling. 03 RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION a. Suspension system and furring for drywall and/or plas- ter. b. Field painting, except tough-up to shop coats where required on the work of this Section. c. Lighting fixture, wiring and/or installing. d. Locating and marking with approved hanging red flag or marker, by other trades, of all valves, dampers and like items requiring access to show exact location of required access thereto within acoustical ceilings. 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Coordination and Cooperation: Attention is specifical- ly called to numerous electrical fixtures and outlets, air conditioning grilles and outlets with necessary access to dampers and valves, and other items occurring in and above various ceilings. Coordinate acoustic ceiling installation with such items. Cooperate with others affected to secure a neat symmetrical result with a minimum of cutting and patching of acoustic units. April 1993 Acoustical Treatment 09500 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical b. Verification of Conditions; Prior to installation of Acoustical Treatment work. Contractor shall inspect all |/""~" surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. Installation of any Acoustical Treatment work or materials on any surface shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of such surfaces as being in proper condition to re- ceive herein specified materials. c. Shop Drawings; Submit layout and shop drawings as per Division 1. d. General; Deliver materials in original unbroken con- tainers bearing name of manufacturer. Keep materials dry, clean and properly protected against deterioration of any form. 05. MATERIALS a. Acoustical Tile; Armstrong Cortega No. 769, or equal. b. Suspension System; Shall be Armstrong 9/16" white semi-exposed-grid system with commercial quality cold- rolled steel, zinc coated and pre-painted, or approved __ equal. Support system shall support the ceiling assem- f bly with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span. (1) Framing system shall comply with ASTH C635, Hetal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In panel Ceilings and with UL requirements for 1 hour construction in fire rated ceiling assemblies. (2) Hangar wire shall be 12-gauge galvanized soft annealed steel. (3) Wall molding shall be angle-type .020" (27 gauge) galvanized steel finish to match framing system. 06. INSTALLATION a. Preparation: Examine building before beginning work to determine that the building is enclosed and that the structure is in proper condition to receive suspension system and acoustic units. b. Supervisions; Perform work of this section under constant supervision of a fonnan whose experience and skill in this trade is satisfactory to the Architect. c. Storage of Materials: A space shall be provided on each floor adequate to allow storage of all materials April 1993 Acoustical Treatment 09500 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical needed to complete the installation of the materials in this section during construction. d. Installation; Per manufacturer's recommendations and the requirement of this section. e. Lateral Restraint; Horizontal restraint shall be effected by four No. 12 gauge wires secured to the main runner within 2" of the cross runner intersection and splayed 90° from each other at an angle not exceeding 45° from the plane of the ceiling. These horizontal restraint points shall be placed 12 feet O.C, in both directions with the first point within 4' from each wall. Attachment of the restraint wire to the struc- ture above shall be adequate for the load imposed. Provide metal compression struts at 12' o.c. in two directions. Provide seismic restriant in accordance with City of Carlsbad standards. 07. REPAIR, CLEANING AND FINISHING a. Repair of Defective Work: Replace with new materials any tiles which are discolored, broken, or damaged. Material installed in an acceptable condition but damaged by others shall be replaced at a cost to the responsible trade. b. Completed work shall present a smooth, level surface, free of edge or corner offsets, cupping, scratches or other imperfections. c. Cleaning and Finishing; Upon completion of work, clean tile surfaces and remove foreign matter and debris caused by the work of this section. 08 EXTRA MATERIALS Deliver to the Owner in unopened cases two (2) cartons of each type of tile used on the project. END OF SECTION April 1993 Acoustical Treatment 09500 - 3 Cypros Pharmaceutical r SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing RESILIENT FLOOR- ING work, except as otherwise hereinafter 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION Thresholds 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENT a. Verification of Conditions; Prior to installation of Resilient Flooring work. Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. Installation of any Resilient Flooring work or materials on any surface —, shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of such ' surfaces as being in proper condition to receive herein specified materials. b. Samples; Submit samples in compliance with Division 1. (1) Submit samples of color and pattern options of resilient flooring and base for final approval of Architect. c. Protection; Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work of this Section. Protect work performed hereunder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or re- place al damaged or defective work to original speci- fied condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Clean-Up; Contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all debris caused by the work of the Section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from build- ing and site al debris, unused materials and equipment caused by work of this Section, and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. e. Guarantee; Contractor shall provide to the Owner a f written guarantee, in compliance with Division 1, April 1993 Resilient Flooring 09650 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical against defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year, upon final acceptance of project by Owner. 05. MATERIALS a. PVC Sheet Vinyl; to be selected by the Owner. b. Base: (1) Coved Top-Set; Top set base shall be rubber "Vyn- ite" in commercial colors as selected by the Ar- chitect and dimensionally stable, 4" high, 1/8" thick, with molded inside and outside corners and end stops, with all 3" wings, as manufactured by Mercer, or approved equal. Top-set base shall be used where scheduled on the drawings. Not re- quired at perimeter of rooms where integral cove base is called for on the schedule. (2) Integral Coved Base; 4" - shall be seamless con- tinuation of sheet vinyl radius up walls. Provide 45 degree solid blocking to ease transition. At the walls in front of laboratory equipment and furnishings the base shall also be integral cove base. *~~ c. Finish Polishing Compound; Two coats as recommended by the manufacturer. Final coat shall be machine pol- ished. d* Cap: Extruded aluminum "J" cap at top edges of all sheet vinyl integral coved base areas. 06. INSTALLATION a. Temporary Heat; Keep all areas of installation and materials for same at a minimum temperature of 60° fahrenheit for at least 48 hours prior to, during and for 10 days after installation. b. Preparatory Operations: (1) Three weeks prior to laying flooring material, test underfloor surfaces for dryness using tests and testing procedure in accordance with materials manufacturer's printed directions. If floor is not dry, concrete floor slab sealer should be applied to achieve sustained conditions for floor- ing adherence. (2) Clean all undersurfaces and make them suitable for the installation of the resilient materials. Correct irregularities in floor with leveling I compound if they are so correctable. Concrete April 1993 Resilient Flooring 09650 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical r surfaces after being left smooth and clean shall have cracks, expansion joints, etc., c. General: Resilient floor covering shall be installed in accordance with best practices known to the trade, and as required by the manufacturer. Coordinate work with that of other trades whose work abuts or is af- fected by resilient flooring. Resilient flooring and base shall not be installed until other work, including painting, has been substantially completed. (1) All materials shall be installed with joints tight, floor true, level and even. Cut to and around all permanent fixtures. Roll coverings, if necessary, with a 150-pound roller and avoid all irregularities, air pockets, etc. Clean off sur- plus adhesive materials. (2) All materials shall be applied in strict conformi- ty with the manufacturer's instructions. (3) Install reducer strips where required by job con- ditions . (4) Securely cement bases to walls, partitions and casework as indicated or scheduled. Joints shall be tight and completely impervious to water. Top and bottom edges shall be in firm contact with abutting surfaces. Use of short lengths of base where stock lengths can be used will not be per- mitted. (5) Neatly and carefully cut all integral coved base areas. Block behind. Carefully fabricate inside and outside corners, miter floor covering for tight fit at welded seams. Provide "J" cap at all top edges of coved base areas. d. Flooring Continuity; Where sheet vinyl is scheduled, install to completely cover the entire area of those rooms or spaces. Do not cut around casework, laborato- ry equipment, or other similar equipment. Contractor shall coordinate flooring installation to precede any equipment or casework installation. r April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Resilient Flooring 09650 - 3 Cleaning and Polishing; Strip and clean flooring and base when sufficiently seated, removing all foreign substances. Immediately prior to Owner's acceptance of building, apply two coats of specified polish in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions Each coat shall be buffed, using machine except as inaccessible areas. Clean adjacent walls, floors, fixtures, and other surfaces where there is any evi- dence of adhesive or other defacement caused by this work. END OF SECTION r April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Resilient Flooring 09650 - 4 SECTION 09680 CARPETING 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing CARPETING work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following. a. Furnishing and installing carpet. 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION Miscellaneous Building Specialties 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Verification of Conditions; Prior to installation of Carpeting work. Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work and arrange with the General ,— Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could impede the work specified herein. Installation of any Carpeting work or materials on any surface shall con- stitute acceptance by the contractor of such surfaces as being in proper condition to receive herein speci- fied materials. 1) Prior to laying flooring material, test underfloor surfaces for dryness. Use appropriate sealants and adhesives for the actual subfloor moisture content as per manufacturer's instructions and good workmanship practices. b. Samples; Submit in compliance with Division 1. (1) Minimum 9" x 9" samples of carpet. c. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of carpet instal- lation showing all areas to be carpeted, location of all seams and details of meetings of different carpet- ing materials and terminations of carpeting at hard surface flooring. d. Protection: Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may become damaged as a result of work of this Section. • Protect work performed hereunder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or re- April 1993 Carpeting 09680 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical place all damaged or defective work to original speci- fied condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. Clean-Up; Contractor shall keep his work and the adjacent areas affected free and clear from all debris caused by the work of this Section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from build- ing and from site all debris and unused material caused by work of this Section and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. Guarantee: Contractor shall provide to the Owner a written guarantee, in compliance with Division 1, against defects in materials and workmanship or one (1) year, upon final acceptance of project by Owner. 05. MATERIALS r Carpet; Harbinger Carpets, for direct gluedown, as follows: Color: Style: Yarn: Construction: Gauge: Stitches per Inch: Tufted Yarn Weight Pile Height: Dye Method: Pattern Method: Primary Backing: Secondary Backing: Adhesive! Total Weight: Static Electricity; Flammability: Colorfastness: Pattern Repeat: No. 89306 Digital Circuitry 100% Antron Heat Set Continous Filament Nylon Cut and Loop 3/32" 10 43 oz. 5/16" Skein & space dyed Electronic placement of dyed yarn by the Dataweave IV Process Woven Polypropylene Dataweave 41 oz. 91 oz. Less than 3.0 KV Flooring Radiant Panel: greater than 0.45 watt/cm2 Class 1 All colors 4.0 or better 2-1/2" (W) x 1-1/2 (L) Provide manufacturer's 10 year performance warranty certificate. Adhesive: Shall be waterproof, non-flammable adhesive as recommended by the carpeting manufacturer. Reducer strips; Provide reducer strips at transitions from carpet to adjacent vinyl flooring and adjacent carpeting. April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Carpeting 09680 - 2 06. INSTALLATION a. General: The completed installation shall be smooth, uniform, and secure. All cutouts, such as at door jambs, ducts, etc., shall be neatly fitted. All air bubbles or unbonded areas shall be eliminated. Doors swinging over carpeted areas shall clear the carpeting. b. Substrates shall be examined and conditions detrimental to the carpet installation shall be corrected. Holes, depressions, and cracks shall be filled smooth with material recommended by the carpet manufacturer. Rough places, ridges, etc., shall be ground off smooth to provide a level surface. Floor shall be thoroughly clean, free of foreign materials, dry and free of moisture. Areas to receive carpet shall have a 60 degrees fahrenheit minimum floor temperature for at least 24 hours prior to and during installation. Upon completion of moisture tests, manufacturer's recommend- ed concrete slab sealer shall be applied as necessary. c. Carpeting shall be installed with the minimum number of length and cross seams. Seams shall run toward the light where practical and where such layout does not increase the number of seams. All breadths shall be installed parallel with pile in the same direction. Carpeting terminating at doorways shall be parallel to, and centered directly under doors. d. Adhesive shall be applied, and carpeting securely bonded to the substrate in accordance with the carpet manufacturer's recommended procedure. All seams shall be trimmed and fitted in a workmanlike manner and shall be bonded at the time of installation with a seam adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's instruc- tion. The carpet shall be tightly fitted to all verti- cal surfaces in a workmanlike manner. All carpet edges that abut adjacent floors of different material shall be finished with metal moldings. 07. CLEANING AND PROTECTION a. Cleaning; On completion of the installation, the Contractor shall remove all debris, metal edging, scraps and other foreign matter. Any soiled spots or excessive adhesive on the face of the carpet shall be removed with the proper spot remover. The carpet shall be cleaned with a beater-type vacuum cleaner. r April 1993 Carpeting 09680 - 3 Cypros Pharmaceutical b. Protection; Following cleaning and vacuuming, the Contractor shall carefully protect the carpeting from spoiling and damage during installation and until final acceptance by means of heavy, reinforced, nonstaining kraft building paper or polyethylene film of an ap- proved quality and thickness. The covering shall be kept in repair and damaged portions replaced during the installation period. END OF SECTION r April 1993 Carpeting 09680 - 4 Cypros Pharmaceutical materials, equipment and debris incidental to his work, and leave the premises clean Upon completion of the work under this section, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials, ec and orderly. 3.13 SERVICE: Ninety days free service shall be provided after completion of the job including changing of filters. Replacement filters shall be provided by owner and shall be on the job site. 3.14 PAINTING: A. Excepting piping identification specified in the specific section, all painting is specified in the painting section of the specifications. B. Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other spills. C. Factory finishes shall be repaired to original condition when scratched or dented. i D. Pipe Identification: 1. Each individual pipe line shall be marked for quick and easy identification in accordance with ANSI specifications as to content and character of material carried in the pipes by method of stenciling black letters on a colored background. 2. Markers shall be installed and spaced at not more than eight foot intervals and so located that two markers shall be visible where piping system is exposed. a. One marker shall be installed at each side of valves special fittings and at branch take-off. In furred spaces install one marker two feet above floor and 18 inches below ceiling line. b. Furnish two identification charts complete with glass and frame showing list of materials carried in the piping system, classified by nature of its contents and respective identifying colors. E. Valve Identification: f~" 1. Valve Charts: Two typewritten charts not less than 8 inch X 10 inch shall be made showing assigned numbers controlled in each CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 16 system by each valve in mechanical equipment rooms only. Charts shall be mounted behind aluminum framed glass as directed. 2. Valve Tags: Provide tag consisting of a 2 inch diameter 20 gauge stainless steel or brass disk for each main line shut-off valve or cock. Fasten tags in place with continuous steel ring or chain around stem of valves and around pipe and cocks. Two inch letters and figures stenciled in contrasting colors on pipe or pipe coverings may be substituted for tags on OS&Y valves. Disks shall be stamped with a number corresponding to identification (or location) number shown on valve chart and with service designation, with 1/4 inch high letters. 3.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTION AND SERVICE MANUAL A. The Contractor shall carefully prepare a diagram of the entire control system and an operating instruction and service manual for the entire system including all equipment, excepting Owner-furnished equipment. The diagram shall be submitted for approval at least thirty (30) days prior to completion of the work. Failure to submit diagram for approval will delay final inspection and acceptance of the work by the Owner. r B. The form in which the diagrams and service manual are to be presented shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. C. After approval by the Architect, the control diagrams shall be mounted in a neat frame with suitable backing under glass and installed where directed by the Owner's Representative. D. The following items together with any other necessary pertinent data shall be included in the manual. This list is not complete and is to be used as a guide: 1. Part numbers of all replaceable items. 2. Manufacturer's cuts and rating tables, including brochures on all equipment listed under Approvals Required. 3. Oiling, lubrication and greasing instructions. 4. Complete electrical load data from operation test. 5. Test data on all equipment. 6. Belt sizes, types and lengths. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 17 7. Serial numbers of all principal pieces of equipment. 8. Manufacturers', suppliers' and subcontractors' names, addresses and phone numbers. 9. Control diagram and operation sequence together with labeling of control piping and instruments to match diagram. 10. Valve chart indicating location on job. 11. Written guarantee. 12. Prints of as-buiits corrected and completed. 13. Approved submittal data and shop drawings showing approval stamps. 14. Test and balance data. 15. After approval of a copy of the manual by the Architect, four copies of each manual shall be furnished for distribution. * E. The operating instructions, lubrication instructions and service manual shall be considered a part of the final inspection and they shall be submitted for approval at least thirty (30) days in advance of request for final inspection. END OF SECTION CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 18 SECTION 15250 r INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work in this section includes but is not limited to all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary incidentals for the complete installation of all insulation and insulating systems as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B. Work specified in this section includes: 1. Piping insulation; 2. Equipment insulation; 3. Duct work insulation; C. The mechanical general provisions Section 15050 is a part of this section and applies as fully as if repeated herein. 1.02 RELATED EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS Plumbing Section 15400 Laboratory Plumbing Systems Section 15450 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section 15800 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer The manufacturer shall have produced the specified products for a period of (5) FIVE years prior to beginning work on this section and shall have the capability to produce the specified products to the delivery and quantity criteria of the project. B. Provide certification of compliance with the most relevant California Energy Commission (CEC) Title 24 Energy Efficiency Standards.r CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250 - 1 _ 1.04 REFERENCESc A. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 or less in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 15050 and Division 1 for specification requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All like equipment and materials shall be the product of one manufacturer. The mixing of different manufacturers for a family of products (ie. insulation) unless specifically called for in this specification shall not be permitted. B. The design is based on the first product or equipment referenced in this specification or on the drawings. Substituted products or equipment may be used is submitted from the listed manufacturers indicated in the Equal Materials and Substitutions section of this specification. 2.02 PIPING INSULATION A. General f~^ 1. All insulation shall comply with the most stringent of Energy Conservation Standards. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250-2 _ 2. Install pipe insulation after piping is installed, tested and approved, • and is in clean dry condition. Firmly butt insulation joints. 3. Provide insulated pipe supports at each pipe saddle and finish to match adjoining pipe insulation. B. Domestic and Industrial Hot Water 1. All industrial hot water supply and recirculating piping shall be insulated with Manville "Micro-Lok" Fiberglass pipe insulation with pressure sensitive closure system jacket. 1 inch thick for pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller. Option: Insulation for laterals to fixtures 12-feet or less in length may be 1/2-inch thick. 2. The insulation shall be applied over clean, dry pipe with all joints butted firmly together. The factory attached tape shall be pasted smoothly over the insulation. 3. Fitting shall be insulated with Manville #301 cement to a thickness equal to the adjoining pipe insulation and finished with 4 oz. canvas pasted on. Plastic insulated fitting covers are also acceptable. f 4. Where piping is exposed to view, in lieu of factor applied standard all purpose jacket, factory applied 6 oz. canvas jacket shall be used and sized with Sealfas adhesive, Arabol or equal. 5. Drain Assemblies and Domestic Hot Water Supplies Under Lavatories: Molded flexible cellular foam plastic cap with velcro closure, white in color, shaped to enclose drain assembly under handicapped lavatories; EGL sales "Trap-Cap," "Tom-Kap," "Handy-Shield" or equal. C. Condensate Drains and Waste Piping Receiving Cold Condensate 1. Condensate, condensate overflow piping shall be insulated with 1" thick "Micro-Lock" pipe insulation with vapor barrier. D. Unions Insulate in same manner as fittings, flanges and valve bodies. Conspicuously mark locations on pipe coverings. E. Shields f~^ (Refer to Insulated Pipe Supports) CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250-3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this Section. 02. SCOPE The work of this Section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing PAINTING work, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. In general, the work of this Section shall include, but is not limited to the following. a. Painting of doors and frames. b. Painting of exterior and interior surfaces except pre-finished surfaces and as specifically excluded. 03. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION a. Shop prime coats and field touch-up on metal. b. Factory finishing. c. Pipe and conduit identification. 04. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Verification of Conditions; Prior to installation of Painting work. Contractor shall inspect all surfaces to receive said work, and arrange with the General Contractor for the satisfactory correction of all defects in workmanship and/or material that could disaffect the work specified herein. Installation of any Painting work or materials on any surface shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of such surfac- es as being in proper condition to receive herein specified materials. b. Samples and Material List; Submit samples and material list in compliance with Division 1. (1) Color Samples; Obtain color selections and in- structions from Architect. Using materials from approved list, prepare and submit duplicate 12" square samples of each complete paint finish, leaving 3" wide strip along one edge showing un- dercoat. Tint each paint as specified hereinaf- ter. c. Protection: Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas which may April 1993 Painting Work 09900 - 1 Cypros Pharmaceutical become damaged as a result of work of this Section. Protect work performed herounder until completion and final acceptance of project by Owner. Repair or re- place all damaged or defective work to original speci- fied condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Clean-UP; Contractor shall keep his work, and the adjacent areas affected, free and clear from all debris caused by work of this Section. During and upon completion of work herein specified, remove from building and site all debris, unused materials and equipment caused by work of this Section, and leave work in a clean, acceptable condition. e. Guarantee: Contractor shall provide to the Owner a written guarantee, in compliance with Division 1, against defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year, upon final acceptance of project by Owner. f. Extra Stock; Painting contractor shall save at least 1 gallon of each type and color of paint in clearly labeled originall containers for future use. 05. MATERIALS a. Specific manufacturer or trade name is mentioned in these specifications to establish a standard of quali- ty. All primers, undercoats and thinners shall be of the same manufacture as finishing products with which they are used. To this end, notify other trades required to provide shop-primed materials of proper primers to be used. b. Paint Materials; Shall be Dunn-Edwards, Sinclair, Benjamin Moore Co., Sherwin-Williams, Ameritone or Frazee, of highest grade paints, enamels, sealer, stains, wax, lacquers, etc. except as otherwise speci- fied. Colors shall be as selected by the Architect. Use eggshell finish throughout on wallboard surfaces. (1) All interior paint materials shall be water based. c. Miscellaneous Materials; (1) Paint Thinner; Mineral Spirits thinner by Stan- dard Oil Co. (2) Putty; Painter's Putty by Crawford. 06. PREPARATION a. No finishing or refinishing shall be done except on properly prepared surfaces. Preparation shall be done by Painting Contractor except as may be specified in April 1993 Painting Work 09900 - 2 Cypros Pharmaceutical other Sections of the Specifications. Loose scaling, peeling and sagging finishes shall be removed. All voids shall be puttied smooth and all slick surfaces shall be roughened to provide bond. b. Clean all surfaces to be painted or primed of all foreign matter. Smooth and remove minor defects by light sanding. c. Putty cracks, open joints and other defects, all after priming coat is dry and before second coat is applied. Sand each coat lightly with No. 00 sandpaper. Clean free from dust before applying succeeding coats. d. Metal; Wash surfaces with benzine or mineral spirits to remove any grease, oil or dirt. Where rust ap- pears, Wire brush and sandpaper clean before paint- ing. Touch up scarred shop coats before painting. (1) Galvanized and zinc alloy interior and exterior metals which are to be painted shall be treated with a standard surface conditioner. Treated surfaces shall be thoroughly rinsed with clear water. Treating and cleaning shall be performed the same day surfaces are to be painted. e. Interior Wood and Veneered Surfaces; Shall be sanded and dusted clean. Nail holes, cracks or other defects shall be carefully filled with color of filler matching wood. f. Concrete Slab; Beadblast all surfaces scheduled to receive paint or sealer. g. Gypsum Drvwall: Surfaces shall be dry, dust and dirt free, with all joints, screws or attachments and scuffs filled and sanded smooth to assure their non-appearance on completion of the painting. h. Cooperate with other trades and coordinate removal of fixtures, equipment with hardware items as required for painting work. i. Store painting materials and equipment when not in actual use, in a place specifically assigned for that purpose; place shall be well ventilated and not subject to direct sun rays. Properly protect floor with drop cloths or building paper. Store paint materials in tightly closed containers. No paint thinner shall be stored in a room scheduled to receive a floor covering. Remove soiled rags and waste every night and in general take all precautions to avoid spontaneous combustion fire hazards. April 1993 Painting Work 09900 - 3 Cypros Pharmaceutical j. Provide sufficient number of unlabeled, clean/ covered mixing cans; empty cans shall be left clean; keep all brushes clean in perfect condition when not in use. Plumbing fixtures shall not be used for washing out painting equipment. k. Barricades and Scaffolds; Maintain barricades and wet and wet paint signs for duration of need. Provide and transfer scaffolds, staging, and planking necessary for proper performance of this work. 1. Priming Doors: As soon as doors are delivered to the job. Contractor shall prime all wood doors to receive a paint finish with a coat of primer on all surfaces and edges, including tops and bottoms. 07. MIXING To maximum extent practicable, factory mix each paint material to color, gloss, and consistency for application. Prime and sealer coats may be thinned only as recommended by manufacturer. 08. APPLICATION a. b. Apply all materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at proper consistency, free of brush or roller marks, sags, runs, or any other evidence of poor workmanship. Avoid lapping paint on glass, hardware, and other surfaces not to be painted; apply masking tape as required. No exterior painting shall be done in damp, windy, foggy, or rainy weather or at temperatures below 50 degrees fahrenheit. Arrange for temporary heat for interior painting, as required. 09. PAINT FINISHES a. Coats of Paint: The number of coats to be applied and specified hereinafter are minimum. b. Specified Finishes; Finishes for the various items of work listed on the finish schedule on the drawings shall be as specified herein. Where conflicts occur between the finishes shown on drawings and the general finishes listed below, specified finishes shall govern, r April 1993 Cypros Pharmaceutical Painting Work 09900 - 4 Exterior Finishes; (1) Metal Work and Sheet Metal Surfaces not Primed bv Others ; First Coat - Metal rust preventing type primer Second Coat - Alkyd trim paint, composition prim- er. Third Coat - Exterior solvent -base alkyd enamel trim paint. (2) Metal Surfaces primed bv Others: Two coats exterior solvent -based alkyd enamel trim paint . Interior Finishes; (1) Wood Doors - Painted; First Coat - Enamel undercoat Second Coat - Half undercoat/ half enamel Third Coat - Very low sheen acrylic enamel (2) Metal Frames and Miscellaneous Metal Work (shop primed) -- Semi-Gloss; Two coats - Water-based non-blocking acrylic enamel. (3) Gvpsum Wall Board - Friamal ! Latex eggshell paint, sealer coat and finish coat, minimum wet 3 mil; dry 1.25 mil each coat in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. (4) Concrete Slabs - Sealer; Sinak Sealer P-105, by Sinak Corporation. Mechanical and Electrical Items; (1) Exposed Exterior Items; First Coat (Un-primed items) - Metal rust prevent- ing type primer Second Coat - Alkyd composition primer paint Third Coat - Semi -gloss alkyd enamel END OF SECTION April 1993 Painting Work 09900 - 5 Cypros Pharmaceutical SECTION 10162 LAMINATED PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this section. 02 . SCOPE The work of this section includes ever thing necessary for and incidental to furnishing and installing LAMINATED PLASTIC TOILET PARTITONS, except as otherwise hereinafter specifically excluded. 03. SUBMITTALS a . Shop Drawings : Indicate plans , construction and anchoring details, colors, elevations and hardware. b. gampi **g - standard color charts. 04. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING a. Deliver items in manufacturer's original unopened protec- tive packaging. -^ b. Store materials in original protective packaging to pre- vent soiling, physical damage, or wetting. c. Handle so as to prevent damage to finished surfaces. 05. PRODUCTS Toilet partitions shall be floor mounted, Lotus Series 1200, by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., or equivalent. a. Core Material: 3 -ply, 45 Ib. density, 7/8" particleboard. b . Plastic Laminate : Formica Corp . , Nevamar Corp . , of WilsonArt, conforming to NEMA Standard LD-3-1980, Grade GP-50. c. Stile: Stile shall have 11 gage steel core welded to 3/8" leveling device. d. Hardware : (1. Manufacturer's standard heavy duty type 304 18-8 satin finish stainless steel hardware, including 1- 1/8" coat hook on inside of stall door. (2. All hardware shall be concealed inside compartments except where out-swinging handicapped is used. April 1993 Laminated Plastic Toilet Partitions 10161 - 1 Cypros Pharmacuetical e. Fasteners: Provide threaded steel inserts behind each door hinge to receive one-way stainless steel screws; f T-nuts behind each latch track. Release; All doors shall be equipped to open by lifting bottom edge for emergency purposes. g. Uniform Thickness; All panels/ posts, stiles and doors shall be the same uniform 1" thickness. 06. EXECUTION a. Pre-cut openings in toilet compartment panels in factory for recessed partiton mounted accessories. b . Install partition in accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations . c. Adjust and Clean; (1. Adjust hardware for proper operation after installation. (2. Set hinges on inswinging doors to hold open at approximately 15 degrees from closed position when latched. ' (3. Clean exposed surfaces of parti tons, hardware, fittings, and accessories. END OF SECTION April 1993 Laminated Plastic Toilet Partitions 10161 - 2 Cypros Pharmacuetical SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES ^ 01. GENERAL All requirements of Division 1 shall govern the work of this section. 02. SUBMITTALS Submit data to illustrate each accessory at large scale and show installation method including requirement for blocking and backing, by others. Provide manufacturer's 15 year guarantee against silver spoilage. 03. MATERIALS Manufacturer: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., or approved equal. Accessories are scheduled on drawings. 04. PREPARATION a. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building-in. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. x~*' b. Before starting work notify Architect in writing of any conflicts detrimental to installation or operation of units. c. Verify with Architect exact location of accessories. 0 5. INSTALLATION a. Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. b. Install true, plumb and level, securely and anchored to substrate. END OF SECTION April 1993 Toilet Accessories 10800-1 Cypros Pharmacuetical SECTION 15050 f MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The general conditions and Division 1 are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. This section, 15050, applies to all Division 15 categories, including but not limited to: Section 15050 Mechanical General Requirements 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15300 Automatic Wet Pipe Sprinkler System 15450 Laboratory Plumbing Systems 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning A. Reference to Other Sections: The applicable requirements from the above sections shall form a part of the mechanical work and each section shall consult the other sections in detail for general and specific requirement. 1.02 SCOPE: These Division 15 specifications and the accompanying drawings are intended to comprise the furnishing of all labor, and the furnishing and installing of all materials, equipment and supplies as specified herein and required for the satisfactory completion by the Contractor of all work pertaining to mechanical trades. 1.03 EXPLANATION OF DRAWINGS AND REFERENCE TO SCHEDULES: A. The drawings and these specifications are complementary to each other in that all apparatus, materials and equipment outlined in the drawings and/or specified herein shall be considered essential to the contract. B. The specifications are intended to describe the quality and character of the materials, equipment and methods of installation. All miscellaneous items of work and materials necessary for the completion of the installation shall be provided, whether or not mentioned in the specifications or shown on the drawings. C. Space allotted, clearances, access, electrical data, structural supports, etc., on drawings, is for equipment models and sizes as listed in ^ schedules on plans. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility for the coordination with other trades required in the use of equal or CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 1 substitute equipment or materials and pay all difference in cost arising from such substitutions, regardless of approval. D. Separate Sections cover the site work, Architectural work and electrical work. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the entire specification. E. Should there be any question as to the scope of the work for which the Contractor is responsible, he shall ask the Architect for an interpretation before submitting his bid. In the event that the Contractor finds discrepancies or omissions, or is in doubt as to the exact meaning of the plans and/or specifications, he shall, before submitting bid, contract the Architect for clarification. F. For purposes of clearness and legibility, drawings are essentially diagrammatic and, although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, Contractor shall make use of all data in all the contract documents and shall verify this information at building site. G. The drawings indicate required size and points of termination of pipes, and suggest proper routes to conform to structure, avoid obstructions and preserve clearances. However, it is not intended that drawings indicate atl necessary offsets, and it shall be the work of the Contractor to make * the installation in such a manner as to conform to structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. H. It is intended that all apparatus be located symmetrical with architectural elements. Refer to architectural details in completing the correlating work. I. The Contractor shall fully inform himself regarding any and all peculiarities and limitations of the spaces available for the installation of all work and materials furnished and installed under the contract. He shall exercise due and particular caution to determine that all parts of his work are made quickly and easily accessible. J. The Contractor shall study all drawings and specifications to determine any conflict with ordinances and statutes. Any errors or omissions shall be reported, and any changes shall be shown in the as-built drawings and the additional work performed at no cost to the Owner. K. Submittal of bid shall indicate the Contractor has examined the site and drawings and has included all required allowances in his bid. He shall also determine in advance and make allowances for the methods of installing and connecting the equipment, the means of getting equipment in to place and he shall make himself familiar with all the requirements of the contract. No allowance will be made for any error resulting from CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 -2 Contractor's failure to visit job site and to review drawings, and bid shall include costs for all required drawings and changes as outlined above. L. The contract drawings indicate the extent, the general location and arrangement of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. Equipment, piping and ductwork shall be located to avoid interference with electrical, plumbing and structural features. All locations for mechanical work shall be checked and coordinated with the building, structural and electrical work. M. If any conflicts occur necessitating departures from the Contract Drawings, details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval, and the piping, ductwork, fixtures or equipment affected shall not be installed until approval is received. N. Reference to drawing schedules 1. Refer to equipment schedule for unit identification number and corresponding capacity and design requirements. 2. Wherever schedules or notes appear on the Drawings or in the specifications in which sizes and capacities of equipment are indicated, the equipment furnished and installed under this contract shall meet the following requirements under operating conditions: a. The RPM, the outlet velocities, tip speed and the DB ratings specified are the maximum that will be accepted. b. The motor horsepower, the CFM, the static pressure on fans, are the minimum that will be accepted. c. The working pressure, the GPM the BTUH input are the minimum that will be accepted. 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. "Provide", "furnish", or "install" shall mean "provide complete in place" , that is, "furnish and install." B. "Piping" shall mean pipes, fittings, valves and all like pipe accessories connected thereto. C. Pressure ratings specified, such as for valves and the like, is the design working pressure and is for and with reference to the fluid which the device will serve. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050-3 D. "Ductwork" shall mean ducts, plenums, compartments, casings or any like f devices, including the building structure, which is used to convey or contain air. E. "Building boundary" shall mean exterior building walls. F. "Mechanical work" shall mean all work specified and shown in the Division 15, "Mechanical", categories. Mechanical work generally includes: Plumbing and Laboratory Systems; Heating, Ventilating; Air Conditioning and Fire Protection Systems. 1.05 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. AH work, material or equipment shall comply with the requirements of codes, ordinances and regulations of the local Government having jurisdiction at the location of the work, including the regulations of serving utilities, and any participating Government agencies having jurisdiction. B. The enforced editions of the following Specifications, Codes and Standards shall form a part of these specifications, the same as if herein written out in full, and all materials and installations include but not be limited to:r 1. California Administrative Code, Title 24. 2. 1991 UMC (Uniform Mechanical Code). 3. ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning). 4. UL (Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.). 5. AMCA (Air Moving and Conditioning Associates). 6. 1991 UPC (Uniform Plumbing Code). 7. SMACNA Low Velocity Duct Manual. 8. 1991 UBC (Uniform Building Code). 9. NFPA (National Fire Protection Association). No requirement of these drawings and specifications shall be construed to void any of the provisions of the above standards. No ^ apparatus, equipment, device or construction shall be installed which will provide a cross connection permitted any backflow or CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 -4 siphonage from any source into the domestic water supply system. 1.06 PERMITS AND FEES: The Contractor shall obtain all permits, patent rights, and licenses that are required for the performing of the work by all laws, ordinances rules and regulations, or orders of any officer and/or body, give all notices necessary in connection therewith, and pay all fees relating thereto and all costs and expenses incurred on account thereof. No work shall be covered before inspection by the jurisdictional authority and the Architect. 1.07 SUPERVISION AND COOPERATION: A. The Contractor shall include the services of experienced superintendents for each sub-section who shall be constantly in charge of the work, together with the qualified journeymen, helpers, and laborers, required to properly unload, install, connect, adjust, start and operate and test the work involved, including equipment and materials furnished by others. B. The work under this section shall be in cooperation with the work of other trades to prevent conflict or interference and to aid rapid completion of the overall project. 1.08 COORDINATION: A. Contractor shall be responsible for providing all information, drawings or layouts of equipment or work under this section which affect the work of the other trades. B. If case changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary due to developed conditions in the construction, or rearrangement of furnishings, or equipment, these changes shall be made without extra cost to the Owner, provided the change is ordered before work directly connected is installed, and no extra materials are required. 1.09 EXISTING UTILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION: A. The location of utility connections shown on the plans is the best known information available at time of design. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate agencies and confirm the information and make arrangements for connection thereto, prior to excavation and installation of any piping or systems. B. Location of existing piping and structural conditions shown on the plans are based on the best known information available at the time of design. The Contractor shall physically verify existing conditions in the field. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050-5 C. Prior to installation of any waste and soil lines the contractor shall * physically verify whether the tenant sewer can be installed and properly connected to the building sewer. D. Any work requiring added expense which is caused by the Contractor to make such physical verification shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.10 UTILITY SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION: A. All water and electric power used for construction shall be coordinated with the Architect. B. Disruption of existing services (water, sewer, HVAC, exhaust systems, electrical power) shall be coordinated with the Owner as per Division 1, Section 01010. 1.11 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Erection drawings, equipment and materials shall be submitted for approval within 15 days after award of Contract and prior to fabrication or purchase of equipment and materials. r B. Installation of materials or ordering of equipment prior to approval of submittals is done entirely at the risk of the Contractor. C. Unless otherwise specifically directed in the following specifications, the submittals by the Contractor shall be as follows: 1. Submit aJi items at one time in a neat and orderly manner with index tabs. A partial submittal will not be acceptable. 2. Reference catalog cuts and brochures of products to proper paragraph in specifications. Furnish numerical index by specification article number, listing product name, catalog number and reference to page number of submittal brochure. 3. Cross reference individual catalog numbers of substitute products to number of specified materials. 4. Bind submittal in booklet form. 5. Submit manufacturers' certification that equipment meet or exceed the minimum requirements as specified.r 6. Where materials equipment and installations are specified to CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 -6 conform with societies or agencies such as ANSI, ASHRAE, f SMACNA, etc., submit certification of such compliance. 7. The submittal shall be complete and with catalog data and information properly marked to show, among other things, material capacity and performance to meet capacities or performance as specified or indicated. Arrange the submittals in the same sequence as the specifications and reference in the upper right- hand corner, the particular specification provision for which each submittal is intended. Incomplete submittals will be rejected, unless prior approval for partial submittal has been obtained. 8. The Contractor is responsible for confirmation of code approval of material and equipment. Certification of code conformance by the manufacturer shall be submitted for: a. Backflow preventers. b. Fire dampers. c. Electrically operated equipment (i.e., UL listed). ' d. Boiler Controls. 9. If the Contractor submits a product that is specified, a complete set of brochures, rating tables, etc., is still required for future reference. 10. Review of the submittal is only for general conformance with design concept of project and general compliance with information given in the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirmation and correlation of the dimensions, quantities and sizes, for information that pertains to fabrication methods of construction techniques, and for coordination of work of all trades. Deviations from drawings and specification shall be clearly and completely indicated (by a separate letter) in the submittal. 11. Detailed working drawings shall be prepared and submitted showing items which are not manufactured and which are to be specifically fabricated including ducts and piping layouts of HVAC systems, mechanical equipment areas and rooms, plumbing equipment rooms and all complicated duct and piping construction. Six copies of shop drawings and detail description shall be submitted with such promptness as to allow ample time for ex- amination and resubmittal. Minimum scale for "layout" and "detail" f~- drawings shall be 1/4" = 1'-0". CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050-7 -. 1.12 SUBSTITUTIONS: ([ A. Bidders wishing to obtain approval of an article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction, other than those specified by name, make or catalog number shall request approval in writing from the Architect not less than five (5) days before the bid due date. Written approval cannot be finalized until submittals are examined. B. If the use of substitute equipment results in an increase in the cost, including the work of other trades, this Contractor shall be solely responsible for payment of said increase in cost. 1.13 GUARANTEE: A. In addition to the guarantees required elsewhere, all work, materials and equipment provided under the mechanical sections shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. Should any trouble develop during this period due to defective materials or faulty workmanship the Contractor shall immediately furnish all necessary labor and materials to correct the deficiency without cost to the Owner. The Contractor, under this guarantee, shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by equipment furnished under this section. B. Furnish written certified guarantee, in acceptable form, to the Owner, against defective workmanship, materials and operating equipment. Further guarantee to rebalance and adjust entire system, or any part thereof as required for perfect operation for a period of at least one year after acceptance. Repair, replace and make satisfactorily operative any and all defective items and work, holding Owner free from any cost and liability in connection therewith, for the term of the guarantee. Where equipment such as refrigeration compressors, water heaters, etc., have a longer warranty, this shall be noted in the written guarantee and manufacturers written certification submitted. 1.14 DAMAGE BY LEAKS: The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to the grounds, walks, roads, buildings, furnishings, piping systems, electrical systems and their equipment and contents, caused by leaks in the piping systems being installed or having been installed herein. He shall repair at his expense all damage so caused. 1.15 EMERGENCY REPAIRS: The Owner reserves the right to make emergency repairs as required to keep equipment in operation without voiding the Contractor's guarantee bond nor relieving CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050-8 s-^ the Contractor of his responsibilities. 1.16 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES: A. Existing services required to stay in operation shall be maintained, rerouted or otherwise provided with temporary connection to prevent interruptions. Temporary potable water piping shall be sterilized prior to connecting to existing system as outlined in Section 15400 Part 3. B. If impossible to prevent interruptions they shall be performed during "off- hours" and coordinated with the Owner's Representative. C. Provide a minimum of seven (7) days written notice of interruption - do not interrupt services without written consent of the Owner. 1.17 DEMOLITION: All demolition shall be performed as shown on the drawings and as required to accommodate new construction. Demolition shall be scheduled as not to interfere with building services as noted in Article 1.16 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES. r PART 2 - PRODUCTS The specification of the mechanical products is detailed in the individual specification sections of Division 15. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: A. The requirements of "mechanical" installation is detailed in the individual specification sections of Division 15. In addition the following general requirements shall apply: 1. Obtain manufacturer's printed installation instruction to aid in properly executing work of installing equipment whenever such instructions are available. Submit three copies of such instructions to the Owner prior to time of installation for use of supervising the work. 2. Erect equipment in a neat and workmanlike manner. Align, level and adjust for satisfactory operation. Install so that connecting and disconnecting of piping and accessories can be made readily, and so that all parts are easily accessible for inspection, operation, CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 -9 maintenance and repair. Valves, motors, controls and other devices requiring service, maintenance and adjustment shall be placed in fully accessible positions and locations. Provide access doors where required in ductwork or construction whether specially detailed or not and render all such devices accessible. Minor deviation from arrangements shown on drawings may be made, as approved by the Architect. 3. Take all precautions necessary to protect the materials of the Division 15 sections before, during and after installation. Damaged items shall be replaced or repaired at no cost to the owner. 4. Provide all scaffolding, rigging and hoisting as required for the proper execution of the work. 3.02 PROTECTION OF PIPING SYSTEMS: A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install and maintain pipe and equipment which is clean and free from rust, dirt, scale, etc. Where necessary, Contractor shall provide temporary airtight covers at all pipe and equipment openings. * B. Before turning the systems over to the Owner, all piping systems shall be thoroughly flushed of all scale and dirt. Drains shall be installed at the low points to facilitate flushing of the piping systems. 3.03 PROTECTION OF AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS: A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection to keep dirt and foreign matter from getting into the air handling system. B. Ductwork shall not be left open for any extended period of time. Open section and open fittings shall be capped wherever they occur until such time as final connections are made to equipment, grilles, register, etc. 3.04 PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: Do not route liquid filled pressure and drain piping over electrical equipment, switchboards, motor control centers and the like. 3.05 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: A. See earthwork section for requirements, in addition the following shall apply.r 1, Execute all excavation to grades to accommodate elevations CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 10 indicated and where invert elevations are not indicated provide f minimum coverage (above top of pipes) as follows: a. Any piping under building slab (top of pipe to underside of slab) 12 inches. b. Steel, cast iron, and copper in other location 30 inches. c. Plastic piping in other locations - 36 inches. 2. Excavation for pipes shall be cut a minimum of six inches below the required grade. A six inch bed of sand or other approved material shall be then placed and properly compacted to provide an accurate grade and uniform bearing throughout the length of the pipe, except for plastic piping for which sand shall be used. 3. Sand used shall be washed riversand normally used for backfill purposes, free of clods or lumps of clay, rock, debris and rubbish. 4. Backfilling shall not be placed until the work has been inspected, tested and approved. (^' 5. PVC piping excepted, backfill to point 12 inches above top of piping with fine earth (excavated material may be used) free of excessive amounts of clay, debris, rubbish, rocks, or clods, as approved by the Architect. Backfill above 12 inches from top of piping may be with excavated material. Apply backfill by hand in 6 inch deep layers the full width of the trench. Moisten each layer (do not flood or puddle), and hand tamp to a minimum 90 percent compaction before proceeding with the next layer of backfill. Note: PVC piping shall be backfilled with sand to a point 12 inches above top of piping, remainder of trench may be backfilled with fine earth as specified above. 6. Clods or lumps one inch in size or larger will not be permitted in the backfill. If the excavated material is not suitable adequate material shall be provided by hauling from other locations. 7. Surplus earth or material remaining after backfilling shall be removed from the site. 8. Do not excavate under or near foundations or footings except in manner permitted and approved by the Architect. Do not backfill until installed piping has been successfully tested and approved for ^ backfill by the Architect. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050- 11 _ 3.06 RECORD DRAWINGS: f A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate dimensional record of the as-built locations of all work under this Contract. This record shall be kept up-to- date at all times on blue line prints as the job progresses, and shall be available for inspection at all times. B. Upon completion of the work, obtain from the Owner's Representative one complete set of reproducible prints of the applicable Contract Documents. Record all changes and information contained on the Record Drawings onto the new set of reproducible prints in an orderly and legible manner. C. Submit two blueline prints of the completed reproducible Record Set for approval. Make such changes and correction as may be required for final approval. D. When final approval is received, sign the reproducible Record Set and stamp or note "As-Built" and submit to the Architect.. E. Final inspection will not be made until these approved as-built drawings have been received by the Architect.r F. The dimension and location of piping shall be accurately recorded on the as-built drawings. Dimensions shall be from permanent building walls (not from column lines). 3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. Perform all cutting and fitting required for work of this section in rough construction of the building. B. All patching of finished construction of building shall be performed under the section of specification covering these materials. C. All cutting of concrete work by this Contractor shall be by core drilling or concrete sawing. No cutting or coring shall be done without first obtaining the permission of the Architect. D. Information regarding requirements for openings, recesses, chases in the walls, partitions, framing or openings shall be provided for work under the appropriate sections of the specifications in advance of the work. Should this be neglected, delayed or incorrect and additional cutting is found to be required, this work shall be accomplished at no additional cost to the /"^ Owner. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 12 -^ E. All access panels shall be approved by the Architect as to location, f appearance, and finish. 3.08 VIBRATION ELIMINATION AND CONNECTORS: Rotating or reciprocating mechanical equipment shall be mounted on or suspended from vibration isolators to prevent vibration and structural borne noise transmission to the building. Refer to each mechanical trade section of these specifications for specific details. Flexible duct connection shall be used between all fan openings and sheet metal work. Flexible connectors shall be used in piping connections to rotating or reciprocating equipment. See individual mechanical sections for specifications. 3.09 REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL INSPECTION: A. All of the following items must be completed prior to final inspections. No exception and no final payment will be made until all items are completed and approved. For specific requirements see the individual section in the Division 15 Category. 1. Cleaning equipment and premises. 2. Test and balance of systems. 3. Test and balance reports are reviewed by the Engineer. 4. Service manual. 5. Pipe and valve identification. 6. Pipe and valve identification schedule. 7. Operation tests. 8. Operating instructions. 9. As-buiit drawings. 10. Certification of water sterilization. 11. Guarantees. 3.10 EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT: A. GeneralcB. All earthquake resistant designs for mechanical equipment, such as air CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 13 handling units, blower motors and ductwork and piping, shall conform to f Uniform Building Code (UBC) Chapter 23 "Earthquake Regulations" and Table 23J of that Code. C. The restraints which are used to prevent disruption of the function of the piece of equipment and piping because of the application of the horizontal force shall be such that the forces are carried to the frame of the structure in such a way that the frame will not be deflected when the apparatus is attached to a mounting base and equipment pad, or to the structure in the normal way, utilizing the attachments provided. Equipment, piping, ductwork, etc., shall be secured to withstand a force in any direction equal to a value of K shown in CAC Title 24 and as noted on the drawings. D. Piping 1. All piping shall be secured by bracing at every fourth hanger transversely and every eighth hanger longitudinally. Bracing shall be done in accordance with the NFPA Code, and as described in paragraph "Sway Bracing for Protection Against Earthquakes," of that code. 2. The SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical f Systems" may be used as a guide. E. No sway bracing is required for pipes that are installed on very short hangers (12 inches or less). F. A bracing system as manufactured by "Superstrut" the "Universal/Seismic Bracing System" may be used. 3.11 ADJUSTMENTS OF SYSTEMS OPERATIONS TESTS AND TRAINING PROGRAM: A. When the work included in these specifications is complete, and at such time as directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall adjust all parts of the system, advising the Architect when this has been done and the work is ready for their final tests. Refer to "Balancing and Testing Procedures" in Section 15800. B. The Owner may require operation of parts or all of the systems prior to final acceptance. If it becomes necessary for temporary use of the systems before all parts are complete, the Contractor shall adjust all parts as far as possible in order to make such temporary use as effective as possible. After temporary use and before acceptance tests, alt systems shall be readjusted to meet permanent operational requirements. This occupancy shall not be construed as final acceptance and cost of utilities CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 14 for such operation will be paid by the owner. f C. Operation Test 1. At completion, Contractor shall operate all mechanical systems for a period of at least three (3) days of 24 hours each to demonstrate fulfillment of the requirements of the contract. During this time all adjustments shall be made to the equipment until the entire system is in satisfactory operating condition acceptable to the Owner. 2. Final operation and instruction: Upon completion of the installation of the equipment, final acceptance, and at a time approved by the Owner, the Contractor shall place a competent man, or men, at the building who shall operate the plant for a period of three (3) 24 hour days instructing the Architect in all details of operation and maintenance. 3. Any required instructions from manufacturer's representatives shall be given during this period. The three (3) days specified under "Operation Test" does not substitute for these days of final operation and instruction. 4. All arrangements for operation periods shall be made through the Architect. 5. For specific requirements see individual mechanical sections. D. Training Program The General Contractor on his own, or through his Subcontractors shall be responsible for training Owner's Personnel in the operation and maintenance of the major systems. Written procedures including recommended preventive maintenance tasks shall be included in the training program. Training shall be as follows: HVAC Systems 16 Working Hours Plumbing and Laboratory Piping Systems 16 Working Hours Fire Protection Systems 4 Working Hours Control Systems 16 Working Hours 3.12 RUBBISH REMOVAL AND CLEANING: CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 - 15 2.03 DUCTWORK INSULATIONc A. Thermal Duct Insulation 1. Insulate all main cold supply and return air ducts and plenums un- less otherwise specified, with Manville Microlite fiberglass duct insulation, foil faced 3/4 Ib. density, 2 inches thick insulation wrapped entirely around duct with joints lapped at least 2 inches and secured with 16 gauge galvanized wire on 12 inch centers. Insulation shall cover all surfaces including standing seams. 2. All duct insulation shall have a minimum thermal resistance of 6.0 exclusive of film resistance. B. Exposed cold supply air ducts and concealed main supply ducts in duct shaft shall be externally wrapped with rigid fiberglass board: Manville 814 Spin-Glas meeting ASTM C612; rigid.. 1. "K" ("ksi") Value: 0.23 at 75°F (0.033 at 24°C). 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450°F (232°C). 3. Density: 3.0 Ib/cu. ft. (48 kg/cu m) density. 4. Vapor Retarder Jacket: Aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass yarn and laminated to fire-resistant kraft, secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape and/or outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic as needed. 5. Facing: 1 inch (25 mm) galvanized hexagonal wire mesh stitched on one face of insulation (optional). C. Sound Duct Insulation 1. Where indicated on plans in office area, concealed cold supply and return air ducts and plenums shall be lined with J-M Linacoustic, 1 inch thick, 1-1/2 Ib. density coated fiberglass duct liner complying with NFPA 90-A requirements. The cut liner shall have an air friction correction factor not greater than 1.1 at a velocity of 3000 fpm. 2. Apply insulation to inside of ducts with an approved fire retardant adhesive to provide 100% coverage and a smooth surface. In ducts with one side more than 12 inches, secure insulation with mechanical fasteners in addition to adhesive, spaced at 14 inch centers in both direction. Mechanical fasteners shall be flush with CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250-4 _. the liner surface and shall start within 2 inches of the leading edge of each section and within 3 inches of the leading edge of all cross joints within the duct section. 3. All exposed edges and the leading edge of all cross joints of the liner shall be heavily coated with an approved fire resistant adhesive. The duct liner shall be cut to assure snug closing corner joints, the black surface of the liner shall face the air stream, transverse joints shall be neatly butted, and all damaged areas shall be heavily coated with an approved fire resistant adhesive. 4. Where indicated on plans, exhaust air ductwork shall be either externally wrapped or internally lined with rigid fiberglass board: Manville 1000 Spin-Glas meeting ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible. Internally lined exhaust air ductwork shall be secured with PVC coated perforated metal or expanded metal. a. "K" ("ksi") Value: 0.23 at 75°F (0.033 at 24°C). b. Maximum Service Temperature: 850°F (454°C). c. Density: 3.0 Ib/cu. ft. (48 kg/cu m). d. Facing: 1 inch (25mm) galvanized hexagonal wire mesh stitched on one face of insulation (optional). 2.04 INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS A. Insulated pipe supports shall be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor on all insulated pipe and tubing. B. Support spacing shall be as recommended by the local building code unless otherwise permitted elsewhere in these Specifications. C. The pipe support shall be constructed of 100 psi compression strength calcium silicate with a galvanized steel jacket. 1. Rod hanger pipe supports shall be Pipe Shields, Inc. Model A2000. Model A1000 may be used except for cold and chilled water supports. 2. Flat surface pipe supports shall be Pipe Shields, Inc. Model A4000. Model A3000 may be used except for cold and chilled water supports with extra heavy bottom jacket.r 3. Pipe roll pipe supports shall be Pipe Shields, Inc. Model A6000 CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250-5 x~ with load distribution slate. Model A5000 may be used except for cold water supports. D. Mechanical Contractor may utilize Industrial Grade insulated pipe supports in those instances where the hanger spacing warrants the use of these heavier duty supports. E. When insulated pipe support other than the approved models are used, the Mechanical Contractor shall submit load calculations, certified outline drawings complete with load ratings, and independent laboratory test and/or engineering analysis of design configuration for approval. 2.05 EQUAL MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS In addition to manufacturers specified, the following shall also be considered equal, providing corresponding models meet specified requirements. Equivalent substituted equipment named herein shall be submitted to Architect for approval. Submit alternate selections at time of bid listing major equipment. ITEM MANUFACTURER ^ INSULATION GUSTIN BACON, ' OWENS/CORNING, FIBERGLAS INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS PIPE SHIELDS, INC., ELCEN, POWER PIPING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to commencing work required by this section, inspect the work of other trades and verify that such work has been properly completed and installed to allow for proper installation of all materials and methods required of this section. 2. All heating, ventilation and air conditioning shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of all governing authorities, the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's (^ Representative. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250-6 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 SAFETY PROVISIONS Equipment and piping with temperatures above 140°F or temperatures below 25°F, located as to endanger personnel or create a fire hazard, shall be properly guarded or covered with insulation of type specified. 3.03 INSULATION INSTALLATION: A. General 1. The insulation shall be applied after piping, equipment or surfaces have been installed, tested, and approved , pipes are in a clean, dry condition, and after heat tracing has been installed all joints in insulation shall be butted firmly together and sealed with jacket lap strip. 2. Fittings and valve bodies shall be finished with "Zeston" premolded PVC insulated fittings. Flanges and unions shall not be covered. 3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Piping Installation 1. On exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. 2. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. 3. For pipe exposed in mechanical equipment rooms, fan rooms or in finished spaces below 10 feet above finished floor, finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. 4. For exterior applications, provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. C. Ductwork Installation 1. For ductwork exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces below 10 feet above finished floor, finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250-7 2. For exterior applications, provide insulation with vapor barrier jacket. Cover with outdoor jacket finished as specified in Section 15800. 3.04 PIPE SUPPORTS INSTALLATION A. Pre-insuiated pipe supports shall be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. On hot pipe, apply three inch wide vapor barrier tape or band over the butt joint. C. On refrigerant piping, apply a wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement on all butt joints and seal the joints with a minimum of three inch wide vapor barrier tape or band. 3.05 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 SOUND INSULATION Where indicated, specified duct dimensions are net clear dimensions, i.e., clear dimensions, after sound insulation has been installed. END OF SECTION CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSULATION 15250 -8 SECTION 15300 AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. SECTION 15050 - MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS applies to this Section with the additions and modifications specified herein. B. Work Included: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and necessary incidentals for the complete renovation of the existing "sprinkler" system including but not limited to: Demolition, relocation and new installation of piping and sprinkler heads to accommodate new construction. These specifications are intended to describe, generally, the scope of work but shall not be considered as a list of work to be performed under this contract. All work necessary for a complete operating fire protection system with all fixtures and equipment shall be provided. C. Related Work in Other Sections: 1. Cutting and patching as specified elsewhere. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Contractor shall provide evidence of having a minimum of five (5) years experience in the fabrication and installation of fire protection systems. B. Requirements of Governing Agencies: Conform to all requirements of the agencies listed below in addition to all other agencies having jurisdiction: 1. Insurance Underwriters. C. Guarantees: Furnish a written guarantee form, required under Division 1, against defects in materials and workmanship for 1 year. Guarantee shall include repair of damage to, or replacement if so required, of any part of premises caused by water leaks or breaks in pipe, fixtures, or equipment provided under this Division. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15300- 1 s~^ D. Design Criteria: 1. A complete hydraulically calculated automatic fire sprinkler system for areas noted in Article 02.b. Office areas shall be considered Light Hazard. Laboratory areas, warehouse storage areas and production areas shall be considered Ordinary Hazard Group 2. The calculations shall take all site conditions into consideration including but not limited to: a. Site main piping layout b. Static water pressure in site main system of shall be verified in field. E. Coordinate with Architectural reflected ceiling plan for head locations. Coordinate all fire sprinkler head location and type with Architect. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 15050 for requirements. In addition, the following shall apply. f B. Shop Drawings: Within 30 days after award of contract and before any of the materials of this section are delivered to the job site, submit seven (7) complete sets of erection Drawings and brochures on all materials and equipment to the Architect in accordance with the provisions of Section 15050 and Division 1 of these specifications. 1. Prior to submittal of Erection Drawings and hydraulic calculations to Architect, submit Drawings and Hydraulic Calculations to Owner's Fire Insurance Underwriters and the local fire department and obtain their approval. Plans bearing the stamps of approval shall be submitted to the Architect. 2. The location of heads is of critical importance to location of lights, diffusers and in furnishing a coordinated ceiling pattern consistent with tile and other architectural features. Submit preliminary layout showing only head locations for review and approval. Additional heads which may be required for a coordinated ceiling pattern shall be furnished without added cost even though the number of heads and related piping may exceed minimum requirements, f~^ 3. Pay atl costs related to preparation of plans. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15300 - 2 x— 4. Minimum information required on plans: a. Section of building showing risers. b. Floor plans of building showing all lights, air conditioning ducts and equipment. c. Clearly indicate all sprinkler heads, control and drain valves, points of entry into the building, pipes and sizes, sleeves, alarm systems, fire department connections, control panels, and other requirements. d. Completely coordinate clearances required with other trades. 5. Operating Instructions: a. Deliver to Architect two complete sets, in bound booklet form, of written operating and maintenance instructions and brochures for equipment specified in this Division. Fully instruct Owner's operating personnel and demonstrate performance, operation and maintenance of equipment. Amount of time allocated for said instructions and demonstrations of equipment and systems shall be part of these obligations. C. Test Approval Letter: Obtain letter, in triplicate, from the Owner's Fire insurance Underwriters. Letter to indicate satisfactory installation in all respects. Submit letter prior to final acceptance. D. Record Drawings: Maintain complete project record drawings in accordance with Section 15050 and Division 1 of these specifications. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Take all precautions necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation. B. Replacements:r In the event of damage, immediately repair all damaged and defective work CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15300-3 x~ to the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 MISCELLANEOUS A. Examination of the Site: Exercise care in examining the site and coordinate all work indicated on the drawings with existing conditions. Report to Architect in writing conditions which will prevent proper execution of this work. By submission of the bid, the contractor warrants that he has familiarized himself with the existing conditions and will perform all work as required for hook-up demolition and rerouting and as required by the contract documents at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Permits and Fees: Arrange and pay for all permits, inspections and fees required by all governing agencies. Deliver all certificates to the Architect. C. Drawings: s— Coordinate all space requirements with other trades. Drawings indicate ' desired location and arrangement of piping, equipment and other items, and are to be followed as closely as possible. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: All materials to be used in this project shall be new and shall have U.L. - P.M. approval. A. Pipe and Fittings Above Ground: Branch piping: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM A120 with Class 125 Standard cast-iron screwed fittings, ASTM A120. B. Main Piping: 1. Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM A120, welded, rolled groove without metal removal or grooved end in accordance with Victaulic's (Gustin-Bacon or equal) directions or threaded ends. 2. Fittings shall be standard weight weld or Class 125 Standard cast- f iron screwed fittings, ASTM A120 or Victaulic fittings with Grade E gaskets. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15300 - 4 3. Light wall pipe, ASTM A120, roll grooved without metal removal with Victaulic fittings with Style 75 coupling with Grade E gaskets. 4. Mechanical couplings and fittings shall be of same manufacturer. C. O.S. & Y. Valves; 175 Ib. WWP, 2 in. and smaller: Stockham B-133, Crane 459 or Nibco T-104-0 or equal, bronze body, screwed. D. O.S. & Y. Valves; 175 Ib. WWP, 2*1/2 in. and larger: Stockham G-634, Crane 467 or Nibco F-607-0, or equal, iron body, flanged. E. Angle Valves; 175 Ib. WWP, Nibco T-301, or equal, bronze screwed. F. Fire Sprinkler Heads: 1. Finished ceiling areas shall be provided with Central Model H (recessed pendant type) chrome finish heads and escutcheon. In areas where there are no finished ceilings, provide Central Model A upright or pendant type with brass finish or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspections: 1. Prior to commencing work required by this section, inspect the work of other trades and verify that such work has been properly completed and installed to allow for proper installation of all materials and methods required of this section. 2. All fire protection systems shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of all governing authorities and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15300 - 5 —, 3. Interferences between installed work of various trades due to lack of • coordination shall be resolved by the Architect whose decision is final. Relocate or offset any work as required to accommodate work of other trades, at no extra cost to the Owner, when so directed by the Architect. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Conform to all requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Attention is called to requirements that air conditioning, plumbing and electrical systems are to be installed in locations adjacent to sprinkler system piping. Coordinate efforts with other trades doing work on site to avoid interference. Work specified shall be installed and arranged as directed in a satisfactory manner. Check conditions at site and examine pertinent drawings before preparing working drawings. Take measurements for this work, verify drawings of other trades and be responsible for proper installation in available space for appurtenances herein specified or indicated. Before making any changes considered necessary, secure approval of the Architect for such variations. C. Sleeves: f Sleeves through fire rated walls and floors shall be a fire-stop system assembly, code approved for fire separation rating. D. Tests: Test systems in accordance with NFPA #13, #14, #24 and local Fire requirements. Attention is called to NFPA pamphlets 13 and 24 requiring flushing and testing in the presence of Owner's Representative and Owner's Insurance Underwriter. E. Certification: Upon completion, subcontractor and general contractor's representatives shall jointly inspect work of this Section and deliver a written certification to the Architect that installed materials and workmanship conform to specifications. F. All labeling of valves and equipment shall be done as required. END OF SECTIONr CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15300-6 SECTION 15400 r PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work under this section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing the plumbing work, except as hereinafter specifically excluded. B. Work included shall be as indicated, but not limited to the following: 1. Sanitary Soil, Waste and Vent System 2. Domestic and Industrial Hot and Cold Water System 3. Natural Gas Piping System 4. Demolition and Rerouting of Existing and Temporary Piping Systems 5. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment 6. Condensate Drain Piping. 7. Sterilization and Tests 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The General Conditions, Division 1 and the Mechanical General Provisions, Section 15050, are a part of this section and apply as fully as if repeated herein. B. Code Compliance: Materials and installation shall comply with IAPMO Uniform Plumbing Code and applicable codes as currently adopted by the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. C. Trim and connection of equipment not furnished under this section of work: Equipment will be furnished and set in place under other sections of work; however, provide rough-ins, supply stops, valves, regulators, traps and other appurtenances necessary and make final plumbing connections. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: Pipe and fittings for water and DWV systems shall be as follows except sizes shall be as indicated. All DWV pipe fittings shall be long-radius type, except that fittings in vent piping may be short-radius. B. Soil, Waste and Vent Piping: 1. All cast iron pipe and fittings shall comply to standards of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. Each length of pipe and each fitting shall be plainly marked with the manufacturer's name and with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute symbol. 2. Buried Within Building Boundary: ASTM A74 cast iron pipe and fittings, asphaitic coated; joints: hub and spigot (without bead) and ASTM C-564 elastomeric gasket. a. Option: ASTM A-888 No-hub cast iron pipe and fittings asphaitic coated. Joints: ASTM 48 cast-iron clamps with 304 stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers; ASTM C-564 elastomeric gasket: M-G Coupling, Univco or equal. b. Option: ASTM A-888 No-hub cast-iron pipe and fittings, asphaitic coated; Joints: cast-iron push-on couplings with ASTM C-564 elastomeric gaskets; "Best" American Brass & Iron or equal. 3. Above Ground: ASTM A-888 hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; Joints: CISPI 310-90, 301 stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies with ASTM C-564 elastomeric gaskets. C. Indirect Waste and Condensate Drain Piping Above Ground: 1. DWV hard drawn copper pipe, ASTM B88; fittings: 1-1/4-inch and smaller, ANSI B16.22 wrought copper (pressure type). 1-1/2-inch and larger, DWV wrought copper or cast copper (drainage type); Joints: 50-50 solder. D. P-Traps, Trap Arms and Fixture Tailpieces (Receiving Deionized Waste Water) From Equipment Drains: ASTM D2146 flame retardant polypropylene DWV pipe and fittings; IAPMO approved; temperature limit 212°F; schedule 40 pipe dimension requirements; joints: electric coil fused; Fuseal, Orion or equal. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400-2 x-^E. Water (Potable, Industrial Hot and Cold)Piping: 1 . Above Ground: ASTM B88 Type L hard drawing copper tubing with ANSI B16.22 wrought copper fittings; joints; lead-free 95-5 tin- antimony solder. F. Natural Gas Piping: Black steel, ASTM A-120, Schedule 40, with screwed ends. Fittings: 2-inch and smaller, 150 Ib. black malleable iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3. 2-1/2 inch and larger, standard weight steel fittings, butt welding type, ANSI B16.9. G. Miscellaneous Pipe Fittings: 1. Unions (on all piping 2-inches diameter, and smaller): a. For Copper Piping: Cast bronze, ground joint pattern, solder joints connections, ASTM B62 and ANSI B16.18. b. For Steel Piping: 250 Ib. malleable iron, railroad type, brass seat, threaded. 2.02 VALVES A. General: Valves for similar service shall be of one manufacturer. B. Ball Valves, 2-inches and smaller: Two-piece bronze body, threaded or solder ends; lever handle; teflon seats and seals; full port on sizes 1/4-inch through 1-inch, conventional port on sizes 1-1/4-inches through 2-inches; chrome-plated bronze ball and bronze stem, blow-out proof; 600 psig WOG; Nibco T-585-70 or S-585-70, Stockham S-216 BR-R-T or 216 BR-R-S, or equal. C. Gas Plug Valves: All iron or semi-steel lubricated plug cocks, ACF No. 1430, Homestead 601 or equal. D. Swing Check Valves: 2-inches and smaller: Bronze body; Y-pattern; screwed cap; bronze disc; 200 psig WOG; Nibco T-413-B or S-413-B, Stockham B-309 or equal. E. Pressure Reducing Valves: 2-1 /2-inches and Smaller: All bronze; integral or separate strainer with monel or stainless steel screen; replaceable monel or stainless steel seat and washer; nylon reinforced neoprene diaphragm; Wilkins 500 YS Series, Watts 223-S, Cash-Acme, or equal. F. Relief Valves: CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400-3 x~v 1. Domestic Hot Water Tanks: a. Pressure-Temperature Relief: Bronze body; ASME rated; AGA Certified; 210°F temperature relief; 70-150 psig setting range; Watts Series 40 and 140, Cash-Acme NCLX Series, or equal. b. Valve shall have no pressure setting which exceeds the tank working pressure. 2.03 PIPING ACCESSORIES A. Strainers, Wye Type: 1. Provide each strainer with 20 mesh monel or stainless steel strainer cylinder, and gasketed machined strainer cap. 2. 2-inches and Smaller: 250 WWP, cast bronze body, threaded ends; Armstrong F4SC, Keckley Style F, Watts 777, or equal. B. Water Filters: Activated carbon (taste, odor, sediment) replaceable cartridge; 5 micron; compact size; polypropylene housing and cap; ,— threaded connections; manual bleed valve; 125 psig working pressure; mounting bracket; Ametek No. 10-C1, Keystone or equal. C. Caulking and Sealant: Silicone rubber sealant, select color same as fixture where applied. Dow-Corning 748/5, General Electric SCS-1702 or equal. D. Backflow Preventers: Shall be certified by the Foundation for Cross- Connection Control Research: 1. Reduced Pressure Type: Febco Model 825 Watts 909, or equal. 2. Units shall be complete with gate valves, relief valves and test cocks. E. Water Meter: 1-1/2-inch and smaller: Conforms with AWWA C700; displacement type; hermetically sealed straight-reading register reading cubic feet, flanged connections; Rockwell, Hersey or equal. F. Pressure-Sensitive Tape: Identified PVC; not less than 10 mils thick; Protecto Wrap 200 with 1170 primer, Republic X-Tru-Tape primer and tape, Johns-Manville VID-10 tape with 22 primer, or equal. G. Water Filters: Activated carbon (taste, odor, sediment) replaceable cartridge; 5 micron; compact size; polypropylene housing and cap; r threaded connections; manual bleed valve; 125 psig working pressure; mounting bracket; Ametek No. 10-C1, Keystone or equal. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400-4 H. Fire Rated Pipe Penetration Assemblies: U.L listed thru penetration fire stop systems as approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Assemblies shall be provided for all pipe materials penetrating fire rated walls and floors. 3-M (Minnesota Mining Company) Fire Protection Products, Dow Corning Firestop Systems or equal. I. Thermometers: 7-inch size die east aluminum case with metallic blue black finish; clear acrylic plastic window with stainless steel caps; lens front red mercury tube; white scale with black embossed figures and 2-degree graduations in temperature range from 0-1 SOT; brass stem with union connection and adjustable angle range; tapered brass bulb chamber and well; Trerice A401, Marshalltown or equal. J. Pressure Gauges: Phosphor bronze or stainless steel bourbon tube; bronze brushed or stainless steel rotary movement; minimum accuracy of one percent of scale range; adjustable black pointer or equal means of effecting front calibration; minimum 4-inch dial diameter; white background with black letters; liquid (glycerine) filled; case material: aluminum, brass, steel, type 304 stainless steel, or phenolic; flangeless type case for stem or pipe installations and flush mount type for panelboard installations. Provide brass gauge cock. Pacific Scientific Model G Severe Duty, Weksler Type -^ AY Series or equal. 2.04 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General Requirements: 1. Each category, type or group of fixtures shall be the product of one manufacturer. 2. All fixtures shall comply with the State of California Energy Commission (CEC) requirements of maximum flow. B. Supplies: Angle type stop with wheel handle and flexible risers; Brasscraft, Speedway, Robert, McGuire, or equal. C. P-Trap/Trap Arm Assemblies for DWV Systems: Chrome-plated, brass trap and 17 gauge tubing arm. For fixtures receiving deionized waste water, provide polypropylene P-Trap and arm assemblies with unions. D. Flow Controls (for all lavatories and sinks except where noted otherwise): Provide integral flow controls in aerators or base of faucet spouts 0.5 gpm for lavatories and 2.0 gpm for sinks. E. Water Closets (WC-1): Floor mounted; flushometer pressure tank; vitreous china; elongated bowl; siphon jet action; water conservation type; 1.5 gpf; CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400 - 5 f~* floor flange; American-Standard 2292.203, Kohler or equal. 1. Toilet Seat: Industrial type; solid white plastic; open front; elongated; combination self-sustaining and concealed check hinge; Olsonite Model No. 10CC-SS, Bemts No. 1955-SSC or equal. F. Water Closets, Handicapped (WC-2): Floor mounted, flushometer pressure tank; 18-inch high; vitreous china, elongated bowl; siphon jet action; water conservation type; 1.5 gpf; floor flange; American-Standard 2168.128, Kohler or equal. 1. Toilet Seat: Industrial type; solid white plastic; open front; elongated; combination self-sustaining and concealed check hinge; Olsonite Model No. 10CC-SS, Bemis No. 1955-SSC or equal. G. Urinals (U-1): Wall-hung; siphon jet action; vitreous china; water saver; top spud for exposed flush valve; American-Standard 6540.017, Kohler or equal. 1. Flush Valves, Exposed: Rubber diaphragm type; non-hold-open handle; vacuum breaker; screwdriver stop-check valve; sweat solder adaptor; 1.0 gpf flow control. Sloan Royal 180-1, Zurn or equal. r^H. Handicapped Lavatories (L-1): Counter-mounted; oval self-rimming; vitreous china; front overflow; 20-inch by 17-inch overall; faucet holes on integral deck as required to match faucet specified; American Standard 0475 or 0476, Kohler or equal. 1. Metering faucet; cold and hot mixing; push button with lever; grid strainer with 1-1/4-inch O.D. tailpiece; brass body; chrome finish; Symmons S-60-G-H or equal. I. Drain Fixtures and Floor Sinks: 1. Manufacturer's model numbers, trim and accessories noted are for quality reference and convenience purposes only. Acceptable manufacturers for cast iron units are Josam, Smith, Wade, Zurn, or equal. a. Provide with nickel bronze funnel where indicated, Smith 3581. 2. Floor Drains (FD-1): Cast iron body; 6-inch diameter adjustable nickel bronze strainer; Smith 2010-A. 3. Floor Drains (FD-2): Medium duty, cast iron body; 8-inch diameter ' nickel bronze grate; sediment bucket; trap primer connection; Smith 2110. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400 - 6 J. Hose Bibbs (HB-1): All brass; vacuum breaker-backflow preventer; loose key; chrome plated for interior locations, rough brass for exterior locations and mechanical rooms; Acorn 8121, Woodford 24, or equal. K. Sink, Lounge (SK-1): 18 gauge, 302 stainless steel; self rimming; single compartment; fully undercoated; 14-inch by 14-inch across by 7-1/2-inches deep inside compartment; faucet holes, as required to match faucet specified; stainless steel basket strainer and cup with 1-1/2-inch O.D. tailpiece; Just SL-2017-A-GR, Elkay, or equal. 1. Single lever faucet with 8-inch swing spout; 2.0 gpm flow control; brass body, chrome finish; American-Standard 4205.041, Just, or equal. L Floor Sinks (FS-1): Cast iron body, acid resistant coated white porcelain inside; 6-inch deep receptor; dome bottom strainer; 8-1/2-inch full nickel bronze or aluminum grate; cut grate to accommodate piping as required; Smith 3040. M. Emergency Shower (ES-1): ANSI Z358.1-1981, chrome plated brass shower head, flush ceiling mounted; stay-open ball valve; stainless steel pull rod with ring or triangular handle for ceiling heights indicated; Haws 8169,-^ ' Western, or equal. 2.05 PLUMBING ACCESSORIES A. Water Hammer Arresters: Hard drawn copper cylinder assembly; brass piston with EPDM "O" rings; factory air charged; 150 psig working pressure at 33°F to 300°F; 1500 psig surge pressure; product shall meet or exceed performance requirements as set forth by PDl WH201 and ASSE 1010; Watts, Precision Plumbing Products, Sioux Chief, or equal. B. Trap Primers, Automatic: Cast bronze or brass body with automatic operation of trap primer valve at maximum 3 psig system pressure drop; 35- 75 psig operating range; distribution unit for multiple trap connections: copper reservoir with brass fittings and mounting bracket; Smith 2699, Zurn Z1022, Precision Plumbing Products Model P, or equal. C. Expansion Tanks: Welded steel construction, heavy duty butyl diaphragm; polypropylene-lined water reservoir, air charge valve; support skirt where required, 150 psig maximum working pressure, 40 psig factory air charge, IAPMO and NSF approved; Amtrol Therm-X-Trol or equal. D. Vent Hoods: Cast iron; vandal proof; caulked; Smith 1748, Zurn Z-193 or equal. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400-7 E. Silicone Rubber Sealant: Dow-Corning 784/5, General Electric SCSI 702, or equal. F. Cleanouts: 1. Floor Cleanout (FCO) Finished Areas: Cast iron ferrule; taper thread bronze plug; adjustable nickel bronze round secured scoriated cover; Smith 4023, Zurn Z-1400-ZN-BP or equal. a. Cleanouts located in carpeted areas shall be provided with factory made, 1-1/2-inch diameter stainless steel carpet markers. 2. Wall Cleanout (WCO) Finished Areas: Cast iron cleanout tee; taper thread bronze plug; shallow stainless steel cover; vandal-proof screws; Smith 4532, Zurn Z-1446-BP or equal. 3. Wall Cfeanout (WCO) Unfinished and Accessible Areas: Cast iron ferrule; taper thread bronze plug; vandal-proof screws; Smith 4420, Zurn Z-1440-BP or equal. G. Pipe Flashing Assemblies: Combination flashing and counterflashing assembly for piping penetrations thru roof. 1. Flashing: 4-pound for general areas, 6 pound for corrosive areas; seamless lead with 5-inch high reinforced steel boot and minimum 8- inch diameter skirt; Stoneman 1100, R.K. Industries or equal. 2. Counterflashing: Cast iron body with rust resistant coating; caulk type; vandal-proof set screws; Stoneman 1540, Smith or equal. H. Gas Vents and Fittings: UL listed, Type B for use with natural gas fired water heaters and boilers; double-wall construction, reflecting aluminum or stainless steel inner pipe and aluminized or galvanized steel outer pipe; assembly shall include all necessary brackets, thimbles, flashings and roof ventilation cap as required; AMPCO Ameri-Vent, Selkiri-Metalbestos or equal. 2.06 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. General Requirements: 1. See equipment schedules on the drawings for manufacturer model numbers, sizes and capacities. 2. Equipment for similar service shall be of one manufacturer. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400-8 B. Water Heaters, Gas (WH-1): CEC approved; AGA certified; ASME stamped; vertical storage type; commercial grade; glass lined; 125 psig working pressure; magnesium anodes; draft diverter; insulation; finished steel jacket; ASME T&P valve; gas train and controls; 100 percent safety shut-off; Lochinvar, American, Rheem, Ruud, A.O. Smith, or equal. C. Water Heater, Electric, Instantaneous (WH-2 & 3): UL listed, CEC approved; automatic, non-storage instantaneous type; scale resistant lined tubing; stainless steel heating element; high temperature safety shut-off; flow control; differential flow switch actuated; enamel finish metal housing with mounting brackets; unit designed for point of use installation; capacities and electrical characteristics as indicated; Chronomite, EEMAX or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall carefully study all drawings, and make a careful examination of the premises. He shall definitely deter- mine in advance, the methods of installing and connecting the apparatus, — the means to be provided for getting equipment into place, and make ' himself thoroughly familiar with all the requirements of the contract. After award of the contract, no subsequent allowances will be made to the Contractor due to his failure to comply with the above requirements or any other conditions affecting the installation and completion of all work. B. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate and are given for estimate purposes only. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc., and shall assume full responsibility for proper mating of the work in this section with other parts, equipment and the structure. C. Any minor changes in work, which has not been installed, shall be made by the Contractor without additional compensation, except changes which are caused by architectural revisions which increase or decrease the size of the materials specified or indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall submit an estimate of the cost or credit for such changes he does not consider of a minor nature and shall proceed only upon the written authorization of the Architect. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Measurements: Determine and establish measurements for piping at the job site and accurately cut pipe and tubing lengths. Random lengths joined by couplings will not be accepted. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400 - 9 B. Locating: Piping layout as shown is diagrammatic indicating only the general arrangement which the piping installation shall follow. Locate piping so as to avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, and building openings, and so that access is provided for operation, service, disconnection, removal, and replacement of valves, fixtures, and equipment. Locate piping to maintain headroom and keep passageways and openings clear. Run piping parallel and straight with adjacent walls or ceilings to present a uniform appearance. Within building, conceal all piping in walls and above ceiling except where specifically indicated to remain exposed. Bending or forcing of pipe will not be allowed. Use fittings for all offsets or changes in direction for alignment of piping. Proper provision shall be made for expansion and contraction by means of pipe offsets or flexible connections. Do not cross-connect or interconnect water and sewer piping. C. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean interior of all water piping before joining by blowing clear with compressed air. Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation. Provide caps or plugs on ends of cleaned piping as necessary to maintain cleanliness. Water shall not be allowed in the trenches while the sewer lines are being laid. Dirt, cement, or any other superfluous material of any description shall be carefully removed from the interior of the drain systems as the work progresses. Constant inspection shall be made of pipe and fittings during and after all installation for possible fractures and failures caused by installation. Backfill so as not to disturb pipe or jointing. Flush out all water mains and sanitary and condensate drains with water so as to obtain free flow. Remove all obstructions and defects discovered. Remove and relay any sections of pipe already laid and found to be defective or which has had grade or joints disturbed. Openings in pipes, drains, fittings apparatus and equipment shall be kept covered or plugged to prevent foreign substance from entering. D. Cutting and Notching: No cutting, notching or boring of holes for pipe or equipment will be allowed in any structural members without written consent of the Architect. Where conditions exist that pipes are to pass through or interfere with any structural member, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a request describing such work. Should furnishing this information be neglected, delayed, or incorrect and additional cutting is required, the costs of same shall be borne by Contractor E. Soil, Waste and Vent Piping: Unless otherwise noted, uniformly grade soil/waste and storm piping not less than 1/4-inch per foot. Where conditions permit, use long sweep elbow for transition from drops to horizontal piping below grade. Where possible, group and join vent risers together with one enlarged vent through roof. Termination of vents through roof indicated are tentative; verify, coordinate, and offset as necessary for final locations to keep at least 10-feet away outside air intakes, and building CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400-10 --^ openings (windows, doors, etc.). F. Condensate Drains: Provide minimum 3 inch deep seal trap and plugged cleanout tee at the equipment connection. Slope piping at 1 /8 inch per foot minimum. G. Cleanouts: Install cleanouts at all changes in direction of piping and where indicated. Within building, distances between cleanouts shall not exceed 50-feet for pipe up to 3-inches and 100-feet for larger sizes. Cleanouts shall be full line size. Do not install cleanouts in the ceiling. Terminate underground sewer and storm piping stub-outs with full wye cleanout within 6-inches of grade, and locate in a precast concrete box with a cast iron lid marked "Sewer" or "Storm" as applicable. Install box flush with grade. On multiple-story structures, at base of each pipe drop to below grade, provide a cast iron sanitary tee with brass cleanout plug located approximately 6- inches above finished floor or pavement. H. Hub-and-Spigot Compression Joints: Install gasketed compression joints in accordance with the recommendations and printed instructions of the pipe and fitting manufacturer. Joints shall be installed with hub ends pointing upgrade. Pipe with cracked hubs shall be replaced. f I. Hubless Joints: Install clamp assemblies with bolts alternately and incrementally tightened to manufacturer's recommended torque. Use a single set-point torque wrench manufactured specifically for this purpose. The use of screwdrivers or other types of wrenches will not be permitted. After a period of at least 24 hours, re-torque each bolt. J. Domestic and Industrial Water Piping: 1. Provide each plumbing fixture (including hose bibb) with individual stops or compression valves; exposed. Where supplies are concealed within walls, provide long neck built-in compression stops with flange for required wall thickness with exposed parts chrome- plated. Where fixture trim is specified with integral built-in stops, individual stops will not be required. 2. Provide automatic trap primers for all drain traps subject to infrequent use. 3. Provide check valve on inlets of mixing valves (faucets excepted). Omit where mixing valves have integral check valves. K. Soldered and Brazed Joints: Solder or braze all joints on copper piping. ^ Cut tubing ends square and remove all fins and burrs, do not use dented or otherwise damaged tubing. Clean outside of tubing ends and recessed CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 11 _ area inside of fittings by burnishing until all dirt, oxide and other foreign ' substances are removed. Use either fine crocus cloth or a wire fitting brush made especially for this type of work. Apply a light coating of flux to burnished tubing and fitting joint surfaces, then insert tubing to full depth of fitting and braze or solder, as applicable. Maintain joint brazing or soldering temperature until brazing alloy or solder metal has penetrated full depth of fittings and has expelled all fiux. Before making joints to valves, remove stems and washers. L Unions and Fittings: Use unions to provide for disconnection of valves, fixtures and equipment for which a means of disconnection is not otherwise provided. Provide dielectric fittings for all copper-to-ferrous metal piping (including DWV) and equipment connections. Unions shall not be installed in concealed locations. Provide reducing fittings for all changes in pipe size (bushings will not be accepted). Use fittings for all changes in direction of piping. Street elbows and long screw fittings will not be accepted. The process of extruding material from the piping being installed is prohibited. M. Threaded Joints: Use pipe with factory-cut pipe threads where possible, otherwise cut pipe ends square, remove fins and burrs, and cut taper pipe threads per ANSI B1.20.1. Threads shall be smooth, clean, and full cut. Apply thread tape to male threads only. Work piping into place without r springing or forcing and engage threads so that not more than three threads remain exposed. Backing off to permit alignment of threaded joints will not be permitted. N. Isolation Valves: Install shut-off valves so valve stems are in the horizontal position or in the vertical position with handwheels/operators on top. Install so that valves are easily accessible for operation, service, removal and replacement. Provide valves at the locations indicated and as follows: 1. Shut-off valve on each supply to group of fixtures and equipment for isolation without shutting off the entire building service. 2. Shut-off valve on each supply to each equipment item not provided with control stop or other auxiliary shut-off valve. 3. Backflow preventer or vacuum breaker at equipment connections subject to backpressure, backflow or direct connection to sewer. O. Penetrations through fire rated walls or floors shall be U.L. listed through penetration firestop system assemblies for fire separation rating as required and installed per manufacturers printed instructions. Provide and install polished chromium plated brass floor ceiling or wall plates for all pipes, f~^ exposed in finished portions of the buildings. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400-12 P. Flashing: Provide flashing for all pipe and tubing extending through the ' roof. Extend the base flashing at least 8-inches in all directions from the pipe and turn the cap flashing down into the pipe. Counter flashing shall not restrict the internal cross-sectional area of the pipe. Flashing shall be installed as to be watertight. Q. Escutcheons: Provide chrome-plated escutcheons for all uninsulated pipe and tubing passing through finished floors, walls and ceilings. R. Vibration Isolation: All piping shall be isolated from other piping, conduit, ducts, studs, framing and any part of the building structure with manufactured pipe isolators or 1-inch wide strips of hair felt. S. Condensate Drains: Provide vented traps with vents at equipment connections. Slope drains at minimum 1/8-inch per foot. 3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. Perform excavation and backfilling including shoring, dewatering and other required work under this section unless otherwise specified. Conform to requirements of Section 15050 and Division 2. f^ 3.04 PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORTS: A. Piping shall be firmly held in place by adjustable steel or malleable iron hangers, supports and pipe rests in accordance with the recommendations of MSS SP-69. Locate hangers and supports adjacent to fitting at each offset or change of direction, at the ends of branches over 5' long, at base of riser pipes and along piping where necessary to prevent grade reversals, sags, bends, or vibration. All hangers and supports shall be of design which will support weight of pipe, fluid and insulation and prevent sagging. B. Pipe clamps shall be heavy gage iron factory fabricated to fit against supporting surface when installed. Makeshift devices and perforated plumbers tape will not be acceptable. C. Seismtcally brace all piping and equipment as specified in Section 15050. D. Hangers supported by structural steel shapes shall be attached by cast iron clamps designed for use on the specific steel shape and equipped with retainers. Hangers supported from concrete structure shall be attached by drilled concrete expansion anchors. E. All hangers shall be attached to halter rod by means of adjustable swivel, f~~" turnbuckle or double knot arrangement to allow height adjustment. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 13 F. Vertical piping shall be suitably supported from the building structure where required by means of malleable iron or steel pipe clamps of ample size, either bolted or welded to the pipe and supported at the floor slab. Supports shall also act as anchors to allow for expansion and contraction of the piping. Provide rubber isolators for clamps where required for elimination of vibration and sound to the structure. Vertical "no-hub" components shall be secured at each joint and at each floor. G. Miscellaneous Supports: Wall brackets, etc., shall be provided where required in accordance with the best standard practice of the trade. In the event additional structural steel is required to transmit loads to maintain structure, same shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. H. Horizontal piping supported with vertical wall supports shall be secured with rigid steel two-hole pipe to clamps bolted to support bracket. I. Horizontal cast iron piping. 1. Installation shall comply with CISPI Pamphlet NO. 100. Supports shall be adequate to maintain alignment and prevent sagging and shall be placed within eighteen (18") inches of the hub or joint. "No- Hub" or "Compression" gaskets joints must be supported at least at ' every other joint except that when the developed length between supports exceeds four (4') feet they shall be provided at each joint. Supports shall also be provided at each horizontal branch connection. Supports shall be placed on or immediately adjacent to the coupling. Suspended lines shall be suitable braces to prevent horizontal movement as specified Section 15050. 2. Hanger rods sizes shall be as follows: Pipe Size Rod Diameter 1-1/2 inch to 2 inch Pipe 3/8 inch 2-1/2 inch to 3 inch Pipe 1/2 inch 4 inch to 5 inch Pipe 5/8 inch 3. Trap arms and similar branches must be firmly secured against movement in any direction. Closet bends shall be stabilized by firmly clamping and blocking. Where vertical closet stubs are used they must be completely stabilized against all horizontal movement. J. Horizontal copper and steel piping: (~^ 1. Hanger spacing shall be as follows: CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 14 Pipe Size Copper Steel 1/2 inch 5 feet-0 inch 6 feet-0 inch 3/4 inch 5 feet-0 inch 8 feet-0 inch 1 inch 6 feet-0 inch 8 feet-0 inch 1-1/4 inch 7 feet-0 inch 10 feet-0 inch 1-1/2 inch - 2 inch 8 feet-0 inch 10 feet-0 inch 2-1/2 inch & larger 10 feet-0 inch 10 feet-0 inch 2. Pipe Size Rod Diameter 3/4 inch to 2 inch 3/8 inch 2-1/2 inch to 3 inch 1/2 inch 4 inch to 5 inch 5/8 inch All hangers for water piping shall be sized for use over trisolator. 3.05 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise specified herein, all fixtures shall be installed in f~^ accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. All plumbing fixtures shall be bedded, caulked and sealed along joint at walls, floors, counter tops, and other intersecting surfaces. C. Install fixtures where indicated with types of mounting noted or as hereinbefore specified. Verify installation height of all plumbing fixtures per architectural drawings. Do not install fixtures until all drainage and vent piping has been successfully tested as specified. D. Secure outlet of floor-mounted fixtures to drainage connections and floor in a rigid manner. E. Anchor supply piping in wall to each fixture using fittings with "fastening ears" to prevent movement. F. Fixtures not specified with integral traps shall be provided with separate traps. G. Provide each plumbing fixture with individual stops for hot and cold water connections unless integral with valves or faucets. Unless indicated otherwise, individual stops shall be mounted per standard or handicap f~" fixture rough-in requirements. CYPROS TENANf IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400 - 15 -^ H. Fixtures with wall-mounted hangers or carrier arms shall have hangers or ' arms securely mounted on thick steel wall plates which shall extend at least one stud beyond the first and last fixture mounting points. Concealed arm assemblies shall be securely attached to wall plates. Wall plates shall be recessed flush with studs and shall be securely attached to studs at each end. Reinforcing of studs shall be provided as necessary to support fixture operating load. Floor mounted carriers shall be secured to structural concrete slabs with concrete anchor bolts. Where concrete, steel, and wood composite floor decks exit, provide bolts through floor with backing plates or blocking as required. I. Use chromium-plated brass bolts, nuts and washers where exposed on fixture, otherwise use brass or bronze bolts, nuts and washers. J. Use new one-piece specially molded gaskets for connections between earthenware fixtures and soil pipe flanges. Connections shall be made gas- tight and water-tight. Use of bulk material, including putty and plastics, for gaskets will not be permitted. K. Plumbing Fixtures for the Physically Handicapped: Products and installations shall conform to the requirements of the ADA, CCR Title 24 UPC with State of California Amendments and all applicable codes and standards. Coordinate flush valve locations with grab bar elevations. Mount flush valves for water closets with operator towards wide side of enclosure at maximum 44-inches above finished floor. Lavatories installed for handicap use shall have trap and hot water supply insulated. See Section 15250, Insulation. 3.06 PLUMBING ACCESSORIES A. Water Hammer Arresters (WHA): Locate and size in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard No. WH-201. Install on both hot and cold water lines in upright position where indicated and at all quick closing valves, solenoid valves and connections to equipment with integral quick closing valves unless such devices are provided with equipment. Provide access panels for all water hammer arresters installed in concealed areas. B. Floor Sinks and Floor Drains: Unless otherwise indicated, install flush with finish floor. Clamp flashing devices (membranes) to flashing clamps where indicated at shower floors, area drains, planter drains, etc. C. Automatic Trap Primers: Provide access panels for all primers located in concealed areas.r D. Cleanouts: Install floor cleanouts flush with finish floor. Where located CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 16 x~ outside, install flush with finish surface or grade. 3.07 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. Plumbing equipment and pumps, shall be installed in accordance with the details and notes indicated and the recommendations and printed instructions of the manufacturer for each item. In addition, installation shall be in compliance with NFPA 54 for gas-fired water heaters. Electrical connections to equipment and controls shall be in accordance with Division 16. Provide individual discharge piping for each water heater relief valve. Unless otherwise indicated, discharge piping shall extend down to within 12- inches but not nearer than 6-inches from the floor. 3.08 WATER SYSTEM STERILIZATION A. All potable water lines shall be sterilized with chlorine. The chlorine residual concentration shall indicate not less than 50 parts per million and shall be retained for a period of not less than twenty-four (24) hours. Repeat procedure if residual concentration has decreased below 25 PPM. Flush system until residual is not more than 0.5 PPM. All work and certification of performance must be done by qualified personnel. Submit certification -~, to Architect. 3.09 CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Thoroughly clean all parts of the piping, valves, and equipment. Exposed parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials and all oil and grease spots shall be removed. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and ail crevices and corners scraped out. B. Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushed to remove rust and other spots left smooth and clean. Trap elements shall be removed during cleaning and flushing period, after which they shall be replaced and adjusted. C. Cover plates shall not be installed until finish coat of paint is completed. Device handles and receptacles shall be covered and/or protected during the painting operation to preserve the original factory bright new finish. 3.10 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS A. No piping work, fixtures, or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the Architect, who shall be notified when the work is ready for inspection. All work shall be completely installed, tested as required by this section and the State Ordinances and State Safety Orders, and shall be leak-tight before inspection is requested. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 17 x~ All tests shall be repeated upon request to the satisfaction of those making the inspection. B. All domestic water piping shall be flushed out, tested at 150 psi and shall be left under pressure of supply main or a minimum of 40 psi for the balance of the construction period. No air testing is allowed. Tests are to be applied for a minimum period of twenty-four (24) hours and until tests are complete. Final pressures at the end of test period shall be no more nor less than that caused by expansion of contraction of the test medium due to temperature changes. C. Soil, waste, vent and condensate drain piping within the building shall be tested with a minimum of 10 foot head at each joint for a minimum of three hours with no loss in head. D. Plumbing fixtures shall be filled with water and checked for leaks and retarded drainage flow. Faucet aerators shall be removed and cleaned thoroughly. E. Natural Gas Piping Above Grade: 1. Blow all piping with compressed air and test at 60 psig pressure for twenty-four (24) hours with recording gage. Soap test all Joints in addition to the gate test. 2. Certification of test results shall be presented to the Architect prior to final acceptance. 3. Start-Up: Light all equipment pilots after purging the system. 3.11 DRAWINGS OF RECORD: A. In addition to the "Record Drawings" required, provide two complete sets of blue line plumbing drawings for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. B. These drawings shall serve as work progress report sheets and the Contractor shall make all notations, neat and legible, thereon, daily as the work proceeds. The drawings shall be available for inspection at ail times and shall be kept at the job at a location designated. C. At completion of the work, these record drawings shall be signed by the Contractor indicating his approval, dated and returned to the Architect. r D. The dimension, location and invert elevations of buried piping shall be accurately recorded on the record drawings. Dimensions shall be from CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 18 x~ permanent building walls (not from column lines). 3.12 GUARANTEE: A. All work under this section shall be guaranteed in writing in accordance with the General Provisions Section 15050. B. All material except as otherwise noted shall be new, free from defect and of the quality and rating shown or specified. C. Any defect due to missing or improper materials or faulty workmanship existing or developing during the warranty period shall be corrected and the resulting damage repaired. D. The warranty period shall be one year from date of acceptance of the project, except for items guaranteed by the manufacturer for a longer period. 3.13 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT: A. Identify all equipment with nameplate bearing equipment name and number ^— using 1 -1 /2 inch wide, white Bakelite with 1 /2 inch black letters permanently mounted in a conspicuous place. B. Markings: Each piping system furnished and installed under this work shall be identified and the direction of flow indicated by means of legends, color banks and flow arrows, all as manufactured by W.H. Brady, Seton or equal. The markings shall be applied after all painting and cleaning of the piping and insulation is completed. The stick-ons shall be taped all around the pipe in addition to being cemented on. C. Location. 1. The identification shall be applied to all piping except those located in furred spaces without access to permit entrance of personnel and piping buried in the ground or concrete. 2. The symbol and flow arrow shall be applied at ail valve locations, at all points where piping and ducts enter or leave a wall, partition, cluster of piping or similar obstruction and at approximately 30-foot intervals on runs with a least one in each space or room. 3. Variation or changes in locations and spacing may be made with the approval of the Architect to meet conditions. 4. Wherever two or more pipes run parallel, the printed symbol and CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400- 19 x~ other markings shall be applied in the same relative locations so as to be in either vertical or horizontal linearity, whichever the case may be. 5. The markings shall be located so as to be conspicuous and legible at all times from any reasonable point. D. Sizes shall be as recommended in ANSI A13. E. Alternately the Contractor may submit a system of painted stenciled letters on a color coded background per ANSI A13. Complete data, color chart and sizes shall be submitted for approval. F. Valve charts shall be provided for each piping system and shall consist of schematic drawings of piping layouts showing and identifying each valve and describing its function. Upon completion of the work and after approval by the Architect, one copy of each chart, sealed to rigid backboard with clear lacquer placed under glass and framed, shall be mounted in the mechanical room where directed by the owner. Two additional unmounted copies shall be delivered to the Owner. Valve lists shall be furnished as required. ' G. Name Tags: Provide 1-1/4 inch plastic square or 1-1/4 inch round with 1/4 inch letters for all valves, Seton or approved equal. Black letters on white tags and marked for type of service intended. Attach tags to valve handles by "S" hooks. Furnish four printed lists showing valve number, service and location. One of these lists shall be individually framed with metal frames and glass fronts and mounted where directed by Owner after approval. One additional copy shall be furnished as required. 3.14 OPERATION A. See Section 15050, in addition the following shall apply. B. Operation Test. 1. At completion, Contractor shall operate all plumbing systems for a period of at least one day of eight hours minimum to demonstrate fulfillment of the requirements of the contract. During this time all adjustments shall be made to the equipment until the entire system is in satisfactory operating condition acceptable to the Owner. C. Final operation and instruction. 1. Upon completion of the installation of the equipment and after final acceptance, at a time approved by the Owner, the Contractor shall CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400 - 20 s-^ place a competent person, or persons at the building who shall ' operate the plant for a period of one eight-hour day instructing the Owner's Representative in all details of operation and maintenance. 2. Any required instructions from manufacturer's representatives shall be given during this period. The one day specified under "Operating Test" does not substitute for this day of final operation and instruction. 3. AH arrangement for operation periods shall be made through the Owner. 4. This day of instructions shall coincide with the one day of instructions specified in the Section 15800. 5. Submit certification of compliance, signed by the Owner, to the Architect. END OF SECTION r CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING 15400 - 21 x—, SECTION 15450 ( LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. The Mechanical General Requirements, Section 15050, is a part of this section and applies as fully as if repeated herein. B. The work under this section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing the work, except as hereinafter specifically excluded. The General Conditions and Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. C. Work included shall be as indicated on the drawings complete and operable including but not limited to the following. 1. Nitrogen gas piping system. 2. Laboratory dry vacuum system piping and appurtenances. 3. Acid Waste and vent system. 4. Demolition and rerouting of existing piping systems. 5. Deionized water system. 6. Laboratory fixtures and equipment. 7. Sterilization and tests. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. The General Conditions, Division 1 and the Mechanical General Provisions, Section 15050, are a part of this section and apply as fully as if repeated herein. B. Code Compliance: Materials and installation shall comply with lAPMO Uniform Plumbing Code and applicable codes as currently adopted by the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. C. Trim and connection of equipment not furnished under this section of work: Equipment will be furnished and set in place under other sections of work; however, provide rough-ins, supply stops, valves, regulators, traps and CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450- 1 other appurtenances necessary to make final plumbing connections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING AND FITTINGS: A. Legend and Abbreviations: LV DE Laboratory Vacuum (Dry) Deionized Water PP Polypropylene PVC Polyvinyl Chloride N Nitrogen AW,AV Acid Waste, Acid Vent B. Pipe and Fitting Schedule MATERIAL Copper Type "L" (ASTM B 88) hard drawn wrought copper fittings (ANSI B 16.22) PVC (ASTM D-1785) Type 1, Grade 1, NSF approved, Schedule 40 pipe and fittings. PP (ASTM D2146) acid waste and vent pipe and fittings, fire retardant, Orion or equal. C. Joint Schedule PIPING Copper Threaded pipe SERVICE Above Grade: LV (dry), N DE AW, AV SERVICE MATERIAL LV, N 95-5 tin-antimony solder Gasses Use Teflon tapes for thread lubricant. (Option: Pipe thread compound for natural gas) CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450 - 2 x— PVC (deionized Solvent Weld ' water) PP (Acid Waste & 300 Series SS clamps with Vent) acid resistant seals. 2.02 VALVES: A. GENERAL: Valves for laboratory air and carbon dioxide shall be especially prepared and packaged as for oxygen service. B. Valve schedule. TYPE SERVICE PRODUCT Ball LV, N . Nibco T580 or S580 400 PSI WP. Ball DE Orion Tru-Union, 150 psig or equal. --. CV DE Chemtrol Tru-Union design ( 150 PSIG, BC Series or equal. 2.03 HANGERS: A. For single pipe: MICHIGAN Hanger Company (M. Co.) Model 400 Kin-Line No. 455 or equal. B. For multiple pipes: Trapeze hangers M. Co. No. 436 series, standard dut y. length as required, Kin Line T-Series or equal with clamps. C. For wall supports: M. Co. "C" channel No. 435, 1-5/8 inch width series, Kin Line 4112 Series with pipe clamps. D. Install Stoneman "Trisolators" or equal between copper piping and hanger or clamp. 2.04 FIXTURES: A. Sink, Lab (LSK-1): 18 gauge, 316 stainless steet; self rimming; single compartment; fully undercoated; 16-inch by 22-inch across by 12-inches deep inside compartment; faucet holes as required to match faucets specified; stainless steel grid strainer with 1-1/2-inch O.D. tailpiece; Just f^ SLXD-2225-A-GR, Elkay, or equal. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450-3 /-^ 1. Industrial Cold/Hot Water Faucet: 8-inch swing gooseneck faucet combination; 4 arm handles; serrated nozzle; brass body, chrome finish; Chicago 929-GN8B, T&S Brass or equal. 2. Distilled Water Faucet: 8-inch swing gooseneck faucet; 4-arm handle; manual close; tin plated interior; serrated nozzle; brass bo dy, chrome outer finish with clear epoxy coating; Chicago 969-GN 8B, T&S Brass or equal. 3. Swing-away type eyewash unit; twin soft flow heads; push type ball valve (stay-open, manual close); pressure compensation devices; brass body, chrome finish; Haws Model 7612, Western, or equal. B. Sink, Lab (LSK-2): 18 gauge, 302 stainless steel; self rimming; single compartment; fully undercoated; 16-inch by 22-inch across by 12-inches deep inside compartment; faucet holes, as required to match faucet specified; stainless steel grid strainer with 1-1/2-inch O.D. tailpiece; Just SLXD-2225-A-GR, Eikay, or equal. 1. Industrial Cold/Hot Water Faucet: 8-inch swing gooseneck faucet combination; 4 arm handles; serrated nozzle; brass body, chrome ^ finish; Chicago 929-GN8B, T&S Brass or equal. C. Sink, Lab (LSK-3): Same as specified for LSK-1, except 302 stainless steel. D. Sink, Lab (LSK-4): 18 gauge, 302 stainless steel; self rimming; single compartment; fully undercoated; 16-inch by 22-inch across by 12-inches deep inside compartment; faucet holes, as required to match faucet specified; stainless steel grid strainer with 1-1/2-inch O.D. tailpiece; Just SLXD-2225-A-GR, Elkay, or equal. 1. Industrial Cold/Hot Water Faucet: 8-inch swing gooseneck faucet combination; 4 arm handles; serrated nozzle; brass body, chrome finish; Chicago 929-GN8B, T&S Brass or equal. 2. Distilled Water Faucet: 8-inch swing gooseneck faucet; 4-arm handle; manual close; tin plated interior; serrated nozzle; brass bo dy, chrome outer finish with clear epoxy coating; Chicago 969-GN 8B, T&S Brass or equal. E. Cup Sink, Lab (LCS-1 and 2): Black polypropylene self-rimming; oval sh ape bowl; 6-inch by 3-inch by 4-inch deep inside; 1-1/2-inch outlet; Orion CS1, Enfield or equal. f~^ 1. Industrial Cold Water Faucet: 5-inch rigid gooseneck faucet; 4 ar m handle; serrated nozzle; brass body, chrome finish; Chicago 92 CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450-4 x~• 7, T&S Brass or equal (provide two faucets at each cup sink). F. Turrets and Cocks (LV): 1. Turret, Counter (LV-1): Chicago 981 with two side openings at 18 0°, 3/8 inch female bottom inlet and outlets with threaded shank. 2. Turret, Wall (LV-2): Chicago 987F with two openings at 90°, 3/8-inch female inlet and outlets. 3. Cock (LV-1 and 2): Chicago 907 hose cock with 3/8-inch male inlet; service labeled. 2.05 EQUIPMENT A. Neutralization Tank (NT-1): High density polypropylene; flanged top with solid cover, gasket and bolts; inlet, outlet and vent connections sized per plans; tank capacity as indicated, provide initial fill of limestone or marble chips; Orion Enfield or equal. B. Nitrogen Manifold Assembly: 1. Equipment and assembly shall comply to NFPA 51 and CGA requirements. 2. Two cylinder manifold system including but not limited to: Manifold piping and fittings, cylinder shut-off valves, stainless steel cylinder pigtails and connections, pressure regulator with inlet and outlet pressure gauges, cylinder lead check valves, mounting brackets; Linde, Air Products or equal. 3. Cylinder size and system capacities as indicated on the drawings. C. Deionizer System: System shall be capable of delivering 10 to 15 megohm quality water at capacities indicated. System components shall include, but not be limited to: Piping flexible connections, quick disconnects, ball valves, check valves, pressure gauges, filters, support frame and mounting bracket assembly, mixed bed deionizers; resistivity meter; flow meter. System components shall be supplied installed and tested by a qualified water purification system contraction/supplier; Continental Western, Polymetrics or equal. 1. Mixed Bed Deionizers and Polishers: Steel tank with 20 mil polyethylene liner or fiberglass tank; 12-inch diameter; minimum 12 5 psig operating pressure at 120°F; mixed cations and anion resins; capacities as indicated. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450-5 x~ 2. Water Filters: In-line, replaceable cartridge type; reinforced polypropylene cap and filter housing; threaded connections; O-rin g seals; minimum 125 psig working pressure; mounting bracket; carbon filter cartridge and micron filter cartridge with micron rating s and flow capacities as indicated; provide adequate filter surface area for minimal pressure drop; Ametek or equal. 3. Flow Meter: Cylindrical rotameter; direct reading, 5-inch acyclic tube scale, 2.5% accuracy; PVC end fittings with o-ring seals; 316 stainless steel float; system flow as indicated shall be approximately mid-range of scale, 150 psig working pressure at 130°F; Ryan Herco K72-5801 or equal. 4. Water Quality (Resistivity) Meter: Direct reading, adjustable dial set point; LED lamps; 20,000 to 20,000,000 ohm-cm scale; ±2% accuracy; built-in relay with contacts for remote alarm; temperatur e compensation; on/off switch; 3/4-inch MPT cell with 20 foot cor d; 6 foot power cord; built-in recorder output; Foxboro Model RR-2 or equal. 5. Circulation Pump: Seal-less magnetic drive pump unit; glass filled ~ polypropylene pump housing and impeller; ceramic and teflon bushings; TEFC motor; capacities as indicated on drawings; March Series 7 or equal. 6. Pressure Gauge Protectors: PVC body with teflon diaphragm; 1/2- inch NPT pipe connection by 1/4-inch NPT gauge connection; Ry an Herco 5300 Series or equal. 7. Deionizer Hose and Connectors: PVC tubing with nylon braid reinforcing; minimum 100 psig working pressure; end connectors, glass reinforced plastic, barbed hose end with threaded compression joint by threaded union pipe connection 150 psig working pressure at 120°F; Ryan Herco or equal. 8. Piping and fittings shall be as hereinbefore specified. PART 3-EXECUTION: 3.01 GENERAL: A. Installation, purging and tests of laboratory including dry vacuum system shall conform to National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) pamphlet No. 99. These pamphlets are a part of this section and apply as fully as if repeated herein. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450-6 x- 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Piping shall be firmly held in place by clevis type hangers, supports and pipe rests, located adjacent to fitting at each offset or change of direction , at the ends of branches over 5 feet long, at base of riser pipes and along piping where necessary to prevent sags, bends, or vibration. All hangers and supports shall be of design which will support weight of pipe and contents. B. Lateral bracing shall be provided at every fourth hanger where hanger rods are more than 12 inches in length and as required for rigidity. Longitudinal braces shall be installed at every eight hanger. C. Support piping at intervals not to exceed distances as noted in hanger spacing schedule below. D. Hanger spacing for piping. Spacing for Pipe Rod Copper Plastic Size Diameter Tubing Piping Up to 1 -1 /2 in. 3/8 in. 6 ft. 4 ft. 2 in. 3/8 in. 10ft. 4ft. 3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION: A. Contractor shall fully inform himself regarding peculiarities and limitations of spaces available for installation of work under this division. Drawings indicate desired location and arrangement of piping, equipment and other items, and are to be followed as closely as possible. Work specified and not clearly defined by drawings shall be installed and arranged in a mann er satisfactory to Architect. In event changes in indicated locations and arrangements are deemed necessary by Architect, they shall be made by contractor without additional charges provided the change is ordered bef ore work is installed and no extra materials are required. B. Verify all spaces, dimensions for all fixtures, equipment, tenant or Owner furnished equipment and equipment furnished under other sections. C. Obtain all necessary rough-in data and dimensions for all fixtures, equipment, tenant or Owner furnished equipment and equipment furnishe d under other sections. D. Joints in copper tubing shall be made by first thoroughly cleaning the surface of the pipe and fittings before soldering or brazing operations. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450-7 x-^ E. Pipe shall be carefully cleaned before installation. The ends of threaded pipe shall be reamed out full size with a long reaper reamer so as to be partially bell-mouthed and perfectly smooth. F. Openings in pipes, drains, fittings, apparatus and equipment shall be kept covered or plugged to prevent foreign substance from entering. G. Run piping free of traps, sags, or bends. Grade air piping for complete drainage and control of the system. H. All piping shall be run to maintain headroom and keep passageways and openings clear. Run parallel and straight with adjacent walls or ceilings to present a uniform appearance. I. Install piping to clear beams unless sleeving is indicated. Constantly check work of other trades to prevent interference with this installation. Obtain approval from Architect if coring or cutting of concrete work is necessary due to failure to install required sleeves prior to the time of concrete pour. Cost of coring and cutting work shall be borne by the subcontractor. J. All piping, except where noted otherwise on plans, shall be concealed in walls or above ceilings, or below the floor in the crawl space. K. Bending or forcing of pipe will not be allowed. Use fittings for all offsets or changes in alignment of piping. L Proper provision shall be made for expansion and contraction by means of offsets and anchors and supports of all piping. M. Street elbows, bushings and long screw fittings will not be allowed. N. Unions shall be installed at connections to equipment, appliances, and as required for erection and maintenance. No unions shall be installed in concealed locations. If connecting dissimilar metals, unions shall be of dielectric type. O. Install dielectric unions on all connections between dissimilar metals - (galvanized steel/black steel stainless steel or cast iron to copper), and equipment connections. P. No holes for pipe or equipment will be allowed in any structural members without written consent of the Architect. Where pipes are to pass through or interfere with any member, or where notching, boring or cutting of the structure is necessary, the work shall be done as directed by the Architect. Q. Unless otherwise specified herein, all equipment shall be installed in CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450-8 accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. R. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate and are given for estimate purposes only. Before proceeding with any work, carefully chec k and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc., and coordinate with other section s of the work. S. All piping shall be isolated from other piping, any part of the building, framing conduit, etc., with 1-inch strips of hair felt or pipe isolators. (Trisolators by Stoneman.) T. PVC piping: Installation practices, including solvent and fusion welding, shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. 3.04 PIPE JOINTS: A. Screwed brass pipe: Cut with machine cutter, hand pipe cutter or carborundum wheel. Deburr with file or scraper or pipe reamer. Do not ream to exceed I.D. of pipe. Use Teflon tape on male tread prior to joining piping. No more than two full threads shall remain exposed after joinings. CAUTION -NO oil base thread compound shall be used for nitrogen piping. B. Copper tubing: Cut square; remove burrs and clean inside of female fitti ng to a bright finish with steel wool, wire brush, sandpaper or emery cloth. Remove internal parts of solder-end valves prior to soldering. Brazing operations for gas piping shall be backed by oil free nitrogen. C. Plastic joints shall be made in strict conformance with manufacturers printed instructions using manufacturers specified solvent cement. 3.05 PIPE SLEEVES Sleeve diameter for piping through masonry wall above grade or floor or through floors shall be #10 gauge galvanized sheet steel and shall extend completely through the walls or floor finishing flush on both sides. Sleeves shall be 1 inch larger than the pipe passing through with caulking to make opening airtight. Sleeves through fire walls or floors shall be a firestop system assembly, code approved for fire separation rating (see Section 2). Provide and install polished chromium plated brass floor ceiling or wall plates for all pipes, exposed in finished portions of the buildings. 3.06 CAULKING AND FIRE PROOFING OF PIPE PENETRATIONS: For pipe penetrations through non-rated walls and floors: Silicone caulking and sealant (General Electric, Dow Corning or equal). CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450-9 For penetrations through fire rated walls and floors: Dow Corning firestop system, code approved for separation rating or equal by 3M, type and installation in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. Verify code approval of assemblies used. 3.07 TESTS AND START-UP A. Pressure Tests 1. Furnish all required labor, materials and equipment for testing and proving tight any and al! work and piping; replace any equipment, materials and piping and workmanship found to be defective or unsatisfactory. Test all piping in maximum practical sections before covering or concealment. 2. Laboratory vacuum piping: Soap and Gage test with air at 25 psig for 4 hours showing no leaks. B. Laboratory (dry) vacuum and nitrogen piping: 1. After installation of outlet valves, each section of the pipeline syste ms shall be subjected to a test pressure of 1.5 times the working pressure (150 psig for vacuum) with oil free, dry air or nitrogen. This f test pressure shall be maintained until each joint has been examined for leakage by means of soapy water or other equal means of leak detection. 2. A visual inspection of each brazed joint shall be made to assure that the alloy has flowed completely in and around the joint and that hardened flux has not formed a temporary seal which holds test pressure. Remove al! excess flux for clear visual inspection of brazed connections. All leaks shall be repaired and the section retested. 3. After completing the testing of each individual pipeline system, all of the laboratory gas pipeline systems shall be subjected to a 24-hour standing pressure test at 1.5 times the working pressure (150 psig for vacuum). The test gas shall be oil free, dry air or nitrogen. 4. After the pipeline systems are filled with test gas, the supply valve and all outlet valves shall be closed and the source of test gas disconnected. The system shall remain leak-free for 24 hours. When making the standing pressure test, the only allowable press ure changes during the 24-hour test period shall be those caused by variations in the ambient temperature around the pipeline system. Such changes can be checked by means of the pressure- temperature relationship: calculated final absolute pressure (absol CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450- 10 s— ute pressure is gage pressure plus 14.7 psi if gage is calibrated in "psi") equals the initial absolute pressure times the final absolute temperature (absolute temperature is temperature reading plus 46 0 degrees F. if thermometer is calibrated in Fahrenheit degrees), divided by the initial absolute temperature. Pi xTf Pf = Ti in which Pf = final pressure, Tf - final temperature Pi = Initial pressure, Ti = initial temperature C. Cross connection tests of laboratory (dry) vacuum and nitrogen piping systems: 1. To determine that no cross connection to other pipeline systems exists, reduce all systems to atmospheric pressure. Disconnect all sources of test gas from all of the systems with the exception of the one system to be checked. Pressurized this system with oil free, dry air or nitrogen or the gas for which this system is intended to a pressure of 50 psig. With appropriate adaptors matching outlet labels, check each individual station outlet of all systems installed in determine that test gas is being dispensed from only the outlets of this system. 2. Disconnect the source of test gas and reduce the system tested to atmospheric pressure. Proceed to test each additional pipeline system in accordance as specified above. 3. Cross connection test shall be conducted in the presence of the owners representative. D. Final testing - purging and analyzing of laboratory gases systems: 1. When all laboratory gas and dry vacuum piping systems have been tested for leaks and cross connection, the source of test gas shall be disconnected and the proper gas source of supply connected to each respective system. Following this connection and pressurization, all outlets shall be opened in a progressive order, starting nearest the source and completing the process of purge flushing at the outlet farthest from the source. Gas shall be permitted to flow from each outlet until each system is purged of test gas used during previous tests. 2. After completion of purge flushing of all the medical gas, the outflo w from each designated and labeled laboratory gas outlet station CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450- 11 shall be tested to confirm the presence of the designated gas. 3.08 WATER SYSTEM STERILIZATION A. All potable water lines shall be sterilized with chlorine. The chlorine residual concentration shall indicate not less than 50 parts per million and shall be retained for a period of not less than twenty-four (24) hours. Repeat procedure if residual concentration has decreased below 25 PPM. Flush system until residual is not more than 0.2 PPM. All work and certification of performance must be done by qualified personnel. Submit certification to Architect. 3.09 MAINTENANCE MANUALS: A. Obtain maintenance brochures of all equipment and bind into a Maintenance Manual, properly indexed by equipment number. This book shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. (See section 15050 for additional requirements. END OF SECTION r r CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT LABORATORY SPECIALTY SYSTEM 15450- 12 —, SECTION 15800 f HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Basic Mechanical Requirements - Section 15050, is a part of this section and applies as fully as if repeated herein. B. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Equipment 1. Rooftop Packaged Electric Cooling Gas Heating Equipment 2. Exhaust Fans 3. Air Distribution 4. Controls C. Duct Systems 1. Flashings 2. Hardware 3. Insulation 4. Flexible Connections 5. Duct Sealer D. Furnish electrical devices necessary for mechanical work, except disconnects unless indicated otherwise. E. Low voltage wiring for mechanical controls including final connections as indicated on wiring diagrams. F. Conduit for low voltage wiring for mechanical controls as indicated on wiring diagrams. G. Responsibility for obtaining clarification of discrepancies between mechanical and electrical work from Architect prior to proceeding with the work. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 1 s~- H. Responsibility for proper operation of automatic electric controls and equipment and of electric power driven equipment furnished under this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications Five years experience by fabricator, installer and testing personnel in work of similar type, size and complexity. 1.03 SUBMITTALS See Section 15050 for requirements. In addition, the following shall apply: A. Material List/Product Data 1. Compliance certificates and necessary data for State of California Energy Conservation Standards. B. Shop Drawings f 1. Details of all ductwork and equipment mounting. 2. Wiring diagrams. C. Test Reports 1. Air handling system. 2. Controls D. Record Drawings 1. Control diagram. E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. F. Submit 4 bound Maintenance and Operating Manuals to Architect for approval. Index each type of equipment. Refer to Division 1 for submittal requirements. G. Mount service phone number on all major equipment. f~^ H. Upon completion and after entire system is tested and adjusted (before final acceptance) instruct Owner's operating and maintenance personnel CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 -2 in all details and operation of equipment and controls. I. One year maintenance contract. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Take all precautions necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation. B. Replacements In the event of damage, immediately repair all damaged and defective work to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Review peculiarities and limitations of spaces available for installation of work under this Section and report any discrepancies to the Architect. B. Place valves, motors, controls and other devices requiring service maintenance and adjustment in fully accessible positions and locations. f~" C. Provide access doors where required in ductwork or construction whether specially detailed or not, and render all such devices accessible. D. Scaffolding Furnish all scaffolding, rigging and hoisting as required for the proper execution of the work. E. Locations 1. Drawings indicate desired location and arrangement of ductwork, equipment and other items as closely as possible. 2. Assume responsibility for coordinating the work with all other trades. 3. Install and arrange work specified and not clearly defined by the drawings in a manner satisfactory to Architect without additional charges. a. Provided the change is ordered before work is installed. /— b. No extra materials are required. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-3 1.06 MISCELLANEOUS A. Permits and Fees Arrange, apply and pay for all necessary permits, inspections, examinations and fees or charges. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Hermetic refrigeration compressors: 5 years. B. All equipment 1 year warranty against defective parts and workmanship. PART 2 - PRODUCTS r 2.01 EQUAL MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Manufacturers listed below shall be considered equal, providing cor- responding models meet specified requirements. B. Equivalent substituted equipment named herein shall be submitted to Architect for approval. C. Submit alternate selections at time of bid submittal, listing for major equipment. D. No evaluations will be made during bidding. E. Base bid to include specified items. F. List proposed substitutions with proposed deductions from base bid. G. ITEM MANUFACTURER Insulation: Manville, Gustin Bacon, Fiberglas Air Filters: Cambridge, AAF Diffusers, Registers & Grilles: Anemostat-Controlaire, Metal Aire, Titus Temperature Controls: Honeywell, Carrier (Alt. Deduct) Packaged & Supply System Heat Pumps: Lennox, Trane, York Exhaust Fans: Greenheck, Barry Blower, Twin City 2.02 DUCTWORK CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-4 A. Sheet Metal Duct Material 1. Galvanized Black Iron or Steel: ASTM A93-55T, gauges to comply with NBFU Pamphlet 90A. 2. Low Pressure Round Ducts: Spiral sheet metal, United sheet metal. (K.D. may be submitted as an alternate deduct and flexible duct is not acceptable.) 3. Fabrication a. Cross break rectangular ducts regardless of size. b. Duct Joints 1) Transverse Joints for Rectangular: Government locks with standing seems and sealed with mastic or duct sealer (duct tape is not acceptable). 2) Longitudinal Joints for rectangular ducts: Pittsburgh Lock and sealed with mastic or duct sealer (duct tape is not acceptable). 3) Transverse Joints for round ducts shall be swaged not less than 1-1/2 inches from ends; secured with 3 sheet metal screws and sealed with mastic or duct sealer (duct tape is not acceptable.) c. Fittings - Round Duct: Factory made by Duct Manufacturer. d. Gauges and stiffeners: In accordance with the UMC and SMACNA requirements. e. Turning Vanes - All rectangular elbows shall have Barber- Coleman air turns without splicing or approved double thickness airfoil vanes. 4. Duct Supports and Hangers Rectangular 26 gauge, galvanized steel stripe in accordance with ASHRAE and local code requirements. B. Flexible Ducts f~^ 1. Code approved Class I ducts, U.L. rated inside and out at 50 for smoke and 25 for flame spread. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 -5 _, 2. Acoustical fiberglass, bendable, self-supporting and mechanically ' interlocked. C. Acoustical fiberglass ducting not allowed. D. Duct Sealant 1. Traverse joints and longitudinal seams in duct systems shall be sealed with a duct sealant of the type specified in paragraph 1 below. Spiral lockseams are not longitudinal seams and do not require duct sealant. All sealants shall exceed 500 hours without becoming brittle under ASTM-D572 test conditions (oxygen bomb), unless specified otherwise. No surface preparation or solvent cleaning shall be necessary to remove light coatings of oil and dust before applying sealant unless specified otherwise. Construction joints that are not fully welded shall be sealed according to paragraph 2 below. 2. Assembly joints to be installed indoors shall be sealed with UNI- GRIP duct sealer as manufacturer by United McGill or equivalent, which is a water-based (vinyl-acrylic polymer) sealant formulated to withstand temperatures from -25 to +200 degrees Fahrenheit. ' Surfaces to be sealed should be clean, dry and free from oil, grease and dirt. Sealant shall be nonflammable (wet) and fire retardant. Sealant shall have a UL Classification marking with a flame spread of 5 and smoke developed of 5 when applied to 18- gauge galvanized steel and a flame spread of 0 and smoke developed of 0 when applied to inorganic reinforced cement board, both at a coverage of 40 square feet per gallon. 3. Where duct fittings are constructed with standing seam or spot welded techniques, all construction joints shall be sealed with UNI- WELD metal cement as manufactured by United McGill or equivalent, which is composed of neoprene rubber, resins and insert reinforcing material dispersed in a petroleum distillate. Sealant shall be formulated to withstand temperatures from -20 to +225 degrees Fahrenheit. Sealant shall have a UL Classification marking with a flame spread of 0 and smoke developed of 0 when applied to 18-gauge galvanized steel and a flame spread of 0 and smoke developed of 0 when applied to inorganic reinforced cement board, tested as applied in two 1/8 inch beads 8 inches on center. E. Miscellaneous Duct Materials /""^ 1. Flexible Connections CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-6 a. Duro Dyne, Ventglass. 2. Volume Dampers a. Balancing dampers where neither dimension of duct exceeds 17 inches may be job-fabricated "Butterfly" type consisting of a blade constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel securely riveted or welded at its center axis to a square operating rod. b. Balancing dampers where either dimension exceeds 18 inches shall be Controlair OPP-MD. 3. Ductwork Hardware a. Heavy duty type. b. Duro Dyne Quadrants, handles, hinges, etc. 4. Roof Flashings a. 22 gauge sheet metal. b. Ventilated Flashings: Minimum 10 inches of base. c. Heavy gauge storm collar above flashing. 5. Cap Sheets: 18 gauge sheet metal. 6. Plenum Walls: 18 gauge galvanized steel reinforced horizontally with 1-1/2" x 1-1/4" x 1/8" galvanized angles and vertically with standing seams. 2.03 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLS (AIR DISTRIBUTION PRODUCTS) A. General All products shall be of one manufacturer. B. Supply Diffusers and Return Grilles 1. Air distribution equipment shall be of sizes and capacities indicated on drawings. 2. Colors CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-7 a. In factory finished enamel of color to match ceiling or wall as F selected. b. Submit paint samples for Architect's approval. 3. Duct Painting Black paint shall be applied to visible ductwork and behind perforated face of air distribution equipment. 4. Ceiling Diffusers a. Model number and type 1) Square ceiling dtffuser - Krueger Series 6200 with perforated face, square neck and steel construction modular face size 12" x 12" or 24" x 24". b. Size and capacity indicated. c. Mounting shall be adapted to ceiling suspension system. C^ d. Introduce supply air into conditioned space such that condition air and room air is rapidly and evenly mixed, resulting in equalization of temperature and draft less air distribution throughout zones of occupancy with temperature differentials up to 25 degrees F. for both cooling and heating. e. Air quantities and throws as indicated. f. Velocity of moving air below 5' level, during cooling cycle, shall not exceed limits of either 50 fpm at 1.6 deg. F. below average room temperature or 7 fpm at 1 deg. F. below average room temperature. g. Velocity of moving air at the 1' level, during heating cycle, shall not be less than 10 fpm. h. Temperature difference at or below average room temperature at 30 fpm, 1 deg. F. below average room temperature at 70 fpm. i. Sound pressure level in all octave bands for each d iff user f^ shall not exceed NC30 noise criteria curve at task level when units operate at designed capacities. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-8 5. Ceiling return, Exhaust and Relief Air Grilles a. Krueger Model 6290 frame to match ceiling diffusers and adapt to ceiling system. 6. Sidewall Return and Exhaust Air Registers a. Krueger: Model 580 H with mounting for exposed duct or adaptable to wall system. 7. VAV Diffuser a. Units shall be 2 feet square, perforated face type for mounting in a T-bar ceiling grid. b. The thermal control mechanism shall provide a normally closed discharge opening when cool air is supplied. An increase in room temperature above the set point shall increase the discharge opening. When warm air is supplied, the discharge opening shall automatically become normally open and a room temperature increase shall decrease the _^ discharge opening. The dean band between heating and 1 cooling control shall be fully adjustable. c. Adjustment of both room and dead band temperatures shall be accomplished without removal of the face cover. d. Adjustment toot will be supplied with each unit. e. Balancing, at full demand volumes, shall be accomplished without removal of the face cover or mechanism parts. 2.04 ROOFTOP PACKAGED UNITS (Carrier 48NLX) A. Carrier Model 48NLX of size and capacity indicated. B. Unit shall be completely assembled and tested complete with refrigerant charge and ready to operate. C. Total unit shall be U.L. listed and carry U.L. and A.G.A. label. D. Cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel, bonderized and coated fiberglass. E. Cabinet interior shall be insulated with 1 inch thick neoprene coated fiberglass. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-9 ^ F. Cabinet panels shall be easily removable for service to all operating components. G. Fans 1. Indoor air fans shall be forward-curve centrifugal, direct-driven multi-speed type. 2. Outdoor fans shall be of propeller type with direct-driven permanently lubricated motors. H. Coils 1. Indoor and outdoor coil of nonferrous construction with aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes with all joints brazed. I. Compressors 1. Compressors shall be welded, fully hermetic with crankcase heaters. • 2. Five year warranty. 3. Capable of operating to 45°F outdoor temperature on a cooling cycle. J. Systems 1. Protected with high-pressure stats, low pressure stats, loss of charge protection, indoor coil freeze-stats and current and temperature sensitive overload devices. 2. Compressor anti-recycle control circuit to prevent compressor short cycling and automatically prevent compressor restart at least 5 minutes after shutdown. K. Economizer Control (where applicable): 1. Model 48NLX: Include 2 position 100% O.A. Economizer relief with the factory furnished controls. 2. Capable of introducing up to 100% outdoor air. f 3. The control changeover from mechanical cooling to economizer operation shall be fully automatic thru and adjustable outdoor air CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800- 10 changeover thermostat. L. Units shall be furnished with curb. M. Thermostat: The thermostat and related controls shall be as specified under Section 2.10 and 2.11. 2.05 ROOFTOP PACKAGED UNITS (Carrier 48 HJ) A. Carrier Model 48 HJ of sizes and capacities indicated. B. Units shall be factory assembled, single piece, air to air heat pump. Contained within the unit enclosure shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, refrigerant charge (R-22) and special features required prior to field start-up. C. Unit Cabinet: 1. Unit cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with a prepainted baked enamel finish. 2. Cabinet panels shall be easily removable for servicing. 3. Filters will be accessible through a hinged access panel. 4. Units shall have a factory-installed internal condensate drain trap. 5. Indoor blower compartment interior cabinet surfaces shall be insulated with a minimum 1/2-in. thick, flexible glass fiber insulation, coated on the air side. Aluminum foil faced glass fiber insulation shall be used in the furnace compartment. D. Fans: 1. Indoor Blower (Evaporator Fan): a. Fan shall be belt driven as shown on the equipment drawings. Belt drive shall include an adjustable-pitch motor pulley. b. Fan wheel shall be double inlet type with forward-curved blades. c. Bearings shall be sealed, permanently lubricated, ball bearing type. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-11 ^ d. Indoor blower shall be made from steel with a corrosion resistant finish and shall be dynamically balanced. 2. Outdoor Fan (Condenser): a. Fan shall be of the direct driven propeller type and shall discharge air vertically upward. b. Outdoor totally enclosed motor shall have permanently lubricated bearings, and inherent automatic reset thermal overload protection. E. Compressor(s): 1. Fully-hermetic type. 2. Factory rubber shock mounted and internally spring mounted for vibration isolation. 3. Equipped with a factory-installed crankcase heater to minimize liquid refrigerant accumulation in compressor during shutdown and x— prevent refrigerant dilution of oil. 4. Compressor motor shall be cooled by suction gas passing through motor windings, and shall have line break thermal overload protection. F. Coils: 1. Evaporator and condenser coils shall have aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes with all joints brazed. 2. Tube sheet openings shall be belled to prevent tube wear. 3. Evaporator coil shall be of the full face active design. G. Roof Curb: 1. Formed 16 gauge galvanized steel with wood nailer strip and capable of supporting entire unit weight of size shown on plans. 2. Allow for installing and securing duct work to curb prior to mounting unit on the curb. H. Integrated Economizer (where applicable): CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 12 1. Integrated type capable of simultaneous economizer and compressor operation. 2. Includes all hardware and controls to provide cooling with outside air. 3. Equipped with low-leakage dampers not to exceed 3% leakage at 1.0 in. wg pressure differential. 4. Capable of introducing up to 100% outside air. 5. Equipped with a gravity relief damper for 100% relief. I. Enthalpy Control (Solid-State or Electromechanical): 1. For use with economizer package only. 2. Capable of sensing outdoor air heat content (temperature and humidity) and controlling economizer cut-in point to have minimum heat content air passing over the evaporator coil for most efficient system operation. 3. Capable of comparing heat content (temperature and humidity) of outdoor air and indoor air and controlling economizer cut-in point at the most economical level. J. Filter Section: 1. Standard filter section shall consist of factory-installed low velocity, disposable 2-in. thick glass fiber filters of commercially available sizes. 2. Filter face velocity shall not exceed 320 fpm at nominal airflows. 3. Filter section should use only one size filter. K. Optional Compressor Cycle Delay: Compressor shall be prevented from restarting for a minimum of 5 minutes after shutdown. L. Controls and Safeties: 1. Unit Controls: a. Unit shall be complete with self-contained low voltage CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 13 ^. control circuit. b. Provide thermostat with auto change-over and lock-in cover. 2. Safeties: Unit shall incorporate a solid state compressor protector which provides reset capability at the space thermostat, should any of the following safety devices trip and shut off compressor. a. Compressor over temperature. b. High-pressure switch. c. Low-pressure switch. d. Freezestat, evaporator coil. M. Thermostats: The thermostat and related controls shall be as specified under Section ~ 2.09. 2.06 FANS A. Roof Exhaust Fans: 1. Greenheck Model GB of size and capacity indicated. 2. Belt Drive. 3. Complete with housing, centrifugal wheel and backwardly inclined blades, motor, roof curb, internal backdraft damper. 4. Fans Shall be AMCA rated. B. Exhaust Fans, Utility Type (Greenheck Model SWB): 1. Exhaust air fans shall be of the belt driven utility fan type, AMCA arrangement 10 with single width, single inlet housing in CW or CCW rotation as shown on drawings. Fan shall be Greenheck Mode! of size and capacity indicated on plans. 2. The housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel with all f~ welded seams for no air leakage and shall be field rotatable to any of the eight standard discharge positions. The housing and bearing CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 14 supports shall be constructed of welded steel members to prevent vibration and rigidly support the shaft and bearings. Provide drain at base of scroll. 3. The fan wheel shall be of the efficient backward curved type and be constructed of low carbon steel die cut and formed to provide aerodynamically efficient air flow into the fan and shall be continuously welded. 4. Motors shall be of the high efficiency heavy duty ball bearing type as specified in this section. The fan shaft shall be ground and polished shafting mounted in heavy duty, permanently sealed pillow-block ball bearings. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 165% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of fully machined cast iron type keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. The motor pulley shall be adjustable for final system balancing. All fan assemblies must be statically and dynamically balanced not to exceed 1 mil peak to peak at all operating speeds of the fan. 5. Fans shall be AMCA rated. 6. Fans shall have a baked epoxy coating along the airway path. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Filters 1. Disposable Type a. 2 inches thick. b. Reinforced back and frame. c. Farr 30/30, NBS type, test 36.5% efficiency. 2.08 INSULATION (See Section 15050) 2.09 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. Provide equipment and services necessary for proper installation of a complete system of automatic temperature control as indicated and specified. A complete diagram together with compliance to energy conservation standard requirements, shop drawings of all proposed equipment, and sequence of operation shall be submitted for approval within 15 days after scheduled start of construction. Contractor shall CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800- 15 provide any service required for proper operation and adjustment of control system for a period of one year after completion and acceptance of entire work. The time clock shall operate the rooftop units and exhaust fans based on time of day and tenant requirements. The rooftop units and exhaust fans shall be capable of being operated off- hours by operating the bypass timer located in the panel face. Each bypass timer shall indicate which rooftop unit or exhaust fan it controls by an engraved nameplate mounted under the bypass timer. B. Type Heating/cooling electric thermostatic and subbase with automatic changeover and a fan on/off/auto switch. C. Setting Setting knobs and/or levers on specified thermostats shall be concealed or removed or provided with locking thermostat covers to prevent unauthorized adjustment of the controls. Six (6) sets of setting and locking tools shall be furnished to Owner. D. Local Control Panels All controllers, relays, switches, etc., for equipment rooms shall be mounted in enclosed control panels with hinged locking doors. All control devices located in exposed areas subject to outside weather conditions shall be mounted inside NEMA 4 enclosures. Location of each panel is to be convenient for adjustment service. Engraved nameplates shall be provided beneath each panel mounted control device describing the function of said device. All electrical devices within the panel shall be factory prewired. E. Room thermostats shall be installed 5 feet above finished floor unless otherwise indicated on drawings. Install thermostats centered over light switches unless otherwise indicated. Room thermostat shall be equipped with auto change-over and locking cover. F. Bypass timer shall be 0-6 hours and located adjacent to the thermostats and shall have a locking cover. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Drawings 1. Diagrammatic only. 2. Verify equipment size, fit at location. 3. Point of connection and termination suggested route. 4. Review to avoid obstructions, interferences and to provide clearances, headroom openings, etc., as shown. 5. Locate symmetrically. 6. Provide and install items required for installation and proper operation. 7. Clarify problems with Architect. B. Field Inspection 1. Verify no conflicts of dimension, locations. 2. Verify no obstructions, interferences. a. Reroute as required with Architect's approval. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK A. General In accordance with standards, shop drawings, manufacturer's recommendations. B. Field Changes Obstructions, clearances required change in duct shape. Use equivalent areas. C. Flexible Ducts Within 7 feet of each air outlet. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 17 s-^ D. Support 1. 1-1/4 inch strips attached to transverse joints. 2. Duct Width a. 30 Inches: Support at 8 ft. O.C. b. 31 Inches to 60 Inches: Support at 4 ft. O.C. E. Flexible Connection Provide at connections to fans and units with fans. F. Access Doors Provide where access is required to dampers, equipment, etc., for adjustment. G. Volume Dampers _ 1. Mark quadrant damper position after balancing. H. Insulation 1. Firmly wrap (2 inch laps) with 16 gauge soft annealed wire. a. 12 inch O.C. b. 3 inch O.C. at elbows and footings. 2. Lined Ducts a. Duct dimensions are net clear inside dimension after insulation is installed. b. Not wrapped at lined ducts, carry 6 inches over and lap. c. Secure with continuous adhesive coatings and pins, 14 inch O.C. at seams and butt ends. 3.03 AIR GRILLES, DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS A. Install with all necessary accessories.r B. Install with gaskets to prevent leakage. CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 18 x— C. Coordinate exact location with architectural reflected ceiling plan. 3.04 VOLUME DAMPERS A. Provide balancing volume dampers in each branch duct and in each main duct to provide for complete air balancing. B. Fit each manual volume damper with bearings and an adjusting device having a locking mechanism. C. Provide access panels if concealed or inaccessible through ceiling or wall. 3.05 EQUIPMENT A. Install per manufacturer's instruction. B. Rooftop packaged units and other equipment shall be installed on bases and anchored to structure. 3.06 CONTROLS A. Assume responsibility for coordination with electrical work. B. Install control wiring. C. Make final connections within control panel and electrical. 3.07 PIPING & PIPING INSULATION A. Per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.08 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS Install not more than 6 inches long. 3.09 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS Provide 20 gauge sheet metal cap where exposed to weather unless otherwise noted. 3.10 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND REGULATING A. Test and Adjust all Systems to Quantities Indicated 1. All work by independent air balance company; AABC certified. ^ Test and balance agencies presently tested and qualified are: CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800 - 19 *~^ Penn Air Control, Inc. Air Balance Company, Inc. San Diego Air Balance Company, Inc. 2. Test shall be performed in accordance with AABC Standards and Regulations. 3. If tests and adjustments are unacceptable to Architect, Architect reserves the right to have an independent agency make all necessary tests and adjustments at no cost to the Owner. 4. Air Balance Subcontractor shall verify that dampers have been installed for adequate air balancing and that air loss in ductwork will not prevail. 5. Any change in the pulleys, belts and dampers or the addition of dampers required to correctly balance the system will be done under the work of Section 15800 at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Test Each System as Follows: r 1. Rooftop Package Air Conditioning Systems a. Air quantities at all equipment and outlets to within 5% of design requirements. b. Outside air quantities. c. Static pressure differential across fan. d. Outdoor and indoor wet and dry bulb temperature. e. Discharge air, wet and dry bulb temperatures from air conditioning equipment and/or coils. f. Fan speed tap. 2. Exhaust Fan a. Air quantities at all equipment and outlets to within 5% of design requirements. b. Static pressure differential across fan.c C. Test Instruments CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-20 a. Air tests - Anemometer or Velometer. b. Static pressure - use pilot tube. c. Ampere reading - ampere meter or integrating watt meters. END OF SECTION CYPROS TENANT IMPROVEMENT HVAC 15800-21 f SECTION 16100 ELECTRICAL BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Division 1 - General Requirements and referenced documents. B. Related Work: Section 07600: Flashing. Section 15000: Heating, Ventilating, and Air Condition- ing. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The following list is not to be construed as complete. Included are following: 1. Electric service installed in accordance with requirements of serving utility company. f 2. Telephone service installed in accordance with requirements of serving telephone company. 3. Lighting system installed in interior areas and exterior areas. 4. Power system installed including interior areas and exterior areas. 5. Line and low voltage control circuits for operation of Heating and Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Plumbing Systems as defined on HVAC and Plumbing Construction Documents. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with state Electrical Safety Orders, Ameri- can Disabilities Act (ADA), and local codes and ordinances. 2. Materials shall be listed by Underwriters Labora- tories, and shall bear the Inspection Label. r Cypros 16100 - 1 3. Materials shall meet with approval of the Division of Industrial Safety, State of California and all governing bodies having jurisdiction. B. Electrical Power and Telephone Services. Electrical power and telephone services and metering facilities shall conform to requirements of serving Utility Companies and shall meet with approval of local and state inspecting authorities. C. Electrical Acceptance Tests. 1. General Scope a. As part of the contract, the contractor shall perform tests of installed work as herein specified and specified in other Sections of Division 16 of these Specifications. b. The contractor shall provide all materials, equipment, labor and technical supervision to perform such tests and inspections. c. All tests shall be performed in compliance --, with the recommendations and requirements of ! the National Electrical Testing Association, Inc., (NETA), and applicable codes and stan- dards . d. Upon completion of the tests and inspections noted in these Specifications, a label shall be attached to all serviced devices. These labels shall indicate date serviced and the service company responsible. e. The tests and inspections shall determine suitability for continued reliable operation. f. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. 2. Test reports shall include: a. Description of equipment tested. b. Description of test. c. Test results. d. Conclusions and recommendations. C Cypros 16100 - 2 e. Appendix, including appropriate test forms. f. List of test equipment used and calibration date. 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: Submit copies of material list. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit for electrical items (except installation materials) such as, but not limited to, conduit fittings, outlet boxes, 600 volt conductors, wiring devices. 2. Check shop drawings for space requirements and conformance with Contract Documents. 3. Shop drawings shall indicate the interrupting rating of type of equipment proposed, switchgear elevations and dimensions, singleline diagrams, bus sizes,motor control center starter types and wiring diagrams, fuse AIC rating and class. -^ 4. A minimum of six copies of shop drawing materials • shall be submitted in bound, indexed packets. All copies shall be identical in content, order, and presentation. Additional copies shall be submitted as required for project administration or as de- fined by architect. 5. Submit to the Owner's Representative six (6) certi- fied copies of the following: a. A System Short Circuit Study based on an infinite bus (on primary side of high voltage transformer) and on the per unit method or in accordance with the latest Institute of Elec- trical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) recommendations. Reports shall be submitted during the submittal period. This study shall show that all equipment proposed shall be rated to exceed the maximum ultimate fault current level available at the point of appli- cation by at least 10% (series connected rating is not acceptable). This study shall be submitted before or with all switchgear and panels, transformers. This study may be carried out by a registered electrical engi- neer from the switchboard manufacturer. The r Cypros 16100 - 3 cost of this study shall be included as part of the Contract Sum. b. A Coordination Study of all protective devic- es, including the utility protective device through all feeder devices on the secondary of each transformer. Study to be presented on LOG-LOG paper. Upon review of the study, the Contractor shall set devices at agreed-upon settings and provide a data sheet to the Owner' s Representative, with a copy to the Owner, indicating final settings for all adjustable devices. The coordination study shall be submitted with short circuit study and before feeders are being installed on site. This study shall be carried out by the switchboard manufacturer. The cost of this study shall be included as part of the Con- tract. c. Manufacturer's printed instructions for opera- tion and maintenance of electrical equipment, including replacement parts lists. Each set to be bound in a indexed loose leaf ring binder with permanent cover and permanent identification on edge. ' d. Service and Operating Manuals for all equip- ment. e. Three-phase voltage test. f. Report showing test voltage L-N on the second- aries of all transformers. g. Grounding systems tests, h. Test reports. i. Factory tests. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING Deliver materials to job site in original unbroken package, properly tagged with UL Label, size, type and manufacturer indicated. 1.6 LOCATION AND ROUTING A. The Drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired location or arrangement of outlets, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Judgement Cypros 16100 - 4 must be exercised in executing the work so as to secure f~^ the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference with structural conditions. The Contract Documents are not intended to show every detail part, support, final connection, accessory, or every structural difficulty that may be encountered during the work. Except as otherwise indicated, locations of items are approximate only. Exact locations necessary to secure proper conditions and results shall be determined at project site and shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Locations shown on architectural ceiling drawings or on wall elevations shall take precedence over electrical plan locations. C. Verify dimensions and the correct location of equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in of connection. D. Lighting fixtures in mechanical spaces and elevator machine rooms are shown in their approximate locations only. Do not install light outlets or fixtures until mechanical piping and ductwork are installed; then lighting fixtures shall be installed in locations best --, suited for equipment arrangement and as approved by the f Owner's Representative. Verify locations of fixtures in elevator machine rooms before installation. E. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc., with the drawings to see that the equipment being installed will fit into the spaces provided. F. Access to Equipment: Locate starters, switches, recepta- cles, cable tray and pullboxes to provide easy access for operation, repair, maintenance to comply with code, and if concealed, provide access doors. G. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that equipment being provided will fit dimensionally in locations shown on drawings. 1.7 MATERIALS STANDARDS A. Materials and equipment shall be new. B. All work shall meet the requirements of the governing codes as listed in Division 1 and General Conditions, c Cypros 16100 - 5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, and the requirements of the following: (~ 1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 4. Institute of Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 5. National Electrical Contractors1 Association Stan- dards for Construction (NECA). 6. Underwriters1 Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 7. California Administrative Codes (CAC) Title 8, 19, 22 and 24. 8. California State and Local Fire Marshal. 9. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 10. California Electrical Code, (T-24, latest edition). ( 11. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 12. State Industrial Accident Commission. 13. Uniform Building Code, latest edition (UBC). 14. Occupational Safety and Health Appeals Board (OSHA). 15. American Disabilities Act (ADA). C. Items for similar application shall be of the same manufacturer. D. The label of listing by UL shall appear on all materials and equipment for which standards have been established by the agency. E. Where codes establish label or approved requirements, furnish all materials and equipment with either the required labels affixed or the necessary written approv- al. F. Provide the type and quantity of electrical materials and equipment necessary to complete work and all systems in operation, tested and ready for use. Cypros 16100 - 6 G. Provide and install all incidental items that belong to the work described and which are required for complete systems. H. All switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards, panelboards, circuit breakers and transformers shall be of the same manufacturer. 1.8 TESTING A. Upon completion of the work and adjustment of all equipment, conduct an operating test for each system approval. The Contractor shall pay for a testing agency to conduct the test in the presence of the Owner' s Representative. Demonstrate that all systems and equipment operate in accordance with all requirements of the Contract Documents and to be free from all electrical and mechanical defects. Provide all systems free from short circuits and grounds and show an insulation resistance between phase conductors and ground not less than 250,000 ohms for all feeders and circuits of 60 amps ampacity and higher. B. Product resistance to ground tests by Journeymen Electri- cians and the required number of apprentices to measure -^ resistance to ground at all grounding electrodes. Make ' tests before slabs of affected areas are poured in order that corrective measures, if required, may be taken. If the resistances exceed values specified in this Specifi- cation perform all corrective measures as approved by the Owner's Representative. C. Prior to energiz ing any motors, measure the service voltage for phase balance and report immediately to the Owner's Representative if unbalance exceeds 1% from mean. D. Measure the three-phase voltage at no load and at maximum load conditions. E. Complete all tests prior to final field observation of project, including corrective work based on the results of the tests. 1.9 TRAINING Provide a period of 20 hours for the necessary training program and instructions to the Owner's Representative, for entire Building Electrical System in addition to what is specified in each section. 1.10 JOB CONDITIONS r Cypros 16100 - 7 Notify the Owner's Representative in writing of dimensional f~^ discrepancies and other conditions detrimental to proper perfor- mance of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS (use only prime quality, new materials apparatus, and equipment). A. Conduit: 1. Rigid conduit: Shall have UL Label, zinc coated exterior, either hot dip galvanized, sherardized, or metallized, and zinc enamel interior; set screw fittings are not permitted. 2. PVC Jacketed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit and fitting with a 20 mil extruded polyvinyl chloride jacket and internal galvanized surface. The jacket shall have high tensile strength, shall be highly resistant to corrosion and shall not oxidize or deteriorate or shrink when exposed to sunlight and weather. The \ jacket shall be flame retardant and shall not support combustion, U.L. label. 3. Electrical metallic tubing: UL Label, zinc coated exterior and zinc or enamel interior; fittings for EMT shal1 be steel aland ring compression type. Type AC cable shall not be used. Type MC cable may be used as a deductive alternate upon approval and where permitted by Governing Authorities; see Deductive Alternatives section herein. 4. Flexible metallic conduit: a. UL Label, zinc coated exterior and interior; fitting for flexible conduit shall be "JAKE" or Squeeze type, set screw connectors shall not be used. b. Liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be Seal- tite type U.A. with Appleton Series "ST" or Pyle-National Series "CT" connectors. 5. Non-metallic conduit: a. Shall be Type I per U.L. 651, and shall be equivalent to "PVC Schedule 40" as manufac- Cypros 16100 - 8 tured by Carlon. All sweeps, bends and risers shall be concrete encased schedule 80. b. All high-voltage conduit, telephone conduit, service entrance conduit, and feeders 100 amps and over shall be encased in 3" red, mixed concrete when buried in site. c. Non-metallic flexible tubing shall not be used. 6. Sealant: Fire rated equal to wall or ceiling penetrated. Silicon foam Dow-Corning #2001, General Electric Co., "Pensil #851," or approved equal. 7. Conduit seals shall be Grouse-Hinds Type "EYS" or "EZS", Appleton Type "ESUF" or ESUM", or approved equal, with sealing compound as recommended by the manufacturer for hazardous or refrigerated areas. B. Racks and trapeze hangers: Formed steel channels similar to Unistrut. C. Vibration fittings and seismic expansion joints: O.Z. Type DX. Provide seismic couplings/joints as required per code. D. Outlets and Junction Boxes: 1. Galvanized or sherardized, one piece pressed steel, knock-out type. 2. Size of each box determined in accordance with National Electrical Code for number of conductors or number and size of conduits entering box, but not less than 4 in. square and 1-1/2 in. deep. 3. Telephone outlet boxes: Minimum of 4in. square and 2-l/8in. deep. 4. Outlet boxes installed in concrete for fixtures: 4 3/8in. octagonal concrete box with minimum depth of 2-1/2 in. 5. Outlet boxes installed in concrete for wiring devices: 4in. square and 1-1/2in. deep concrete box with 1-1/4in. deep cover plate. C Cypros 16100 - 9 6. Exposed outlet boxes: Case metal with threaded or //"~* union hub, Grouse-Hinds type "FS" or "FD" with cast metal covers. 7. Outlet boxes installed in masonry walls: Masonry type with square corners and without exterior mounting ears or shall be standard 4S box with 2in. masonry extension ring. Mounted in conjunction with coursing. E. Pullboxes: 1. In no case of less size or material thickness than required by governing electrical code. 2. General purpose sheet steel pull boxes: Furnished with removable screw covers; manufacturers standard baked enamel finish. 3. Weatherproof sheet steel pullboxes: Fabricated of code gauge hot-dipped galvanized steel and gasketed weather-tight cover of same materials; manufac- turer's standard baked exterior enamel finish. 4. Cast metal pullboxes: Furnished with gasketed screw covers and necessary drilled and tapped f conduit entries; screws shall be bronze or brass. F. Wire and Cable: 1. 600 Volt conductors: a. Conductor size: #12AWG minimum. b. Conductors #10AWG and smaller shall be solid. c. Conductors shall be copper. Aluminum conduc- tors shall not be used. d. Type TW or type THHN 600 volt insulation shall be used for conductors #8AWG and smaller in dry locations. e. Type THW, 600 volt insulation, shall be used for conductors #4 and smaller installed exte- rior to building below grade and in wet loca- tions. f. Type THW 600 volt insulation for conductors No. 6 AWG and larger and for panel feeder conductors. C Cypros 16100 - 10 g. Silicone insulated, 125 deg. C wire shall be used for circuit conductors installed in fluorescent lighting fixture raceways, for conductors connected to secondary of fluores- cent or mercury vapor fixture ballasts and other hot locations such as conduit exposed to weather. G. Adhesive Marker: "Brady" as distributed by Graybar Electric. H. Distribution Switchboards: 1. Switchboards shall consist of one or more vertical sections bolted together to form one free floor standing sheet metal enclosure designed in accor- dance with U.L. standard U.L. 891 for dead-front, dead-rear switchboards, NEMA PB-2, 90" high. 2. Switchboard shall include all devices shown on instrumentation and control wiring, terminal blocks and pressure type line terminals, suitable for either copper or aluminum conductors. Provide groups of control wire leaving switchboard with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips. f 3. Provide full length tin-plated aluminum bus bars with cross-bussing. Locate cross-bus at rear of vertical bus midway between top and bottom of structure. Cross bussing at top or bottom of sections is not acceptable. Rating of vertical bus shall match cross-bussing rating. 4. Verify short circuit current available with Power Company. Provide circuit breakers with properly coordinated and adequate interrupting capacity. Short circuit rating of switchboard shall be stamped on manufacturer's nameplate. 5. Rodent proof ventilation as required to maintain allowable temperature rise at rated capacity. 6. Switching and protective devices with visible means of ON-OFF identification. 7. Verify top or bottom entry and instruct equipment supplier. 8. Submittals to include voltage/current rating, short circuit rating of board and devices, overall dimen- sions, available conduit space, circuit schedule, circuit numbers, device rating and description, Cypros 16100 - 11 conductor ratings, one-line diagram with circuits numbered, nameplate schedule, equipment weight, motor center and control panel internal and inter- connecting wiring diagrams, certification and conformance. 9. On exterior provide outdoor construction with fully accessible, gasketed weatherproof front doors with three point latch and lock. Design outgoing cable and/or bus connections to maintain weatherproof integrity of gear. 10. A-B-C bus arrangement throughout, left to right, top to bottom, and front to rear. 11. Bus assembly to maintain U.L. clearances. 12. Full length equipment ground bus secured and bonded to each section of board, with terminals for feeder ground connections. 13. Fully rated neutral bus insulated from ground for all grounded neutral boards with a removable neu- tral bus link. 14. Ground fault protection on main breakers for 480 volt switchboards and where indicated, coordinated so that load breakers trip before main breakers. 15. Zero sequence type ground fault protectors, where not otherwise specified. Relay, field adjustable from 100-1200 amperes for main and up to 20% of frame for branch devices, and adjustable delay from 6 to 30 cycles. Solid-state circuitry to shunt trip breakers. Monitor panel on face of switch- board with READY pilot light, ground fault indica- tor, reset button, provisions for field test with- out service interruption and alarm contact. Asso- ciated high temperature control wiring, isolated with barriers. Provide breakers with integral ground sensors in lieu of separate zero sequence type. 16. Circuit breakers: a. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric, Siemens, Square D, or Challenger. b. Each circuit breaker or other device shall be identified with white on black (black let- ters) , lin. by 2-1/2in. laminated plastic nameplate engraved as designated by Architect. Cypros 16100 - 12 c. Each circuit protective device shall be pro- vided with provision for padlocking in "OFF" position. 17. Switch and fuse units: Quick-make, quick-break type with current-limiting fuses. 18. Switchboards shall be completely assembled and wired at factory. Acceptable manufacturers: Gener- al Electric, Siemens, Square D, or Challenger. I. Panelboards: 1. Panelboards shall be 42-pole, flush or surface mounted with main and branch circuit breakers or spaces. Where indicated panelboards shall be furnished with weatherproof cabinets, split bus- sing, contactors, relays, time switches and bar- riered compartments. Where exposed to wet loca- tions or weather panelboards shall be rated NEMA 3R. 2. Boxes shall be Electrical code gauge galvanized steel sized to provide 4in. minimum side gutters and 6in. minimum top and bottom gutters. If double lugs are shown, bottom gutter shall be 12in. wide. Boxes shall be 5-3/4in. deep. Coordinate wall thickness with flush mounted panels. 3. Front panels shall be sheet steel, painted manufac- turer's standard if surface mounted and prime-coat finished if flush mounted. Provide front panel doors with semi-concealed hinges, directory card- holder , card, catch and lock. Branch circuits shall be clearly marked on dead-front shield or on branch circuit breaker. Provide front panel with white on black (black letters), lin. x 2-l/2in. laminated plastic nameplate engraved as designated by Architect and mounted by rivets or screws. On flush panels, mount nameplate on dead-front shield. 4. Support panel frame to withstand effects of short circuit current. All terminals shall be solderless type suitable for copper or aluminum conductors numbered to agree with branch circuits. 5. Circuit breakers shal1 be bolt-on, quick-make, quick-break common trip units and shall have short circuit interrupting rating in excess of the available fault current. All branch circuit break- ers shall have individual provisions for padlocking in "OFF" position. Cypros 16100 - 13 6. Acceptable circuit breaker manufacturer: Square D, General Electric, Westinghouse, or I.T.E. Accept- able panelboard manufacturers: General Electric, Siemens, Square D, or Challenger. j. Terminal Cabinets: 1. Terminal cabinets shall be flush or surface mounted as indicated. Where indicated, cabinets shall be of weatherproof construction. 2. Cabinets shall be code gauge galvanized steel sized and provided with barriers indicated. Install 3/4in. plywood backboard, painted black, in each cabinet with adequate type terminals. 3. Front panels shall be of sheet steel, painted to match lighting panels if surface mounted and prime coat finished if flush mounted. Provide front panel doors with semi-concealed hinges. Front panel shall be provided with a white on black (black letters) , 1 in. by 2 1/2 in. laminated plastic nameplate engraved as designated by Archi- tect and mounted by rivets or screws. On flush cabinets mount nameplate inside of panel door. 4. Cabinets shall be UL listed. 5. Acceptable cabinet manufacturers: General Elec- tric, Siemens, Square D, or Challenger. K. Magnetic Starters: 1. Provide two or three overload relays respectively for two-pole or three-pole starters. 2. All starters of same make. NEMA rating with over- load heaters sized according to 115% of nameplate rating of actual motors installed. 3. Overload relays shall be bimetallic type. 4. Auxiliary contacts, pushbuttons, selector switches, pilot lights, as required by heating, ventilation, air conditioning and plumbing systems. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric, Westinghouse, or Allen-Bradley. L. Manual Motor Starters: r Cypros 16100 - 14 1. Flush or surface mounting type as required, number of poles, size, and overload heaters as required by size of motors actually installed. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric, West- inghouse, or Allen Bradley. M. Circuit Breakers (molded case): 1. Operating mechanism with contacts, arc interrupter, and trip elements for each pole, enclosed in mold- ed-phenolic case. 2. Operating mechanism shall be of quick-make, quick- break type and shall be entirely trip free so that contacts cannot be held closed against short cir- cuit or overload. 3. Operating handle of circuit breaker shall open and close all poles of multi-pole breaker simultaneous- ly- 4. Circuit breakers shall be constructed with durable silver alloy contacts and deionizing arc quenchers. -^ 5. Circuit breakers shall be frame size shown on f drawings and shall meet NEMA and UL specifications. 6. Each circuit breaker shall have thermal magnetic trip unit for each pole consisting of thermal bimetallic element for short circuit protection. 7. Circuit breakers in lighting type panelboards up to 50 ampere ratings shall be temperature compensated to carry their rated current at ambient temperature of 40 degrees centigrade. 8. Other circuit breakers shall be ambient temperature compensated to carry rated current at 50 degrees centigrade. 9. Elements shall operate common trip bar which will open poles in case of overload or short circuit through any one pole. 10. Circuit breaker shall be trip indicating, with tripped position of breaker handle midway between ON and OFF position. 11. Circuit breakers shall have AIC rating in excess of available fault current. r Cypros 16100 - 15 12. Circuit breakers shall indicate the trip-rating so f*^ as to be clearly visible with dead-front on panel. 13. Circuit breakers shall be manufactured by General Electric, Siemens, Square D, or Challenger. N. Disconnect Switches: Non-fusible or fusible, externally operated horsepower-rated 250 volt or 600 volt as required; NEMA Type 1 enclosure except where WP is indicated, use NEMA Type 3R enclosures. O. Time Switches: 1. For control of lighting through relays or contac- tors use 120 volt, or 277 volt as indicated, 60 cycle single-pole, double-throw contacts in con- junction with ASCO Bulletin 1255- 166 relays. 2. For direct control of lighting through time switch use 120 volt, or 277 volt as indicated, 60 cycle 35 ampere contacts, double pole, single throw. Para- gon "#4213-OS", or 4 pole. Paragon "#47217-OS" as required. 3. Where required on plans for control of lighting _ through contactors provide Paragon PET 71 electron- ' ic timeclock. Timeclock shall have 7-day carry- over and two (2) single-pole double-throw 15A contacts. P. Contactors and Relays: 1. Electrically operated, mechanically or magnetically held as required with coil clearing contacts, no overload, 250 volt or 600 volts A.C. as required. Amperage and number of poles as indicated. Mount contactors on sound absorbing rubber mounts. 2. Relays for control of individual night lighting circuits ASCO Bulletin #1255-166 or General Elec- tric Co. "CR160, Type MB". Q. Grounding: 1. 480 volt motors or equipment shall have bonded ground jumpers from feeder conduit to motor frame. 2. Grounding bushings shall be used wherever conduits are grounded. R. Lighting Fixtures: r Cypros 16100 - 16 1. Provide complete lighting system, wired, assembled f* and operable, including lighting equipment and accessories as shown on the drawings, described in the fixture schedules and specified herein. Acces- sories include canopies, suspension of proper lengths, hickeys, castings, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, plaster and mounting frames, lamps, recessing boxes, supporting brackets and channels to span structural members. Fixtures to be factory pre- wired and preassenvbled. 2. Catalog numbers are given for manufacturers' iden- tification. Conform to standards of quality de- fined by written descriptions and catalog numbers. Fixtures to be UL labeled for location and operat- ing conditions required. 3. Fixtures of the same type to be of one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance. Where not identified on drawings, provide same type as indi- cated in similar locations. 4. For recessed fixtures, provide frame and trim compatible with ceiling type and construction. -^ Refer to ceiling specifications and architectural r drawings to determine types. 5. Provide adequate lamp shielding, proper ventilation and heat dissipation. 6. Secure diffusers to trim by devices not requiring tools for removal, or for relamping. 7. Locate fixture outlets and recessed fixtures by reference to architectural drawings, Architectural reflected ceiling plans and measurement of building construction. Do not scale electrical drawings. 8. Shop Drawings and Substitutions. Submit shop drawings in accordance with overall specifications and the requirements of this section. Shop draw- ing , substitutions and 1ighting fixture substitu- tion sample submittals shall include but not be limited to the following: a. For all lighting fixtures and other lighting equipment specified in this section, submit lighting brochure indexed alphabetically in accordance with fixture identification on drawings, tabbed for each fixture and clearly r Cypros 16100 - 17 identifying the catalog numbers for each piece of equipment and all special features. b. Submittal of fixtures listed with manufac- turer's name and series or model number shall include the following: (1) A current manufacturer's data sheet (cop- ies not acceptable) or construction draw- ing for each light fixture type. Dupli- cation of types on a single data sheet or drawing is not acceptable. Data shall include dimensions, weight, ballast char- acteristics, description of lens, louver, diffuser, finish, frame, housing, reflec- tor, recommended lamps. (2) Fixture options, finishes, electrical characteristics, lamp type, ballast type/manufacturer, lens thickness/type/ manufacturer. (3) If requested by Architect/Engineer, a nonreturnable sample fixture fitted with appropriate lamp, 120 volt components, and 6 foot grounded power cord and plug. c. Substitutions. Submittal of fixtures proposed for substitutions shall include, in addition to all the requirements listed above in para- graph b, the following: (1) Luminaire photometric test report issued by an approved independent testing labo- ratory. Tests shall have been conducted in accordance with the recommended test- ing procedures of the (IBS) Illuminating Engineering Society and include the fol- lowing information. (a) Candlepower data, presented both graphically and numerically, in 10° increments (0°, 5°, 15°, 25°, etc.). Data shall be developed for both up and down light, normal, parallel, and at 22.5°, 45" and 67.5° when light output is symmetrical. (b) Zonal lumens stated numerically at 0'-30°, 0°-40°, 0°-60°, 0°-90°, and where applicable 90"-120° , 90°-130°, 0°-180°.r Cypros 16100 - 18 (c) Coefficients of utilization in nu- (~* meric form. (d) Total lurainaire efficiency. (2) Construction or installation drawings, to scale, illustrating mounting procedures within each ceiling construction type on project when occurring. (3) A nonreturnable sample fixture fitted with appropriate lamp, 120 volt compo- nents, and 6 foot grounded power cord with plug. d. Sample of Finishes. Submit chip samples for all finishes and colors noted on the schedule to be selected by the Architect. Chip shall be minimum 4" x 4" and shall be a true sample of the finish on the fixture material and not merely the color. Submittal shall include a complete description of the finishing process. Chip samples are required for lighting fixture types: —^ (1) All exterior lighting fixtures and poles. (2) All surface mounted interior lighting fixtures. 9. Before ordering the specified light fixtures make available to the Owner's representative, on re- quest, samples for his final approval. 10. General Construction: a. Sheet Metal: Free of tool marks and dents. Finished to eliminate exposed sharp edges. Intersections and joints formed true, suffi- ciently rigid to prevent distortion after assembly. b. Castings: Free of blemishes, scale and rust, and finished smooth. c. Aluminum Surfaces, Nonreflecting: Anodized clear and with color as indicated. Castings to be irridited, sandblasted and anodized. r d. Aluminum Reflectors: Treat with alzak process to provide permanent reflective surface. Cypros 16100 - 19 Extruded reflectors to be unscored, bright dipped and clear anodized. 11. Ballasts: a. General (1) All ballasts for a single type lighting fixture shall be by a single manufacturer to assure consistent and similar light output of that type lighting fixture. (2) Ballasts for all electric discharge lamps shall be located within the same fixture housing unless specified to be remote. (3) Ballasts shall comply with all applicable UL, CBM, and ANSI standards and shall be UL listed. Ballasts performance may be certified by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory with a U.S. government registered certification mark for fluorescent lamp ballasts. Performance certification shall be con- ducted per ETL procedure B20.2 in accor- —. dance with ANSI C82.2 test methods. All * interior ballasts shall conform to The State of California Title 24 Energy Stan- dards . (4) All ballasts shall be high power factor (H.P.F.) 90% minimum. Capacitors in ballasts shall not have PCB's. (5) All ballasts shall be grounded per NEC Article 410-E. (6) All fluorescent ballasts utilized on the interior shall be of the energy saving type unless noted otherwise. (7) The terms outdoors and exterior when used in this section shall mean outside of the building or structure and all unheated areas within the confines of the building or structure. (8) Operating temperature shall, in general, be as follows: (a) Normal room ambient, 68°F to 84°F. r Cypros 16100 - 20 (b) Mechanical and boiler room ambient (c) Outdoors 20° F. b. Fluorescent Ballasts (1) Operating Voltages: Ballasts shall oper- ate within the following voltage limits without any deleterious effect. ( a ) Nominal voltage 120 VAC , operating range 108-132 VAC. (b) Nominal voltage 277 VAC, operating voltage 249-305 VAC. (2) Minimum Starting Temperature for outdoor and indoor ballasts shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated on the draw- ings. Starting Starting Type Temp . Temp . Type Lamps Ballast Outdoors Indoor f~~ 430 Ma Rapid Start Standard 0° F 50° F (3) Protection. Ballasts shall have UL list- ed Class P to limit ballast case tempera- ture to 90° C maximum with reset. (4) Sound Rating: Type Indoor Ballast Type Lamps Ballasts Sound Rating 430 Ma Rapid Start Standard Type A (5) Warranty. Fluorescent ballasts shall be warranted against failure due to defects in material and workmanship for a minimum period of three (3) years from date of installation acceptance regardless of the date of manufacture. c. HID Ballasts (1) Operating Characteristics. Ballasts for mercury or metal halide lamps shall be (CW) constant wattage (isolated) type. High pressure sodium lamps ballasts shall Cypros 16100 - 21 be auto-regulator type for 250, 400, and f^ 1000 watt lamps and lag regulating type for 70,100 and 150 watt lamps. All bal- lasts shall have the following character- istics: (a) CW: A ± 13 percent variation in line voltage shall not result in a variation in lamp wattage greater than ± 2 percent. (b) All high pressure sodium ballasts shall meet the ANSI Trapezoid limi- tations of lamp wattage due to ± 10% line voltage. (2) Starting Temperature. Ballast starting temperature shall be -20° F. (3) Protection. All HID ballasts shall be fused with size and type as recommended by the ballast manufacturer. Reference FUSING LIGHTING FIXTURES AND POLES para- graph hereinafter. -^ (4) Sound Rating. In the absence of unified ' standards for sound rating in ballast industry, the requirement of sound level limitation shall be based on quietest model available for type of lamp used. Where available, ballast shall carry a sound rating of A. (5) Outdoor Ballasts. Ballast cases and covers shall be weatherproof type to prevent entry of moisture. Where wiring enters ballast a permanent watertight seal shall be provided. (6) Warranty. HID ballasts shall be warrant- ed against failure due to defects in material and workmanship for a minimum period of one (1) year from date of in- stallation acceptance regardless of the date of manufacture. d. Manufacturers (1) Electronic ballasts rapid start and bi-ax lamps shall be type manufactured by Mag- netek Triad (Ballaster), Advance Trans- former Company or approved equal. Cypros 16100 - 22 (a) Ballasts shall operate lamps at a (~^ frequency of 20 to 3 5KHz with no detectable f1icker. (b) Ballasts that operate as a parallel circuit shall permit other lamps to maintain full output after failure of companion lamp(s). (c) Rapid-Start ballasts shall provide soft/stable start of rapid-start lamps and maintain full cathode heat during operation. (d) Ballasts shall be of U.S. manufac- ture and carry a 3-year warranty. (e) Ballasts shall comply with FCC and NEMA limits governing EMI and RFI and shall not interfere with opera- tion of other normal electrical equipment. (f) Ballasts shall meet any applicable ANSI standards (i.e. harmonic dis- —, tortion, surge protection, etc.). (g) Ballasts shall not be affected by lamp failure and shall deliver nor- mal lamp life. (h) Ballasts shall be marked with manu- facturer's name, part number, supply voltage, power factor, open circuit voltage, current draw for each lamp type and UL listing. (2) HID ballasts shall be manufactured by General Electric Company, Universal Manu- facturing Company or Advance Transformer Company. (3) Non-Electronic fluorescent ballasts. (a) Ballasts shall be UL Listed, Class P, Sound A rated. (b) UL Listed when installed in the fixture. C Cypros 16100 - 23 (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Energy saving type to comply with State of California Title 24 re- quirements . Be fully operationally compatible with lamps provided. Shal1 be manufactured by Advance Transformer Co., Universal Manufac- turing Corp. or General Electric Company. Carry a 3-year warranty. All ballasts shall be high power factor (HPF) 90% minimum. Capaci- tors in ballasts shall not have PCBs. All ballasts shall be grounded per NEC Article 410-E. Operating temperature shall, general, be as follows: in ([Normal room ambient, 68 °F to 84 °F. nMechanical and boiler room ambient [[Outdoors 0°F. (j) Operating Voltages: Ballasts shall operate within the following voltage limits without any deleterious ef- fect. [[Nominal voltage 120 VAC, operating range 110-125 VAC. [[Nominal voltage 277 VAC, operating voltage 255-289 VAC. (k) Minimum starting temperature for outdoor and indoor ballasts shall be as follows unless otherwise indicat- ed on the drawings: Type Lamps Cypros Type Ballast Starting Temp. Outdoors Starting Temp. Indoor 16100 - 24 425 Ma Instant Start Slimline -20 °F 50 "F 430 Ma Rapid Start Standard -20°F 50°F 460 Ma Rapid Start Energy Saving 60"F 800 Ma Rapid Start High Output -20"F 50°F 1500 Ma Rapid Start Power Groove -20"F 50'F 12. Fusing Lighting Fixtures and Poles a. General (1) All HID fixtures shall be fused. b. Material and Application (1) Fuseholder shall be one of the following: (a) Up to 300 volts, for all interior mounted fixtures provide: Bussmann HliR holder (w/6" of #18 solid CU wire) (b) Up to 600 volts for all outdoor mounted fixtures or fixtures exposed to moisture (or in pole bases) pro- vide fuseholders for 1-1/2" long x 13/32" fuses of correct wire size: Joy X8919 holder (two terminal) Joy X8917 holder (one terminal) Bussmann HEX holder (two terminal) Bussmann HEB holder (one terminal) (c) When the manufacturer's standard design utilizes other fuseholders such as panel mounted (HPC-D, HPF, HPL-B, etc.), they will be accept- able providing voltage and ampacity for the intended application does not exceed the values of those spec- ified above. c. Manufacturer. Fuse holders shall be manufac- tured by Bussmann Division of McGraw Edison or Joy Manufacturing Company (Hiway Lighting Connectors) or approved equal. 13. Fluorescent Fixture Temperature Rating Cypros 16100 - 25 a. Design recessed fixtures to limit ballast case temperature installed in fixtures to 90°C with line voltage at 277 volts plus 5 percent, room ambient at 25°C plus 5 percent, plenum ambient at 55 °C plus 5 percent and ceiling material not to exceed R factor of 20. b. Certify conformance on submittals. c. Conform with Guarantee Requirement per General Conditions. 14. Fluorescent Fixture Construction a. Landholders: Bipin type. Permitting full entry of lamp pins in a vertical plane, after which entry, a 90° rotation shall properly seat the lamp. Corrosion-resistant "edge- wipe" type lamp pin contacts. b. Lampholder Fastening: Securely fasten to brackets or socket straps with machine screws in a manner to eliminate excessive flexing under normal lamp pressure. Replaceable without removing fixture from the installa- tion. In fixtures with end plates, backed by fixture housing to prevent twisting. Where sockets cannot be backed up by housing, secure with two screws or bolts. c. Housings and Bodies: Fabricated or die- formed, cold-rolled heavy-duty steel welded into a one-piece assembly using lab seam construction. Breaks, bends, edges, holes, and knockouts accomplished by die-forming and machine operation. Alternately, fabricated of extruded aluminum sections or die-formed from aluminum with sections positively interlocked to provide a rigid unit. A complete die- formed housing of heavy-duty steel will be acceptable providing the unit is ribbed, embossed or paneled for strength. d. Provide wiring and ballast compartment acces- sible from below when the fixture is in the installed position, with wiring secured to the body of the fixture with the cover removed. e. In suspended ceilings, in addition to seismic suspension, provide four clips attached to fixtures to positively tie fixture to T-bar or ceiling channel suspension. In plaster and Cypros 16100 - 26 dry wall ceilings, provide plaster frame and U channel supports. f. In fixed ceilings, provide access to fixture outlet box through fixture. g. Finish: Finish visible fixture trim in color designated on drawings, or baked matte white enamel where not otherwise noted. h. Rustproof Metal Parts: Provide enamel finish, baked-on at a minimum temperature of 300°F. Enamel reflective surface to have 87 percent reflectivity, minimum. i. Louvers: Parabolic louver blades, 3" deep; semi-specular anodized aluminum reflector sheet; low iridescent, contoured to assure shielding of lamp, lamp image, and white interior surfaces. Minimum 30° shielding. j. Lenses: Flat lens designed to direct light down and present low surface brightness within normal viewing angles; high molecular weight virgin acrylic plastic having maximum melt flow rate of 2.2 grams/10 minutes per ASTM D1238 Condition 1 and minimum flow temperature of 315 degrees F per ASTM D569; smooth on one side, uniform pattern of male cones or hexago- nal prisms on the other. Special types where noted on fixture schedule. Prismatic lenses shall be manufactured by KSH Inc. as noted above. Prismatic lenses by J. W. Carrol1 & Sons, or PSI West meeting all of the require- ments of these specifications will be consid- ered equal. k. Doors: Provide minimum trim, separable, hinged door with mitered corners, secured in place by inconspicuous spring loaded, visible, finger operated catches, removable without tools, but hinged to preclude accidental dislodgement in the open position. Incorpo- rate 1 ight trap between door and fixture. Retain lens or louver firmly in door with clips or clamping frame, but allowing for lens replacement without special tools. 1. Fixture Wiring: Wire with 600 volts, 105°C rated, thermoplastic or asbestos insulation, No. 14 AWG minimum size. Interconnect between sockets and ballasts, and provide twelve inch Cypros 16100 - 27 minimum length pigtails. Provide two wire pigtail for single circuit connection, four wire for two circuit connection. Where fix- ture is served from two sources, barrier wiring from emergency source and provide inside notation indicating separate source. m. Modular Wiring: Where modular wiring systems are used in conjunction with lighting fix- tures, manufacturer of light fixture shall provide UL listed fixture for use with modular or manufactured wiring systems. n. Fixture Connection: Connect to fixture out- let, with six foot length of flex and conduc- tor insulated for rated fixture operating temperature in areas where modular wiring system cannot be used. o. General: All sagging, cracked, dented, or otherwise damaged lenses or louvers in light- ing fixtures shall be replaced. The replace- ments shall be new lenses or louvers of the same type and color as those damaged. —, p. Labeling: Provide specific UL label for use ' and mounting. Label Use 1C Insulated ceilings Non 1C (w/Thermal Overload) Fixed ceiling SC Suspended accessible ceiling Damp Location Exterior protected location Wet Location Exterior exposed locations 15. Incandescent Fixtures a. Medium base sockets below 300 watts and mogul base for 300 watts and larger, unless other- wise noted. b. For recessed fixtures, provide mounting frame with an attached prewired junction box, rated for through wiring with 60 °C conductors, Cypros 16100 - 28 designed for installation without installing trim, diffusers or lens. Verify suitability of attached j unction boxes for number of conductors indicated on drawings, and provide additional boxes where attached junction box capacity is exceeded. c. Provide specific UL label for use and mount- ing. Label Use 1C Insulated ceilings Non 1C (w/Thermal Overload) Fixed ceiling SC Suspended accessible ceiling Damp Location Exterior protected location Wet Location Exterior exposed location d. Fasten fixture sockets and reflectors securely ' to body to prevent rotation or rocking during relamping. e. Fasten or hinge trims and lenses to the fix- ture body so that no part of the fixture must be held during the relamping procedure. Securely retain lenses in lens door so that dropping of door cannot dislodge lens. f. Glass lenses or diff users to be free from spherical or chromatic imperfections and have thermal characteristics of "Pyrex". g. All recessed incandescent fixtures in the same area shall be supplied by the same manufactur- er to assure matching of cone colors and trim pieces. h. Wall Recessed or Surface Mounted: (Similar for wall or surface mounted compact fluores- cent) (1) Provide adequate support for lighting fixture by rigidly supporting the fixture housing and outlet box. r Cypros 16100 - 29 (2) Coverplates, trim pieces or canopies ^ shall meet flush with the wall for re- cessed units and tight to the fixture housing for surface mounted units. 16. High Intensity Discharge Fixtures a. Provide porcelain, screw type mogul sockets UL listed at 600 volts, 1500 watts, securely fastened to fixture body to prevent twisting or rocking of socket when lamping or relamp- ing. For pendant units, provide balanced con- struction for use on swivel hanger. b. Bracket Mounted: (1) All bracket mounted f ixtures shal1 be specifically designed for this type in- stallation. (2) Mounting hardware shall be completely tight. c. Ceiling Recessed and Surface Mounted: —^ (1) Provide adequate support for 1ighting f fixtures by rigidly supporting the re- cessed outlet box in finished areas or surface mounted box in unfinished areas. (2) Coverplates or canopies shall be screwed tight to the box. Coverplates or cano- pies on recessed boxes shall meet flush with the wall, d. Wall Surface Mounted: (1) Provide adequate support for lighting fixture by rigidly supporting the re- cessed outlet box in finished areas or surface mounted box in unfinished areas. e. General: (1) Provide ballast compatible with specified lamps, per HID Ballasts specification, and so certify. 17. High Pressure Sodium Vapor Additional Requirements r Cypros 16100 - 30 a. Ballast to operate with lamp in open or short circuit condition for six months without significant loss of ballast life. b. 2% maximum wattage variation from lamp watts at rated voltage. c. 2% maximum wattage variation at ±10% voltage variance. d. Power factor 85% minimum ±10% voltage varia- tion through life. e. Ballast, including starting aid, to protect itself against normal lamp failure modes. 18. Parking Lot, Floodlighting and Decorative Stan- dards. In Addition to Specific Fixture Specifica- tions, provide: a. Complete installation including poles, anchor bolts, luminaires, lamps, ballasts, wiring as detailed and/or specified, mounted on rein- forced concrete bases. —^ b. UL wet location label on fixtures on exterior r or in wet locations. c. Material and Application: (1) Pole Mounted Fixtures (a) Housings: Outdoor fixture housings on poles shall be sealed, weather- proof construction to protect the optical and electrical components from exposure to water and insects. (b) Labels: Outdoor fixtures on poles shall have UL label marked "Suitable for Wet Locations". (c) Frames: Access covers or 1ens frames shall be hinged on all fix- tures . All elements attached to covers or lens frames shall not slip or become loose upon opening of frame. (d) Brackets: Where slipfitter or tenon mounting brackets are required for single or multiple fixtures, they Cypros 16100 - 31 shall be designed to be attached to f~^ the type and size pole and fixture housing provided to obtain a close fit and a quality installation. (e) Accessories: The fixture manufac- turer shall provide all attachments and hardware required to securely fasten the fixture to the pole. (f) Tamperproof Hardware: Exposed screws on fixtures shall be tamper- proof type. (g) Gasketing: shall be appropriately placed and be bonded to seal out water and insects. Gasket material shall withstand full range of oper- ating temperatures without leaking, cracking or becoming loose. Gasket material shall be impervious to water and be made from neoprene, silicone or similar material. Gas- kets shall be one continuous length unless otherwise noted. {' (h) Ballasts: shall be easily remov- able. (i) Lens, Reflector, and Lamp: Fixture lens shall be sealed with watertight and bugtight gasket. Reflector shall be polished aluminum and be free of dents that will interfere with the efficiency. Reflector shall be adjustable where indicated. Lamps shall be easily accessible for replacement and be the correct type and wattage for which the fixture was designed. (j) Floodlights: All floodlights with yokes or threaded stems shall be adjustable and have vertical aiming scales and repositioning stop. (2) Wall or Bracket Mounted Fixtures (a) Wai1 and bracket mounted fixtures shall be defined as exterior fix- tures mounted on the building wall r Cypros 16100 - 32 C and are located with direct exposure to rain, sleet and snow. (b) Fixtures shall have UL label marked "Suitable for Wet Locations". (c) All brackets shall be designed to be attached to the type f ixture used and the type wall or surface that they are to be fastened. (3) Recessed, Surface or Pendant Mounted Fixtures (a) Recessed, surface or pendant mounted fixtures shall be defined as exteri- or fixtures mounted in or on the building overhang, canopy or covered walkway and are located clear of direct exposure to rain. (b) Fixtures shall have UL label marked "Suitable for Damp Locations". (c) Fixtures shall have weatherproof gasketing when available. (d) Recessed mount ing frames shal1 be designed to match the type surface in which the fixture is to be in- stalled. (4) Landscape Lighting Fixtures (a) Landscape lighting fixtures shall be mounted above or on grade to provide low level lighting for paths or walks, accent lighting, or security lighting. (b) Fixtures shall be provided with UL label marked "Suitable for Wet Loca- tions" . d. Manufacturer: Manufacturer of outdoor light- ing fixtures shall be as indicated on the plans and the lighting fixture schedule. S. Metal Lighting Poles 1. General Cypros 16100 - 33 a. Furnish and install poles for exterior light- ing fixtures as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. b. Pole manufacturer shall provide: (1) Installation and handling instructions (2) Anchor bolt template (3) Anchor bolts, nuts and washers (4) Touch-up finishing kit 2. Material and Application a. Poles shall be designed for winds up to lOOmph plus a 1.3 gust factor; while supporting the lighting fixtures with projected areas of the lighting fixture installed. b. Length of pole shall be as noted on plans. c. Pole shall be straight (non-tapered) construc- tion with handhole at base. ( d. Construction shall be steel or aluminum as indicated. Each pole shall have an interior grounding lug for fastening a No.6 AWG copper grounding wire. e. Poletop tenon shall match the fixture or mounting bracket slipfitter. f. Pole manufacturer shall furnish template for placing anchor bolts and conduits. g. Hot-rolled carbon steel anchor bolts with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi shall be provided with each pole. Galvanized or plated bolts shall be sized and furnished by the pole manufacturer. Bolts shall have an "L" bend on one end for placement in concrete base and threads of adequate length on other end for bolting pole base in place. h. Each anchor bolt shall be provided with one leveling nut, one hold down nut and two wash- ers by the pole manufacturer. Nuts and wash- ers shall be galvanized or plated. Leveling shims in lieu of leveling nuts will not be acceptable. Cypros 16100 - 34 r i. A full base cover shall be provided to cover anchor bolts and pole baseplate. Base cover shall have provision for preventing vertical uplift of the cover after installation. j. Accessories shall include but not be limited to the following: (1) Mounting brackets (2) Arm connections and arms (3) Poletop cap (4) Pole base cover k. Finish: (1) Poles specified with a finish coat of paint shall be carefully handled to avoid damaging the surface. All protective wrapping shall be removed as soon as possible after unloading. (2) Poles with finished coat that are scraped or scratched shall be repaired as soon as possible to prevent rusting. Scraped or scratched areas shall be sanded, wiped clean and a new prime coat and finish coat applied. (Color per Architect's requirements.) T. Concrete Bases for Lighting Poles 1. General a. Work specified herein shall consist of fur- nishing all labor, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to construction of drilled piers. b. Disposal of surplus material from holes shall be removed from site. c. Contractor shall familiarize himself with site conditions as represented by boring logs. d. Contractor shall supply structural calcula- tions of wind loading and footing design to withstand loading. Design shall be by a licensed California structural engineer. Cypros 16100 - 35 2. Material and Applicationsr~a. Concrete shall have a 28-day strength of at least 3000 psi and a maximum slump of 4". Concrete shall not be used which has had water added to mix for more than one hour before placement. At least four concrete test cylin- der specimens shall be made from each day's pour. b. Reinforcing steel bars: ASTH A615-68, Grade 60. c. All anchor bolts, nuts, washers, and templates shall be supplied by the pole manufacturer. U. General Purpose Receptacles: Shall be specification grade, 2P-3W, with provisions for back-wiring from eight separate wiring openings with screw activated clamp type terminals and side wiring with captively held binding screws. Receptacle cover shall be high-impact, chemical resistant nylon and housing shall be high-impact, chemical resis- tant ABS/PVC or equivalent. Mounting strap shall be f wrap-around design and grounding contact must be heavy- duty type. They shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories and verified as meeting Federal Specifications W-C-596F. Receptacles shall be General Electric or approved equal or Hubbell, Bryant or Pass & Seymour. Duplex Receptacles GE5262-7 15A-125V White GE5362-7 20A-125V White or color as approved by Architect Single Receptacles GE5261-7 15A-125V White GE5361-7 20A-125V White or color as approved by Architect Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacles GE5262-IG 15A-125V Orange GE5362-IG 20A-125V Orange GE color suffix (-1) Brown, (-2) Ivory, (-7) White, (- 8) Red, (-9) Gray C Cypros 16100 - 36 V, w, Receptacles shall be installed with the "U" grounding contact at the top. Where receptacles are mounted horizontally they shall be installed with the neutral contact at the top. Special receptacles as indicated on drawings. All receptacles shall be submitted for shop drawing review and color approval to the Architect and Engineer. Toggle Switches: Shall be quiet AC-type, specification grade with provi- sions for backwiring with screw actuated clamp type terminals, side-wiring with adaptively-held binding screws,and separate screw terminal for the grounding wire. They shall be color coded for current rating, and certified by UL as meeting Federal Specification W-S- 896E. Switches shall be General Electric or approved equal by Hubbell, Bryant or Pass & Seymour. White Toggle Switch Single Pole Double Pole Three-Way Four-Way 20 AMP 120-277V AC 2HP -240V GE5951-7G GE5952-7G GE5953-7G GE5954-7G Special switches as indicated on drawings. GE5951-OLG SP121-8G Locking Pilot Light (Red Toggle) Locator Light SL122-2G Momentary (SPOT) Maintained (SPDT Center Off) Catalog Number Toggles Color Suffix (-1G) Brown, (-2G) Ivory, (-3G) Black, (-8G) Red, (-9G) Gray, (-OLG) Locking. 30 AMP 12 0-277V AC 2HP-240V GE5991-7G GE5992-7G GE5993-7G GE5994-7G GE5991-OLG SP131-8G SL132-8G (-7G) White, Plates: 1.All switches, receptacles, telephone, CRT and blank outlets shall be of white finish unless otherwise noted. General Electric, Hubbell, Bryant or Pass & Seymour. Cypros 16100 - 37 r 2. Outlets on exposed conduit runs shall have cast conduit fitting device covers. 3. Plates requiring engraved lettering shall be as: a. Contactor control switches. b. Key operated switches. c. Switches with pilot lights. d. Motor, heating and ventilating control switch- es. e. Switches where outlets or switch equipment are not visible from switch location. X. Mounting Facilities: Provide mounting facilities required for properly securing of hanging fixtures, equipment and outlets. Provide sleeves, inserts, expansion joints, and all components as required. Y. Dimmers (Individual): 1. Performance a. All devices shall be capable of operating at rated capacity without adversely affecting design lifetime. b. All devices shall mount individually in a single gang U.S. switchbox. Devices shall be gangable without removing side sections or derating capacity. c. Devices shall operate in an ambient tempera- ture range of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F) d. All dimmers and switches shall incorporate an airgap switch which shall be accessible with- out removing the faceplate. The airgap switch shall be capable of meeting all applicable requirements of U.L. 20 for airgap switches in incandescent dimmers. e. All dimmers and switches shall provide power- failure memory. Should power be interrupted and subsequently returned, the lights will come back on to the same levels set prior to the power interruption. restoration to some other default level is not acceptable, unless specifically noted elsewhere. Cypros 16100 - 38 f. Dimmers and switches shall not be susceptible to damage or loss of memory due to static discharge. g. Dimmers and switches shall meet ANSI/IEEE Std. C62.41-1980, tested to withstand voltage surges of up to 6000V and current surges of up to 200A without damage. h. Dimmers and switches shall meet the U.L. 20 limited short circuit test requirement for snap switches. 2. Dimmer Controls a. Dimmer control shall be linear slide. b. Linear slide dimmer shall provide intensity and on/off control with movement of slider. This applies to single pole and 2-location dimmers. c. Preset dimmers shall incorporate separate control of intensity and on/off. Provide additional auxiliary controls shown on drawings to turn 1 ights on to levels set at preset control, and off. d. Dimmers shall be voltage regulated so that a ±10% variation in line voltage shall cause no more than a ±5% variation in load voltage when dimmer is operating at 40V (5% light output). e. All dimmers shall provide a smooth and contin- uous Square Law Dimming curve. f. Dimmers shall utilize and LC filtering network to minimize interference with properly in- stalled radio, audio, and video equipment. g. Dimmer control slider shall be captured, h. Incandescent: All dimmers shall meet U.L. 20 and be appro- priately marked. i. Electronic (Solid-state) Low Voltage Trans- former/Sol-Lo: c Cypros 16100 - 39 (1) Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifi- cally designed to control the input of electronic (solid-state) low voltage trans formers. Dimmers us ing standard phase control shall not be acceptable. (2) Dimmers shall not adversely affect sound rating of electronic transformer. In addition, no flicker or interaction shall occur at any point in the dimming range. (3) Dimmers shall have overload protection that reduces power output when dimmer capacity is exceeded. j. Magnetic Low Voltage Transformer: (1) Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifi- cally designed to control and provide a symmetrical AC waveform to the input of magnetic low voltage transformers. (2) Dimmers shall not cause a magnetic low voltage transformer to operate above the transformer's rated operating current and temperature. 3. Switches (To Match Dimmers in Common Gangs) a. All switches shall be available in single pole, 3-Way, and 4-Way configurations. b. Switch rating shall be 20A for either 120 or 277VAC, tungsten or inductive loads. c. Electronic switch rating shall be 2000W, 120VAC for incandescent, electronic low volt- age transformer, magnetic low voltage trans- former, and fluorescent loads. 4. Faceplates a. Contractor shall be responsible for mounting devices on a flat wall. A flat wall is a wall with less than 1/8" depth deviation per every 3 feet. b. Multi-gang faceplate shall include mounting frame for proper device alignment and face- plate attachment. r Cypros 16100 - 40 c. Plastic: (Use stainless steel where stainless /*"" steel coverplates are used on other devices.) (1) Unless otherwise specified, faceplates shall be constructed of high impact, scratch-resistant ABS plastic. Standard color shall be white. Color shall be as specified on drawings or Control Station Detail. (2) Faceplate shall snap on to device with no visible means of attachment. (3) Heat fins shall not be visible on front of device. (4) At locations with multiple devices, one seamless, multi-gang faceplate shall be provided. Contractor is responsible for coordination of proper switchbox size and faceplate type. 5. Quality Control a. Al 1 components used in devices shal 1 be in- spected following U.S. military standard 105D ( or equivalent. b. All devices shall be fully tested for proper operation prior to shipment from the factory. 6. Installation Devices shall be installed utilizing manufacturer's recommended application, wiring, and installation instructions. 7. Warranty All devices shall be covered by a minimum one year warranty from time of purchase. 8. Manufacturers Design is based on Lutron Nova T Star series dim- mers. Z. Motion Sensors (Occupancy Sensors) 1. General Cypros 16100 - 41 a. All sensors shall be self-contained, ultrason- f^ ic motion detectors providing volumetric coverage without gaps within the detection area. b. Sensors shall have a rugged solid-state design and be designed specifically for energy con- servation. c. Operating freguency shall be crystal con- trolled to within ±0.01% and all ultrasonic transducers must be protected from damage. d. Sensors shall be available with different operating frequencies to allow individual control of adjacent areas. e. User adjustable controls shall be provided for "sensitivity" and "time delay". f. Coverage shall remain constant after sensitiv- ity control has been set. g. No reduction in coverage shall occur when air- conditioning is in operation. i h. Sensors shall be able to be wired in parallel to allow coverage of large areas. i. All ceiling mounted sensors shall operate on 15 VDC as supplied by the Model 13-011 Switch- pack. j. Sensors shall be suitable for Class 2 wiring. k. An easily visible indicator light shall be provided to verify that motion is being de- tected. 1. Sensors shall be designed, specifically, for the size and use of the area in which they will be used. m. All ceiling mounted sensors shall have pig- tailed teflon connectors for easy installa- tion. n. Except when actually switching the load, system operation shall be silent. o. All sensor locations shall be checked by the sensor manufacturer to ensure complete cover-r^ Cypros 16100 - 42 age. Sensors shall be installed per the i manufacturer's submittal. For sensors other than the design basis, the Contractor shall have each application specifically verified for coverage. p. All sensors and associated switchpacks shall be warranted for a minimum of three years. 2. Switchpack a. The switchpack shall provide 15 VDC power to sensors (two minimum) and perform relay switching of load. b. Relay contacts shall have ratings of: IDA - 120 VAC Tungsten 20A - 120 VAC Ballast 20A - 277 VAC Ballast c. Relay contacts shall be isolated. d. The switchpack shall mount to the coverplate of a standard 4" junction box, with or without ,—. an extension ring. Mounting requires only a ^ single locknut, which shall be supplied. e. The switchpack shall be operable on either 120 or 277 VAC circuits. f. The switchpack shall be U.L. listed. g. The Contractor shall provide supplementary relays as necessary to control loads as shown on the drawings. 3. Wall Switch a. The wal 1 switch shal 1 be des igned to cover areas up to 300 square feet in one direction. b. The wall switch shall detect the types of motion common in offices, small conference rooms, lavatories, copy rooms and storage rooms. c» The unit shall require a pushbutton to be pressed to turn light on. Lights may also be turned off with the same pushbutton, or lights shall automatically be turned off after the present period of time elapses. Cypros 16100 - 43 d. There shall be a 10-second "grace" period after the unit turns lights off (because of lack of motion) during which a new motion will automatically turn lights on without the pushbutton having to be pressed. e. Sensitivity and time-on after activation shall be user adjustable through concealed controls to minimize tampering. Time-on shall be adjustable between 30 seconds and 12 minutes. f. Override capability, for use in emergency or during lamp changes, shall be provided by a three-position switch which allows selection of positive on, off, and automatic operation. g. The wall switch shall incorporate a self- resetting thermal cutout to protect the unit from excessive overloads or overheating. h. The wall switch is easily installed in any standard single or two gang junction box. i. Units shall be U,L. listed for 120 VAC cir- cuits; and/or 277 VAC circuits. t 4. General Purpose Room Sensors a. These sensor units are to be available with either a single direction coverage pattern or a two-way pattern. b. Sensors shall be specifically designed to detect types of motion found in offices, classrooms, conference rooms, etc. c. One-way pattern sensors shall cover 900 square feet of 1/2 step motion and 670 square feet of working-at-desk motion. d. Two-way pattern sensors shall cover 1,800 square feet of 1/2 step motion and 1,344 square feet of working-at-desk motion. e. Sensors shall provide sufficient switching capability to activate up to ten switchpacks. f. Sensors shall contain timing circuitry to provide user adjustable "time to light off" delay of 30 seconds to 12 minutes. r Cypros 16100 - 44 g. User controls shall be recessed to limit (~* tampering. h. Sensors shall surface mount to ceiling tiles through a single 3/4" hold with provided hardware. i. A manual override switch in the sensor shall allow the load to be turned on without tools in event of sensor failure. j. Sensors shall be replaceable, in the event of failure, without disturbing hard-wiring. k. All features shall apply as in Motion Sensors (Occupancy Sensors). 5. Corridor and Warehouse Sensors a. These sensors shall be specifically designed to respond to walking motion. b. Sensors shall detect motion in a corridor 14f wide and 80' long, with one sensor when mount- ed 10" above the floor. /-^f c. Sensors shall detect motion in a warehouse aisle 10" wide and 60' long (walking motion) or 100' long (forklift motion) when mounted 22 feet above floor. d. Sensors shall provide sufficient switching capability to activate up to ten Model 13-011 Switchpacks. e. Sensors shall contain timing circuitry to provide user adjustable "time to light off" delay of 30 seconds to 12 minutes. f. A manual override switch in the sensor shall allow the load to be turned on without tools in event of sensor failure. g. Sensors shall be replaceable, in the event of failure, without disturbing hard-wiring. h. Sensors shall surface mount to ceiling tiles through a single 3/4" hold with provided hardware. i. All features shall apply as in Motion Sensors (Occupancy Sensors). Cypros 16100 - 45 6. Manufacturersra. All motion sensors and switchpacks shall be by one manufacturer. b. Acceptable manufacturers are Light-O-Matic by Novitas, Inc., Lithonia, or approved equal. c. Design is based upon Light-O-Matic sensors. 2.2 DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATES As a deductive alternate to the specified products, the following items shall be bid. It shall be noted that none of the below items are pre-approved for installation and each item shall be bid separately from base bid and submitted for review by the engineer. Base bids must be per plans and specifications. A. Pullout "T-Type" Fuses In lieu of "quick make/quick break" fused switches in multimeter applications only, pullout T-type fuses may be bid as a deductive alternate. Use of T-type fuses shall be restricted to maximum ampacity of 200A and shall be of the C. L. F. type to match the AIC ratings and current limitation of the specified fuses.c B. Conduit Couplings U.L. Listed setscrew fittings may be bid as a deductive alternate to compression type fittings (for indoor applications only) on conduits 2" diameter and larger. C. Metal Clad Cable Type MC cable may be bid as a deductive alternate in lieu of EMT or flexible metal conduit and wire in dry loca- tions where acceptable to state and local code authori- ties and the NEC. Bid submittal shall include cutsheets of cable and cutting tools for review. Manufacturer approved rotary cutting tools, and insulated solid copper grounding wire shall be used. D. Bends and Risers Schedule 80 type rigid non-metallic conduit may be bid as an alternate to rigid galvanized steel where encased in concrete for risers and bends. PVC conduit must be installed per all state and local requirements. r E. Concrete Encasement Cypros 16100 - 46 Provide an itemized deductive alternate for the deletion of concrete encasement (except at risers and bends) for all encasement required by the specifications. Encase- ment required by utility companies shall not be deleted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Location and verification of dimensions: Scaled and figure dimensions are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only. Before proceeding with work, check and verify dimensions and sizes and assume respon- sibility for fitting of all materials and equipment to other parts of equipment and to the structure. Where apparatus and equipment have been indicated on drawings, dimensions have been taken from typical equipment of the class indicated. Check the drawings to see that equip- ment to be installed will fit into the spaces provided. B. Install materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer•s recommendations, instructions, industry standards. C. Trench and Backfill: Provide trenching, concrete encasement of conduit, backfilling and compaction for underground high voltage system. D. Conduit: 1. Rigid conduit: Shall be used when installed in concrete slabs, encased in concrete below slabs, in concrete or masonry walls, exposed on building exterior or exposed on interior walls below 4'0" above floor, and where required by code. 2. Rigid conduit in concrete in contact with earth, except below slab, shall be encased 3" on all sides with red mixed concrete envelope. Concrete mix shall be 5.5 sack, using pea gravel as aggregate. 3. Protection: Wrap runs underground with Hunt's "Process No. 3" or Scotch "No. 50 tape", half- lapped. 4. EMT: a. Use only for concealed interior runs or ex- posed interior runs 4I0" above floor. r Cypros 16100 - 47 b. EMT may be used on roofs under roofing and where protected by adjacent rigid roof insula- tion. c. EMT shall not be cast in concrete or installed in masonry walls. 5. Flexible conduit: Use in movable partitions, where indicated on drawings and in other locations due to structural conditions as permitted by code and with review of Architect. 6. No conduit and fittings shall be used without prior review. 7. Seal-tite flexible conduit shall be used for all final connections to motors and in wet, damp or outdoor areas where drawings indicate use of flexi- ble conduit. 8. Terminate conduit runs to rotating, adjustable, or movable equipment with flexible connections. 9. Install flexible isolating connections in conduit runs between building structure and air condition- ing equipment, transformers or other equipment transmitting vibration or noise. 10. Do not use threadless conduit couplings for rigid conduit except for connections requiring union. 11. Rigid conduit shall be terminated with metallic bushings. 12. Install three 3/4 in. empty conduits from each flush mounted panelboard to accessible above ceil- ing space where conditions occur. Cap conduit with standard galvanized pipe caps. 13. Mark underground conduit stubs from building with stainless steel plate located +12 in. above stub- outs on exterior wall of building and engraved to indicate size and direction of stubs. Conduit stubs terminating more than 20 ft. from building shall have installed, over end of stub, 6 in. x 12 in. deep concrete block, flush with finished grade elsewhere. Provide 3 in. x 3 in. brass plate, engraved "ELECT", secured to block with brass dowels. Cypros 16100 - 48 14. Conduit shall not be embedded in concrete slab less [ than 4 in. thick and conduit 1-1/4 in. and larger shall not be installed in slab. Install conduit embedded in concrete slabs not on grade between reinforcing bars and bottom of slab. For slabs on grade, install conduit below slab, as specified. 15. Non-metallic conduit: Shall be installed under- ground and in duct banks. Bends and risers shall be schedule 80, concrete encased. Risers shall terminate at panels and pullboxes with double locknuts and insulated grounding bushing. Bare copper ground wire shall be installed in conduit runs between panels and pullboxes and connected to ground bushing at each end. Ground wire shall be code sized or as indicated on drawings. Non-metal- lic conduit shall not be installed in concrete slabs or panels. 16. Non-metallic conduit in duct banks shall be in- stalled as described in Concrete Encasement. 17. Provide secure mounting facilities for conduits. Wire or plumbers tape shall not be used for hanging of suspended conduit. Conduits shall not be se- s-^ cured to suspended ceiling hanger wires or to ' suspended ceiling structure. 18. Provide junction or pullboxes where reguired for pulling conductors due to excessive numbers of bends or lengths of conduit runs. Provide separa- tion on voltages for all enclosures. All boxes shall be code sized. 19. Provide expansion couplings wherever conduits cross expansion or seismic joints or for continuous straight runs in excess of 100 feet except when embedded in concrete. Expansion fittings shall have bonding jumper or be of grounding type. 20. Re-route conduit where necessary to clear structur- al and mechanical obstructions. 21. Bury underground conduit except under buildings to depth of not less than 2 4 inches below finished grade. Bury runs smal 1 er than 1-1/ 4" to minimum depth of 6 inches under floor slabs and provide 3 inches concrete encasement. For conduit 1-1/2" and larger, trench sufficiently under floor slabs to provide a minimum buried depth of 36 inches below finished grade. Minimum depths are to top of concrete envelopes. Cypros 16100 - 49 r 22. Install long radius bends in underground service conduits and in other long underground runs in excess of 100ft. Do not flatten or kink bends. 23. Run conduits at right angles or parallel to struc- tural members, walls, floor and ceiling. Secure conduits 1-inch and smaller with one hole malleable iron straps. Secure conduits 1-1/4 inch and larger with conduit hangers or two hole galvanized straps. Support suspended conduits with conduit hangers and 1/4 inch hanger-rod. Rack mount or suspend multiple conduit runs on trapeze hangers with 3/8in. rods. 24. Conduits installed in concrete, wet locations, exposed to weather or underground shall have threads filled with red lead and oil before screw- ing into couplings and threaded fittings. 25. Run conduits in spaces above suspended ceilings parallel to walls and floors. 26. Coordinate conduit runs in roof insulation and for securing of conduit runs above finished roof. 27. Where more than two conduits are installed in one common concrete envelope, separate conduits with conduit spacers. 28. Conceal conduit above ceiling, or in walls, unless otherwise noted. 29. A separate conduit shall be installed for each homerun indicated on the drawings. 30. Paint fire alarm conduits with a 1-inch wide red band every 5 feet of run. 31. PVC jacketed rigid steel conduit where used in soil below the building. Wrap all joints with 4 layers of 10 mill PVC tape. All conduit and fillings which have damaged PVC coating shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. 32. Provide a green insulated ground conductor of size as required by code or parity size as noted in all flexible and PVC conduit runs and in metallic conduit where noted. 33. Do not strap or fasten rigid conduit to mechanical equipment, or to equipment subject to vibration or mounted on shock absorbing bases. Cypros 16100 - 50 34. Conduits which are installed above dry type sus- pended ceilings shall not be secured to ceiling support wires. Support such conduit independent of ceiling suspension systems. 35. Support conduit to structure above suspended ceil- ing 8" minimum above ceiling to allow removal of ceiling tile. Do not support from T-bars or T-bar hanger wires. Maintain five inch clearance above recessed light fixtures. 36. Support conduits adjacent to walls with preformed channels. 37. Provide plated or galvanized hangers, rods, chan- nels and metallic support and fastening material. 38. Conduit shall not be run closer than 12 inches to any hot water pipe, steam pipe, heater flue or vent. Maintain minimum 6 inches clearance between conduit and piping. 39. Conduits in furred spaces shall be routed to clear access openings. -~ 40. Upon completing the installation of any run of ' conduit, the runs shall be tested to see that they are free from al 1 obstructions and have a smooth interior. Install pullropes ready to pull circuit conductors. 41. Seal: a. Conduits terminating where termination is subj ect to moisture or where conduit pene- trates exterior wall or roof shall be sealed. b. Seal all conduit from exterior outlets at first interior junction to prevent moisture from entering the building through the con- duit. c. Seal all conduit to sump pump motors and control panel. d. Seal all conduit that passes through the following areas: (1) As indicated on drawings. (2) Classified (hazardous) area. r Cypros 16100 - 51 (3) Refrigerated area. (4) Temperature control room such as cold room or warm room. (5) Seal material shall be Johns-Manville "Dux Seal", Minnesota Mining and Manufac- turing Co. "Scotchfil" or equal. 42. Empty Conduit a. Provide a nylon or a 3/32-inch O.D. polyethyl- ene rope, rated at 200 pounds tensile strength, in all conduits more than 5 feet in length left empty for future use. Not less than 3' of rope shall be left at each end of the conduit. b. Tag all empty conduits at each accessible end with a permanent tag identifying the purpose of the conduit and the location of the other end. c. Cap the open ends of conduits with approved manufactured conduit seals until ready to pull _^ in conductors. d. Duct banks shall have a continuous slope downward toward manholes and away from build- ings with a pitch of not less than 4 inches in 100 feet. Changes in direction of runs ex- ceeding a total of 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished by long- sweep bends having a minimum radius of curva- ture of 25 feet, except that manufactured bends may be used at ends of short runs of 100 feet or less, and then only at or close to the end of a run. E. Installation of 600 volt conductors: 1. Conductors shall be continuous between outlets or junction boxes and no splices shall be made except in outlet boxes, pullboxes, panelboard gutters or handholes. Feeders shall not be spliced in pull- boxes . 2. All joints, splices and taps #10 and smaller (in- cluding fixture pigtails) shall be connected with "Ideal" wire nuts. r Cypros 16100 - 52 3. Oil or grease shall not be used when pulling con- f~* ductors. Use acceptable cable lubricants only. Conductors shall not come in contact with earth or laid out on concrete slabs while being installed. 4. Train and lace conductors neatly in panels, cabi- nets and equipment. 5. Tighten pressure type lugs on panels and equipment, and re-tighten 24 hours later. 6. Tagging of conductors: a. Tag branch circuits in panelboards, in gut- ters, and in junction boxes where unused circuits terminate for purpose of identify- ing various circuits. b. Tag feeders and mains in switchboards. c. Tag with adhesive type of marker manufactured by "Brady" as distributed by Graybar Electric Co. 7. Install #12 galvanized steel pull wire in empty ^-^ conduits. 8. Separate conductors of different voltages in inde- pendent raceways and enclosures. F. Flashing: Fasten to roof and flash conduits passing through roof and exterior walls in a manner acceptable to Architect. G. Pullboxes: 1. Care shall be exercised in locating underground pullboxes to avoid installation in drain water flow areas. 2. General purpose sheet steel pullboxes shall be installed only in dry protected locations and shall have removable screw covers. H. Junction Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes shall be mounted at vertical center of block where mounted in masonry walls. 2. Outlet boxes shall be securely fastened to struc- ture. r Cypros 16100 - 53 I. Heating and Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Plumbing f~^ Electrical Work: 1. Outlet boxes shall be mounted at vertical center of block where mounted in masonry walls. 2. Outlet boxes shall be securely fastened to struc- ture. 3. Review mechanical plans for all control wiring, shutoffs, duct detector, and other electrical coordination requirements. J. Rough-in locations for fixtures and equipment shall be determined from the unit itself or from the approved shop drawings. K. Provide all necessary anchoring devices and supports. 1. Use structural supports suitable for equipment, or as indicated. 2. Check loadings and dimensions of equipment with shop drawings. --. 3. Do not cut or weld to building structural members. L. Arrange for necessary openings to allow for admittance of equipment. Where equipment cannot be installed as structure is being erected, provide and arrange for building-in of boxes, sleeves, or other devices to allow later installation. M. Install equipment to permit easy access for normal maintenance. 1. Maintain easy access to switches, motors, drives, pulIboxes, receptacles, etc. 2. Notify Owner's Representative in writing of reloca- tion items which interfere with access. N. Provide concrete foundations or pads required for electrical equipment, as follows or as otherwise indicat- ed on drawings. 1. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1 as applicable for requirements. 2. Where drawings do not show special foundations, install 3-inch thick housekeeping concrete pads and 4-inch wide edges. Cypros 16100 - 54 3. Set anchor bolts for equipment.r ... . .0. Locate exit signs and fire alarm flashing lights so that both signs are visible from all corridor locations. In open areas, relocate signs as requested by Owner's Representative, who must approve any relocation in writing to Contractor. P. No material, device or equipment shall be shipped to site unless shop drawings have been approved for such, prior to shipment. Q. Sound control: Install material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to minimize noise levels. Correct noise or vibration occurring as a result of installation or equipment at no cost to the Owner. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Tests: 1. Furnish necessary instruments and equipment re- quired for making tests, test all wiring for shorts, open circuits or grounding. Provide docu- mentation of all tests upon request. 2. Immediately correct any defective work. 3. When entire installation has been completed and lighting fixtures installed, test out circuits and switching, and demonstrate that operation of system is in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. Test, coordinate, and set ground fault interrupter devices under direction of approved third-party testing agency. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Cleaning: 1. Clean exposed parts of lighting fixtures, electri- cal equipment and interior of panels, cabinets and switchboards of dirt, cement, and plaster and other materials. 2. Replace or refinish scratched or damaged materials. B. Lighting Adjustment: At final night-time inspection, adjust lighting as required by Architect. r Cypros 16100 - 55 3.4 SEISMIC PROTECTIONcA. Seismic Protection Criteria: Electrical and mechanical machinery installations in any Seismic Risk Zone of the Uniform Building Code Seismic Risk Map shall be protected from earthquakes. Protection criteria for these zones shall be a Horizontal Force Factor not less than required by code or agency, cons idered pass ing through the machinery center of gravity in any horizontal direction. Unless vibration isolation is required to protect machinery against unacceptable structure transmitted noise and/or vibration, machinery shall be protected from earthquakes by rigid structurally sound attachment to the load supporting structure. The number shall be deter- mined by calculations performed by a registered Califor- nia professional engineer (included in contractor's bid) as verified by the seismic restraint vendor. Vibration isolation machinery shall be protected by protected spring isolators or separate seismic restraint vendor. Seismic snubbers and protected spring isolators shall be seismic protection rated in three principal axes by independent laboratory testing or analysis by an indepen- dent licensed structural engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of his own seismic re- straint systems and shall supply all seismic calculations and details to the structural engineer/architect for f~^ review. He shall supply to the Owner's Representative details of the forces exerted by his restraints, anchor- ages, and other points of attachment. Seismic protection devices shall be included in the Contract Sum. B. Electrical and Mechanical equipment shall be installed in accordance with the following guidelines: 1. SMACNA Publication: Guidelines for Seismic Re- straints of Mechanical Systems. 2. California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Division 22. C. Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the equipment mounting, conduit and cable support racks. This drawing shall be prepared, stamped and signed by a Registered California Structural Engineer. 3.5 SETTING OF PROTECTIVE DEVICE Prior to final completion of the project, set all protective device relays and internal settings to provide adjustment between upstream and downstream protective devices. Setting shall be based on the accepted coordination study. Cypros 16100 - 56r 3.6 INDOOR LIGHTING FIXTURE INSTALLATIONrA. General 1. Verify final type of ceiling construction prior to ordering fixtures and provide mounting frame to match. 2. Lighting fixtures recessed in plaster or dry wall ceilings shall be provided with plaster frames. 3. Fixtures shall not be supported directly from ceiling tile, ductwork, piping, or horizontal conduits. 4. All fixtures shall be supported by means of yokes or other mounting devices as recommended by fixture manufacturer. All supports shall meet NEC Article 410 Section D. 5. All fixtures shall be clean and free of visible labels, markings and lamp retainer gaskets prior to final inspection. 6. All recessed lighting fixture trims shall meet flush with the ceiling and shall not have light leakage. 7. All recessed lighting fixtures in removable ceil- ings shall be connected to modular wiring system to allow ease of relocation after installation. 8. All lighting fixtures inside air handling units or in return air plenums shall be rigidly supported. Fluorescent fixtures shall not be mounted perpen- dicular to air flow nor directly in air flow. 9. Fixtures installed in compressor, fan and similar equipment rooms and areas shall be located, and height adjusted, on job to clear all obstructions such as ducts, piping, bracing and supports. Locate fixtures so that proper illumination will be obtained. Where location of fixtures shown on the plans must be radically changed, notify Architect. 10. Fixtures shall be shipped to job completely assem- bled as unit except stems, canopies, joiners and other required fittings. B. Fluorescent Fixtures (Ceiling Recessed Mounted) r Cypros 16100 - 57 1. Fluorescent fixtures shall have frame suitable for installation in the type ceiling installed. 2. Fluorescent fixtures with parabolic louvers are to be supplied and installed with protective plastic sheeting in place. This protective material is not to be removed until all painting and clean-up in areas of fixtures has been completed. 3. Fluorescent fixtures shall be supported by rod hangers from building structure or other methods to adequately support the fixtures. 4. All lenses and louvers shall be cleaned. Lenses shall be cleaned on both sides. All fingerprints and smudges on louvers shall be completely removed. All foreign material fixtures shall be removed. C. Fluorescent Fixtures (Ceiling Surface Mounted) 1. Fixtures surfaced mounted in continuous rows shall be mounted in exact horizontal alignment and free of vertical deflection and angular jointing. 2. Fixtures mounted in rows along tee bars shall be supported independent of ceiling with B-line #IDS clips. D. Fluorescent Fixtures (Wall Recessed or Surface Mounted) 1. Fixtures an trims shall be square and plumb. All openings around fixture trims shall be filled and finished with appropriate material. 2. Surface mounted fixtures and recessed mounted fixture trim pieces shall be tight against the mounting surface. E. Fluorescent Standby Lighting Fixtures: Units shall be mounted fixed in place where indicated on the drawings and be wired to normal unswitched power feeding lighting within the space. F. Incandescent Fixtures (Ceiling Recessed Mounted) 1. All fixtures shall be provided with frame-in kits for drywall or plaster ceilings or suspension bar hanger supports for tee bar ceilings. r Cypros 16100 - 58 2. All fixtures in drywall or plaster ceiling shall be f provided with accessible junction boxes through fixture opening. 3. Any reflectors shall fit tight to ceiling and be free of fingerprints, dust and dirt. G. Compact Fluorescent (Ceiling Recessed Mounting) 1. All fixtures shall be provided with frame-in kits for drywall or plaster ceilings or suspension bar hanger supports for tee bar ceilings. 2. All fixtures in drywall or plaster ceiling shall be provided with accessible junction boxes through fixture opening. 3. Any reflectors shall fit tight to ceiling and be free of fingerprints, dust and dirt. H. Incandescent Emergency Lighting Units 1. Units shall be mounted fixed in place where indi- cated on the drawings and be wired to normal un- switched power feeder lighting within the space. /^f 2. Test: Units shall be tested in darkened space after installation to insure the following: a. That relay operates on loss of normal power by de-energizing the panelboard circuits feeding normal lighting. b. Light heads are properly aimed and swivel joint tightened. I. HID Fixtures (Bracket Mounted) 1. HID fixtures shall be rigidly mounted. 2. All fixtures shall be square and plumb. J. HID Fixtures (Ceiling Recessed and Surface Mounted) 1. HID fixtures in ceiling shall have frame suitable for installation in type ceiling installed. 2. Surface mounted fixtures shall be rigidly fastened in place. K. HID Fixtures (Wall Surface Mounted) r Cypros 16100 - 59 1. Fixture shall be square and plumb. 2. Surface mounted fixtures shall be rigidly fastened in place. 3.7 OUTDOOR LIGHTING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Pole mounted lighting fixture installation: 1. All fixtures shall be installed in strict accor- dance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. The contractor shall visually check each fixture housing for manufacturing flaws or misalignment of components such as gaskets, hinges, or lenses. Fixtures shall also be inspected for cracks, holes, or poor finish that will cause entry of moisture or insects, or cause rust to form thereby reducing the life of the housing. All flaws or misalignments shall be immediately called to the manufacturer and Architect/Engineer's attention. 3. The manufacturer shall replace all fixture housings or components without cost, if in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer such replacement is neces- —. sary to maintain the watertight integrity of the C fixture. B. Wall or Bracket Mounted Fixture Installation 1. Contractor shall verify exact mounting location of fixtures to avoid interference with louvers, win- dows, doors and lintels. Where fixtures are indi- cated above doors or openings into the building, they shall be centered on that door or opening. 2. Unless otherwise noted, all fixtures of the same type on a single side of the building shall be mounted in the same horizontal plane. 3. All brackets shall be rigidly attached to the building with appropriate hardware. C. Recessed, Surface or Pendant Mounted Fixture Installation 1. Recessed fixture faceplate shall be pulled tight to mounting surface to prevent entry of insects. 2. Surface or pendant-mounted fixtures shall be rigid- ly attached to building or structure. r Cypros 16100 - 60 3. Unless otherwise noted, all pendant-mounted fix- tures of the same type below a single canopy or covered walkway shall have the bottom of the fix- ture mounted at the same horizontal plane. D. Landscape Lighting Installation 1. Contractor shall verify exact location of all landscape lighting fixtures with Architect and shall coordinate installation of lighting with contractor doing the landscape. 2. Bollard Lighting Fixtures Mounted On-Grade: a. All fixtures shall be provided with a poured concrete base mounted flush with grade. Concrete shall be poured in a 18" diameter round hold approximately 18" deep after set- ting anchor bolts and conduits. Coordinate with bollard detail on landscape drawings. b. All fixtures shall be mounted level and straight. c. All conduit attachments shall be watertight. * d. The green grounding conductor shall be at- tached to the fixture housing. 3.8 LAMP INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall furnish and install all lamps. All lamps missing or burnt out at Architect/Engineer's final inspection shall be furnished and installed or be replaced. B. All fluorescent lamps with blackened ends shall be replaced. C. All lamps shall be compatible with the lighting fixtures in which they are inserted. 3.9 BALLAST INSTALLATION A. All fluorescent or HID lighting fixtures shall be provided with ballasts. All ballasts shall be mounted inside the lighting fixture unless otherwise indicated. B. Fluorescent Standby Lighting Ballasts: 1. For fluorescent standby lighting units, the in- verter, battery, charger, and ballast shall be • cypros 16100 - 61 installed within the lighting fixture ballast chamber where possible. 2. Where fluorescent standby lighting units inverter, battery, charger, and ballast are mounted on top of the fluorescent lighting fixtures, adequate clear- ance shall be provided. 3. The remote test switch shall be installed in the light fixture and allow testing by pushing on the fixture lens or through the louver. 4. The fluorescent standby lighting units shall be wired to an unswitched circuit. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF FUSES IN LIGHTING FIXTURES AND POLES A. Fixture fuses shall be installed on the line side of the ballast in each "hot" lead. Fuseholders in exterior fixtures shall be waterproof and have required terminals of size and type to match wiring. Fuse size and type (slow blow or quick blow) shall be as recommended by ballast manufacturer. B. Pole base fuseholder shall be installed in the "hot" lead —, of each circuit running to top of pole. Fuse size shall f be as required to protect tap wiring run to top of pole. Fuseholder shall be located and be accessible through handhole in pole base. 3.11 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE LENS INSTALLATION: A. All fluorescent fixture lenses and louvers shall be framed unless otherwise indicated. 3.12 METAL LIGHTING POLE INSTALLATION A. Pole bases shall comply with requirements of CONCRETE BASES FOR LIGHTING POLES paragraph in this section of specifications. B. Top of concrete pole base shall be as indicated on the drawings. C. All underground wiring to poles shall be pulled in conduit. Conduit shall be Schedule 40 heavy wall PVC type, suitable for direct burial under paved areas. Conduit shall be backfilled with compacted sand. Conduit shall have a green full sized ground unless otherwise noted. r Cypros 16100 - 62 D. A leveling nut must be screwed down on each anchor bolt f~^ until it meets the concrete, then they must be adjusted until they are level. Poles shall be set on concrete base after concrete has cured. Pole shall then be securely fastened to anchor bolts with top nuts per torque values provided by manufacturer. E. Contractor shall wire lighting fixtures to underground wiring and connect grounding conductor to grounding lug at each pole. Pole branch circuit wiring shall be tapped or spliced to main wiring run and run up in the pole to lighting fixtures. F. Pole alignment shall be accomplished on a calm and cloudy day or early in the morning before solar radiation has expanded one side of the pole causing thermal deflection. Alignment shall be within 1 degree of vertical following manufacturer's instructions. G. Sol idly grout the void that appears between the pole baseplate and the concrete pole base using a nonshrinking mortar grout. A short piece of copper pipe shall be installed through the grout to the pole interior to provide a drain hole. 3.13 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE BASES FOR LIGHTING POLES A. Piers shall be machine drilled to shaft diameters, depths, and locations as indicated on drawings. B. Any deviations from contract drawings in size and shape of pier shall be such that shaft at cut-off elevation is off-center not more than 3" and shaft shall not be out- of-plumb more than 1% of its length. C. Excavation shall be advanced by any practical method which would not adversely affect performance of completed piers or existing adjacent facilities. Pier excavations shall be maintained in an essentially dry condition by pumping, if necessary, until just prior to concreting. D. All loose earth falling into excavation, whether cave-in, kicked in from surfaces or whatever cause, must be removed immediately and completely prior to and during the placing of concrete. E. Conduct the work so that safety of workmen and the public is assured at all times. Open holes where finished concrete does not reach surface shall be barricaded, covered or otherwise protected continuously. No holes shall be left open overnight. r Cypros 16100 - 63 r r r F. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Position reinforcement in accordance with placement plans. 2. Maintain reinforcement securely in position in a manner that will hold reinforcing in place during concrete placing. Tie bars at intersections with soft steel wire. 3. Metal reinforcement, just prior to time concrete is poured, shall be inspected and cleaned or flaky rust, mud, oil, ice, concrete splashings, or any other foreign material that will destroy or reduce the bond. 4. After bars are tied in place, take whatever precau- tions are necessary to protect bars from damage by construction equipment or careless workmen. Dam- aged steel shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. G. Anchor Bolts: Anchor bolts shall be installed using plywood or steel template to insure correct spacing and positioning to match the final desired pole orientation. Care shall be taken to insure that bolts remain plumb while the concrete is being poured. H. Power Conduits: Power conduits shall extend a minimum of 3 feet outside of concrete pier below grade and be capped. Insulated bushings shall be provided on all conduits stubbed above pole base. I. Grounding: All metal poles shall be grounded with separate ground wire and ground rod. Ground wire shall be in 1/2" conduit run at right angles to power conduits. Conduit for ground wire shall extend a minimum of 2 feet from pier below grade. J. Concrete: 1. Concrete shall be placed immediately after rein- forcement steel is installed, anchor bolts and conduit set. 2. All piers shall be poured monolithically. However, if any pour is interrupted in such a manner as to allow the in-place concrete to set for more than one hour before power is resumed, surface of the in-place concrete shall be leveled. Just before concreting is resumed, all laitance shall be cleaned from existing surface and surface roughened and slushed with a 1:1 cement grout. Cypros 16100 - 64 3. Fresh concrete, after placing, shall be kept at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. for the first 72 hours and kept at a temperature above freezing for the next 72 hours. The use of salt or chemical to prevent freezing will not be permitted. 4. Conform to recommendations in ACI 306. 5. Concrete damaged by freezing shall be removed and replaced under this section of specification at no additional cost to Owner. 3.14 INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF LIGHTING CONTROLS A. Provide ail wiring, in conduit, to photocells and contactors to provide a complete and operable system. B. Photocontrol shall be installed at remote location as called for on the drawings facings a northerly direction. C. Lighting contactors shal1 be mounted in an accessible location and be labeled with nameplate reading "Exterior Lighting". D. Test system after installation to verify correct opera- tion of all associated relays, photocells and controls. * * * END OF SECTION * * * r Cypros 16100 - 65